Csir Gate Previous Quetion Papers

fiziks
InstituteforNET/JRF,GATE,IITJAM,JEST,TIFRandGREinPHYSICALSCIENCES

MATEMATICAL PHYSICS SOLUTIONS
GATE-2010
Q1. Consider an anti-symmetric tensor Pij with indices i and j running from 1 to 5. The
number of independent components of the tensor is
(a) 3 (b) 10 (c) 9 (d) 6
Ans: (b)
Solution: The number of independent components of the tensor
= N N 1 25 5 10 N 5
1 2
2 2
e 2 sin z
Q2. The value of the integral dz , where the contour C is the unit circle: z 2 1 ,
C z2
is
(a) 2i (b) 4i (c) i (d) 0
Ans: (d)
e z sin z
Solution: Pole is at z 0 , Circle z 2 1 dz 2i 0 0 .
C z2
2 3 0

Q3. The eigenvalues of the matrix 3 2 0 are
0 1
0
(a) 5, 2, -2 (b) -5, -1, -1 (c) 5, 1, -1 (d) -5, 1, 1

Ans: (c)
Solution: The characteristic equation of the matrix A , A I 0
2 3 0
A I 3 2 0 0 3 52 5 0 5,1, 1
0 0 1
0 for x 3,
Q4. If f x then the Laplace transform of f(x) is
x 3 for x 3
(a) s 2 e sx (b) s 2 e sx (c) s 2 (d) s 2 e sx

Headoffice Branchoffice

fiziks,H.No.23,G.F,JiaSarai, AnandInstituteofMathematics,

NearIIT,HauzKhas,NewDelhi16 28B/6,JiaSarai,NearIIT

Phone:01126865455/+919871145498 HauzKhas,NewDelhi16

Website:www.physicsbyfiziks.com
Email:fiziks.physics@gmail.com1
fiziks

Ans: (d)
3
Solution: L f x e sx
f x dx e s x
f x dx e sx
f x dx x 3 e sx dx
0 0 3 3

e sx e sx 1 e sx
L f x x 3
1
1 dx 0 e sx dx 2 sx
s e
s 3 3 s s3 s s 3
d2y
Q5. The solution of the differential equation for y t : y 2 cosh(t ) , subject to the
dt 2
dy
initial conditions y 0 0 and 0 , is
dt t 0
cosh t t sinh t (b) sinh t t cosh t

1
(a)
2
(c) t cosh t (d) t sinh t
Ans: (d)
Solution: For C.F D 2 1y 0 m 1 C.F . C1e t C 2 e t
e t e t
P.I . 2
1
2 cosh t 2 2
1
2
1
et 2
1
t t
e t e t e t
D 1 D 1 2 D 1 D 1 2 2
t t t t
y C1e t C 2 e t e e y 0 0 C1 C 2 0
2 2
dy t 1 t 1
C1e t C 2 e t e t e t e t e t
dt 2 2 2 2
dy 1 1
0 C1 C 2 0 0 0 C1 C 2 0
dt t 0 2 2
Since C1 C 2 0 and C1 C 2 0 C1 0, C 2 0 .
t t t t
Thus y e e y t sinh t
2 2





fiziks

GATE-2011
Q6. Two matrices A and B are said to be similar if B = P-1AP for some invertible matrix P.
Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE?
(a) DetA = DetB (b) Trace of A = Trace of B
(c) A and B have the same eigenvectors (d) A and B have the same eigenvalues
Ans: (c)
Solution: If A and P be square matrices of the same type and if P be invertible then matrices A
and B = P-1AP have the same characteristic roots
Then B I P 1 AP P 1IP P 1 A I P where I is identity matrix.
B I P 1 A I P P 1 A I P A I P 1 P A I PP 1 A I
Thus the matrices A and B (= P-1AP) have the same characteristic equation and hence
characteristic roots of eigen values. Since the sum of the eigen values of a matrix and
product of eigen values of a matrix is equal to the determinant of matrix hence third
alternative is incorrect.
Q7. If a force F is derivable from a potential function V(r), where r is the distance from the
origin of the coordinate system, it follows that
(a) F 0 (b) F 0 (c) V 0 (d) 2 V 0

Ans: (a)

Solution: Since F is derivative from potential V(r) and F V r
F V 0 .
Q8. A 33 matrix has elements such that its trace is 11 and its determinant is 36. The
eigenvalues of the matrix are all known to be positive integers. The largest eigenvalues of
the matrix is
(a) 18 (b) 12 (c) 9 (d) 6
Ans: (c)
Solution: We know that for any matrix
1. The product of eigenvalues is equal to determinant of that matrix.





fiziks

2. 1 2 3 ....... Trace of matrix
1 2 3 11 and 12 3 36 . Hence the largest eigen value of the matrix is 9.
Q9. The unit vector normal to the surface x2 + y2 z = 1 at the point P(1, 1, 1) is
i j k 2i j k i 2 j k 2i 2 j k
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 6 6 3
Ans: (d)
Solution: The equation of the system is f x, y, z x 2 y 2 z 1 0
2
The gradient of the above function is f i j k x y 2 z 1
x y z
2 xi 2 yj l
f 2i 2 j k
Hence unit normal vector at (1, 1, 1) .
f 3
Q10. Consider a cylinder of height h and radius a, closed at both ends, centered at the origin.
Let r ix jy kz be the position vector and n a unit vector normal to the surface. The
surface integral r n ds over the closed surface of the cylinder is

S
z
O y
x
(a) 2a2 (a + h) (b) 3a2h (c) 2 a2h (d) zero
Ans: (b)

Solution: r.n ds .r d 3 d 3a 2 h
S V V
dy x
Q11. The solutions to the differential equation are a family of
dx y 1
(a) circles with different radii

(b) circles with different centres





fiziks

(c) straight lines with different slopes
(d) straight lines with different intercepts on the y-axis
Ans: (a)
dy x x2 y2
Solution: xdx ydy dy 0 y C1 x 2 y 2 2 y 2C1
dx y 1 2 2
x 0 y 1 2C1 1 C
2 2
which is family of circles with different radii.

z sin z
Q12. Which of the following statements is TRUE for the function f z ?
z 2
(a) f z is analytic everywhere in the complex plane
(b) f z has a zero at z
(c) f z has a pole of order 2 at z
(d) f z has a simple pole at z
Ans: (c)
z sin z
Solution: f z has a pole of order 2 at z
z
2
Q13. Consider a counterclockwise circular contour z 1 about the origin. Let
z sin z
f z , then the integral f z dz over this contour is
z 2
(a) i (b) zero (c) i (d) 2i
Ans: (b)





fiziks

GATE-2012

Q14. Identify the correct statement for the following vectors a 3i 2 j and b i 2 j

(a) The vectors a and b are linearly independent

(b) The vectors a and b are linearly dependent

(c) The vectors a and b are orthogonal

(d) The vectors a and b are normalized
Ans: (a)

Solution: If a 3i 2 j, b i 2 j are linearly dependent a mb 0, for some values of m but
3 + m = 0 and 2 + 2m = 0 do not have any solution. So they are linearly independent.

a b 0 (Not orthogonal); a b 0 (Not normalized)
Q15. The number of independent components of the symmetric tensor Aij with indices
i, j 1, 2,3 is
(a) 1 (b) 3 (c) 6 (d) 9
A11 A12 A13
Ans: (c) For symmetric tensor Aij A21 A22 A23
A31 A32 A33
A12 A21 , A23 A32 , A13 A33 , hence there are six independent components.
0 1 0
Q16. The eigenvalues of the matrix 1 0 1 are
0 0
1
(a) 0, 1, 1 (b) 0, 2 , 2
1 1
(c) , ,0 (d) 2 , 2 ,0
2 2
Ans: (b)
1 0
Solution: A I 0 1
1 0 2 1 0 0, 2 , 2
0 1





fiziks

GATE-2013

Q17. If A and B are constant vectors, then A B r is

(a) A B (b) A B (c) r (d) zero
Ans: (d)

Solution: Let A A0 x y z , B B0 x y z and r xx yy zz .

B r x z y B0 y z x B0 z y x B0 A B r 0 .
16 z
Q18. For the function f z , the residue at the pole z 1 is (your answer
z 3z 12
should be an integer) ____________.
Ans: 3
1 d 21 z 1 16 z
2
Solution: At z 1 pole is of order 2 so residue is =3

2 1 dz 21 z 3 z 12
z 1
4 1 1
Q19. The degenerate eigenvalue of the matrix 1 4 1 is (your answer should be an
1 1 4
integer) ____________
Ans: 2,5,5
4 1 1 1 1 1
1 4
1 (4 ) 0 5 0 = (4 )(5 )2 0 2,5,5 .

1 1 4 0 0 5
Q20. The number of distinct ways of placing four indistinguishable balls into five
distinguishable boxes is ___________.
Ans: 120
Solution: 4 C 45 =120 ways





fiziks

GATE-2014
Q21. The unit vector perpendicular to the surface x 2 y 2 z 2 3 at the point (1, 1, 1) is
x y z x y z x y z x y z
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 3 3 3
Ans: (d)

Solution: Let f x 2 y 2 z 2 3 0 f 2 xx 2 yy 2 zz

f 2 x 2 y 2 z x y z
n at 1,1,1
f 12 3
Q22. The matrix

1 1 1 i
A is
3 1 i 1
(a) orthogonal (b) symmetric (c) anti-symmetric (d) Unitary
unitary
unitary A A I
Q23. The value of the integral
z2
C e z 1 dz
where C is the circle z 4 , is
(a) 2 i (b) 2 2 i (c) 4 3i (d) 4 2 i

Ans. (c)
Solution: Pole e z 1 e z ei 2 m 1 where m 0,1, 2,3.....
z 2
Residue Res z i i 2
z e
Similarly, z i , Res 2
I 2 i 2 2 4 3i





fiziks

d y
2
Q24. The solution of the differential equation 2 y 0 , subject to the boundary conditions
dt
y 0 1 and y 0 is
(a) cos t sin t (b) cosh t sinh t
(c) cos t sin t (d) cosh t sinh t
Ans: (d)
Soluiton:
D 2 1 0 D 1 y t c1et c2 e t
Applying boundary condition

y 0 1 1 c1 c2 and y 0 0 c1e c2 e
c1 0, c2 1
y t e t y t cosh t sinh t
GATE-2015
1
Q25. Consider a complex function f z . Which one of the following
1
z z cos zx
2
statements is correct?
(a) f z has simple poles at z 0 and z
1
2
(b) f z has second order pole at z
1
2
(c) f z has infinite number of second order poles
(d) f z has all simple poles
Ans.: (a)
1
Solution: f z
1
z z cos z
2
lim z a f z finite and 0

n
For nth order pole
z a





fiziks

At z 0
lim zf z finite z 0 is a simple pole.
z 0
1
At z
2
2
1 1
z z
lim 2
lim 2
lim
1
1 z cos z z 1.cos z z. sin z
1 1 1
cos z
z z
2 zz 2 2
2
1 1 2
lim1
finite
z cos z z sin z
2
2
1
f z has second order pole at z
2
3
Q26. The value of t 2 3t 6 dt is_______________ (upto one decimal place)
0
Ans.: 1.33
3 3 3
1 4
Solution: t 3t 6 dt t 3 t 2 dt t 2 t 2 dt
2 2
0 0
30 3
If f x e x and g x x e x , then
2 2
Q27.
(a) f and g are differentiable everywhere

(b) f is differentiable everywhere but g is not
(c) g is differentiable everywhere but f is not
(d) g is discontinuous at x 0
Ans. (b)
Solution: f ( x) e x is differentiable but g ( x) x e x is not differentiable.

2 2
xe x ; x 0
2
g ( x)
x2
xe ; x 0
2
x h
Left hand Limit lim g x h x h e
h 0





fiziks

2
xh
Right hand Limit lim g x h x h e
h 0
lim g x h lim g x h
h 0 h o
Q28. Consider w f z u x, y iv x, y to be an analytic function in a domain D . Which

one of the following options is NOT correct?
(a) u x, y satisfies Laplace equation in D
(b) v x, y satisfies Laplace equation in D
z2
(c) f z dz is dependent on the choice of the contour between z and z

z1
1 2 in D
(d) f z can be Taylor expended in D

Ans.: (c)
Solution: w f ( z ) u x, y iv x, y to be an analytic function in a domain D, zz12 f ( z )dz is
independent on the choice of the contour between z1 and z2 in D .
1 for t 0
Q29. The Heaviside function is defined as H t and its Fourier transform is
1 for t 0
given by 2i / . The Fourier transform of

1
H t 1 / 2 H t 1 / 2 is
2

sin cos
(a) 2 (b) 2

2 2

(c) sin (d) 0
2
Ans.: (a)

Solution: H f h t e
i 2 ft
dt

2i
For a function h t , H f





fiziks

For h t t0 , Fourier Transform is e i 2 ft0
Hf
Shifting theorem
1 1 1 1 i 2
i 2i 1 i 2
i 2i
For h t
h t e e 2
e e 2
i
2 2 2 2 2i

sin
1
The Fourier transform of H t 1/ 2 H t 1/ 2 2 .
2
2
m2
A function y z satisfies the ordinary differential equation y
1
Q30. y 2 y 0, where
z z
m 0, 1, 2, 3, ..... Consider the four statements P, Q, R, S as given below.
P: z m and z m are linearly independent solutions for all values of m

Q: z m and z m are linearly independent solutions for all values of m 0
R: ln z and 1 are linearly independent solutions for m 0
S: z m and ln z are linearly independent solutions for all values of m
The correct option for the combination of valid statements is
(a) P, R and S only (b) P and R only (c) Q and R only (d) R and S only
Ans.: (c)
1 m2
Solution: y y 2 y 0 z 2 y zy m 2 y 0

z z
d
m 0,1, 2,3,.... z ex , D
dx
If m 0 ; z 2 y zy 0
D D 1 D y 0 D 2 D D y 0 D 2 m 2 y 0
y c1 c2 x D m
y c1 c2 ln z c1e mx c2 e mx
R is correct. c1em log z c2 e m log z





fiziks

or if m 0, m 0
y c1 cosh m log z ic2 sinh m log x m0
GATE-2016
dy
Q31. Consider the linear differential equation xy . If y 2 at x 0 , then the value of y at
dx
x 2 is given by
(a) e 2 (b) 2e 2 (c) e 2 (d) 2e 2
Ans.: (d)
dy 1 x2
xy dy xdx ln y ln c y ce x / 2
2
Solution:
dx y 2
If y 2 at x 0 c 2 y 2e x
2
/2
.
The value of y at x 2 is given by y 2e2

Q32. Which of the following is an analytic function of z everywhere in the complex plane?
(a) z 2 (b) z * 2
(c) z
2
(d) z
Ans.: (a)
Solution: z 2 x iy x 2 y 2 i 2 xy u x 2 y 2 and v 2 xy
2
u v v u
Cauchy Riemann equations 2 x, 2 y satisfies.
x y x y

The direction of f for a scalar field f x, y, z x 2 xy z 2 at the point P1,1,2 is
1 1
Q33.
2 2
(a)
j 2k (b)
j 2k (c)
j 2k (d)
j 2k
5 5 5 5
Ans.: (b)

f j 2k
Solution: f x y i xj zk n
f 5
1,1,2





fiziks

Q34. A periodic function f x of period 2 is defined in the interval x
1, x 0
f x
1, 0 x
The appropriate Fourier series expansion for f x !is
4
(a) f x sin x sin 3x / 3 sin 5 x / 5 ...

4
(b) f x sin x sin 3x / 3 sin 5 x / 5 ..

4
(c) f x cos x cos 3x / 3 cos 5 x / 5 ...

4
(d) f x cos x cos 3x / 3 cos 5 x / 5 ...

Ans.: (a)
1, x 0
Solution: f x
1, 0 x

Let f x a0 an cos nx bn sin nx
n 1
1
a0
2 f x dx

f x dx 2 1 dx 1 dx 2 x x 0
1 1 0 1
a0
0
2 0 0
This can also be seen without integration, since the area under the curve of f x between
to is zero.
1
f x cos nxdx

an

1 sin nx sin nx
0
1 0

1 cos nxdx 0 1 cos nxdx

an 0
n n 0
1
f x sin nxdx

bn





fiziks

bn 1 sin nxdx 1 sin nxdx
1 0
cos nx 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1n

1 cos nx
0 n n
bn
n n 0 n n n n n n
4
If n is even bn 0 and If n is odd bn .
n
4 1 1
Thus Fourier series is f x sin x sin 3x sin 5 x ...
3 5
GATE-2017
dz
Q35. The contour integral 1 z 2
evaluated along a contour going from to along the
real axis and closed in the lower half-plane circle is equal to.. (up to two
decimal places).
Ans. :

1 1 1
Solution: C 1 z 2 dz 1 x 2 dx C 1 z 2 dz
Poles, 1 z 2 0
z i
z i is inside C
1 1 1
Res z i lim z i
z i z i z i i i 2i

1 1
dx 2 i

1 x 2
2i
(Since here we use lower half plane i.e. we traversed in clockwise direction hence we
have to take 2 i )





fiziks

Q36. The coefficient of e in the Fourier expansion of u x A sin 2 x for k 2 is
ikx
A A A A
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4 4 2 2
Ans.: (b)
ei x e i x
Solution: We can write sin x
2i
ei 2 x 2 e2i x
Hence, sin x 2
4
Since, 2 k , hence
e ikm 2 eikx
sin 2 x
4
Hence

A
ck sin x dx
2

A ikx ikx

ikx
e e dx 2 e dx e ikx eikx dx
8

A 2ikx

ikx
e dx 2 e dx dx
8
The first two integrals are zero and the third integral has the value 2 .
Thus
A A
ck 2
8 4
Q37. The imaginary part of an analytic complex function is v x, y 2 xy 3 y . The real part of
the function is zero at the origin. The value of the real part of the function at 1 i is
... (up to two decimal places)
Ans. : 3
Solution: The imaginary part of the given analytic function is v x , y 2 xy 3 y . From the
Cauchy Riemann condition





fiziks

v u
2x 3
y x
Integrating partially gives
u x , y x 2 3x g y
From the second Cauchy Riemann condition

u v
, we obtain
y x
dg y
2 y g y y 2 c
dy
Hence u x , y x 2 3 x y 2 c
Since the real part of the analytic function is zero at the origin. Hence
0 000c c 0
Thus u x , y x 2 3 x y 2
Thus f z x 2 3x y 2 i 2 xy 3 y
Thus the value of real part when z 1 i , that is x 1 and y 1 is 1 3 1 1 3 .

2
Q38. Let X be a column vector of dimension n 1 with at least one non-zero entry. The
number of non-zero eigenvalues of the matrix M XX T is
(a) 0 (b) n (c) 1 (d) n 1
Ans. : (c)
0
0

a
Solution: Let X then X T 0 0... a... 0
0
0

0





fiziks

Here X is an n 1 column vector with the entry in the i th row equal to a. X T is a row
vector having entry in the i th column equal to a. Then XX T is an n 1 matrix having the
entry in the i th row and i th column equal to a 2 .

Hence
0 0 0...0...0 0
0 0 0...0...0 0
ith row
XX 0 0 0...0...0 0
T
.....................
.....................
0 0 0...0...0 0

ith row
Since this matrix is diagonal its eigenvalues are a 2 , 0, 0.....0 . Hence the number of
nonzero eigenvalues of the matrix XX T is 1 .
dy
Q39. Consider the differential equation y tan x cos x . If y 0 0, y is
dx 3
... (up to two decimal places)
Ans.: 0.52
The given differential equation is a linear differential equation of the form
dy
p x y cos x
dx
Integrating factor e
p x dx
Thus integrating factor e

tan x dx
I F eln sec x sec x

Thus the general solution of the given differential equation is
y sec x sec x cos xdx c
y sec x x c -(i)
It is given that y 0 0 . Hence
0 sec 0 0 c c 0





fiziks

Thus the solution satisfying the given condition is
x
y sec x x y
sec x

Thus the value of y is
3
/3 /3
y 0 52
sec / 3 2 6





fiziks

MATEMATICAL PHYSICS SOLUTIONS
NET/JRF (JUNE-2011)
Q1. The value of the integral dz z 2 e z , where C is an open contour in the complex z -plane as
C
lm z
shown in the figure below, is:
5 5
(a) e (b) e 0,1
e e
5 5 C
(c) e (d) e
e e
Re z
Ans: (c) 1,0 1,0
Solution: If we complete the contour, then by Cauchy integral theorem
1 1
dzz e dzz e 0 dzz e dzz e z e 2 ze 2e 1

1 5
2 z 2 z 2 z 2 z 2 z z z
e
1 C C 1
e
Q2. Which of the following matrices is an element of the group SU 2 ?
1 i 1

1 1
(a) (b) 3 3
0 1 1 1 i

3 3
1 3

2 i i
(c) (d) 2 2
3 1 i 3 1

2 2
Ans: (b)

Solution: SU 2 is a group defined as following: SU 2
2 2
: , C ; 1

1 i 1 1 i 1
clearly (b) hold the property of SU 2 . , and , .
3 3 3 3
Note: SU 2 has wide applications in electroweak interaction covered in standard model
of particle physics.


fiziks,H.No.40D,G.F,JiaSarai, AnandInstituteofMathematics,



fiziks

Q3. Let a and b be two distinct three dimensional vectors. Then the component of b that is

perpendicular to a is given by

(a)
a ba
(b)

b a b
(c)

a b b (d)

b a a
a2 b2 b2 a2
Ans: (a)

Solution: a b ab sin n where n is perpendicular to plane containing

a and b and pointing upwards. b b sin k

a a b ab sin a n a 2 b sin k

b sin k
a a b
b sin k

a ba
.
a
a2 a2
Q4. Let p n x (where n 0,1, 2, ...... ) be a polynomial of degree n with real coefficients,
4
defined in the interval 2 n 4 . If pn x pm x dx nm , then
2
1 3 1
(a) p 0 x and p1 x 3 x (b) p0 x and p1 x 3 3 x
2 2 2
1 3 1 3
(c) p0 x and p1 x 3 x (d) p 0 x and p1 x 3 x
2 2 2 2
Ans: (d)
Solution: For n not equal to m kroneker delta become zero. One positive and one negative term
1
can make integral zero. So answer may be (c) or (d). Now take n m 0 so p0 x
2
and then integrate. (d) is correct option because it satisfies the equation Check by
integration and by orthogonal property of Legendre polynomial also.





fiziks

Q5. Which of the following is an analytic function of the complex variable z x iy in the
domain z 2 ?
(a) 3 x iy (b) 1 x iy 7 x iy
7 4 3
(c) 1 x iy 7 x iy (d) x iy 1
4 3 1/ 2
Ans: (b)
Solution: Put z x iy . If z x iy appears in any of the expressions then that expression is
1
non-analytic. For option (d) we have a branch point singularity as the power is which
2
is fractional. Hence only option (b) is analytic.
1 1 1
Q6. Consider the matrix M 1 1 1
1 1 1

A. The eigenvalues of M are
(a) 0, 1, 2 (b) 0, 0, 3 (c) 1, 1, 1 (d) 1, 1, 3
Ans: (b)
1 1 1

Solution: For eigen values 1 1 1 0
1 1 1
1 1 2 1 1 1 11 1 0
1 1 2 2 1 0 2 2 3 22 2 0
3 32 0 2 3 0 0, 0, 3
For any n n matrix having all elements unity eigenvalues are 0, 0, 0,..., n .
B. The exponential of M simplifies to (I is the 3 3 identity matrix)
e3 1 M2
(a) e M I M (b) e M I M
3 2!
(c) e M I 33 M (d) e M e 1M
Ans: (a)





fiziks

Solution: For e let us try to diagonalize matrix M using similarity transformation.
M
2 1 1 x1 0
For 3 , 1 2 1 x 2 0

1 1 2 x3 0
2 x1 x2 x 3 0 , x1 2 x 2 x3 0 , x1 x 2 2 x3 0
3x 2 3x3 0 or x2 x3 x1 x 2 x3 k .
1
Eigen vector is 1 3 1 where k 1 .
1
For 0 ,
1 1 1 x1 0
1 1 1 x 0 x x x 0
2 1 2 3
1 1 1 x3 0
k1 1
Let x1 k1 , x 2 k 2 and x3 k1 k 2 . Eigen vector is k 2 1 / 2 1
where
k 1 k 2 1
k1 k 2 1 .
1
Let x1 k1 , x 2 k 2 and x3 k1 k 2 . Other Eigen vector 1 / 2 0 where
1
k1 1, k 2 1 .
0 1 1 1 2 1
S 1 0 1 S 2 1 1 D S 1 MS , M SDS 1 .
1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 0 0
eM Se D S 1 e D 0 1 0 e M 1
e3 1 M
3
0 0 e 3





fiziks

NET/JRF (DEC-2011)
Q7. An unbiased dice is thrown three times successively. The probability that the numbers of
dots on the uppermost surface add up to 16 is
1 1 1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
16 36 108 216
Ans: (b)
Solution: We can get sum of dice as 16 in total six ways i.e. three ways (6, 5, 5) and three ways
(6, 6, 4).
Total number of ways for 3 dice having six faces 6 6 6
6 1

6 6 6 36

Q8. The generating function F x, t Pn x t n for the Legendre polynomials Pn x
n 0

is F x, t 1 2 xt t 2 1
2
. The value of P3 1 is
(a) 5 / 2 (b) 3 / 2 (c) 1 (d) 1

Ans: (d)
Solution: P3
1
2
1
2
1

5 x 3 3x P3 1 5 1 3 1 5 3 1
3
2

Q9. The equation of the plane that is tangent to the surface xyz 8 at the point 1, 2, 4 is
(a) x 2 y 4 z 12 (b) 4 x 2 y z 12
(c) x 4 y 2 0 (d) x y z 7
Ans: (b)
Solution: To get a normal at the surface lets take the gradient
xyx yzi zxj kxy 8i 4 j 2k
We want a plane perpendicular to this so: r r0 8i64 4 16j 2k4 0 .

x 1i y 2 j z 4k 8i 4 j 2k 0 4 x 2 y z 12 .





fiziks

Q10.
A 3 3 matrix M has Tr M 6, Tr M 26 and Tr M 3 90 . Which of the following
2

can be a possible set of eigenvalues of M ?
(a) 1,1, 4 (b) 1, 0, 7 (c) 1, 3, 4 (d) 2, 2, 2
Ans: (c)

Solution: Tr M 2 1 3 4 also Tr M 3 1 3 4 90 .
2 2 2
3 3 3
Q11. Let x1 t and x2 t be two linearly independent solutions of the differential equation
d 2x dx t dx t
2 f t x 0 and let wt x1 t 2 x2 t 1 . If w0 1, then w1 is
dx
2
dt dt dt dt
given by
(a) 1 (b) e 2 (c) 1 / e (d) 1 / e 2
Ans: (d)
Solution: W t is Wronskian of D.E.
W e e 2t W 1 e 2 since P 2 .
Pdt
1 for 2n x 2n 1
Q12. The graph of the function f x
0 for 2n 1 x 2n 2
~
where n 0,1, 2,...... is shown below. Its Laplace transform f s is
f x
1 es 1 es
(a) (b)
s s 1
1 1
(c) (d) x
s 1 e s s 1 e s 0 1 2 3 4 5
Ans: (c)
1 2 3
Solution: L f x e sx
f x dx e sx
1dx e sx
0dx e sx 1dx ......
0 0 1 2
1 3
e sx e sx
0 ......
1 s
e 1
1 3 s

e e 2 s ......
s 0 s 2 s s





fiziks

1
s
1

1 e s e 2 s e 3 s ........ 1 e s e 2 s e 3s ....
s

a 1 1
Since S where r e s and a 1 S .
1 r s 1 e s
Q13. The first few terms in the Taylor series expansion of the function f x sin x around

x are:
4
1 1 1
2 3
(a) 1 x x x .....
2 4 2! 4 3! 4
1
2 3
1 1
(b) 1 x x x .....
2 4 2! 4 3! 4
1
3
(c) x x .....
4 3! 4
1 x 2 x3
(d) 1 x .....
2 2! 3!
Ans: (c)
Solution: f x sin x
1
f
4 2
1
f cos
4 4 2
1
f sin
4 4 2
So Taylors series is given by
1 1
2
1
3

1 x x x .....
2 4 2! 4 3! 4





fiziks

NET/JRF (JUNE-2012)
Q14. A vector perpendicular to any vector that lies on the plane defined by x y z 5 , is
(a) i j (b) j k (c) i j k (d) 2i 3 j 5k

Ans: (c)

Solution: Let x y z 5 i j k x y z 5 i j k .
x y z
1 2 3

Q15. The eigen values of the matrix A 2 4 6 are
3 6 9

(a) 1, 4, 9 (b) 0, 7, 7 (c) 0,1,13 (d) 0, 0,14
Ans: (d)
1 2 3
Solution: For eigenvalues A I 0 2 4 6 0
3 6 9
1 4 9 36 229 18 312 34 0
1 4 9 361 49 36 9 0
3 142 0 2 14 0 0, 0, 14 .
1
Q16. The first few terms in the Laurent series for in the region 1 z 2 and
z 1z 2
around z 1 is
1 z z 2 ....1 z z z ....
2 3
1 1
z 1 z 1 z ....
2 3
(a) (b)
2 2 4 8 1 z
1 1 1 2 4
(d) 2 z 1 5 z 1 7z 1 ....
2 3
(c)
z2 1 z z 2 .... 1 z z 2 ....
Ans:





fiziks

1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 z
1
Solution:
z 1z 2 z 2 z 1 1 z z 1 1 1 z

1
1 1 z
1 2 1 z 2 1 2 3 1 z 3 ...
1 z 21 31

1
1 z

z 1 z 1 z ....
2 3

1 2
Q17. Let u x, y x x y 2 be the real part of analytic function f z of the complex
2
variable z x i y . The imaginary part of f z is
(a) y xy (b) xy (c) y (d) y 2 x 2

Ans: (a)
Solution: u x, y x
1 2
2

x y 2 , v x, y ?
u v u v
Check and .
x y y x
u v v
, 1 x v y xy f x
x y y
u v v
y v yx f y
y x x
y xy f x yx f y
f x 0 f y y
V xy y
Q18. Let y x be a continuous real function in the range 0 and 2 , satisfying the
d2y dy
inhomogeneous differential equation: sin x 2 cos x x
dx dx 2
The value of dyldx at the point x / 2
(a) is continuous (b) has a discontinuity of 3
(c) has a discontinuity of 1/3 (d) has a discontinuity of 1





fiziks

Ans: (d)
d2y dy x
Solution: After dividing by sin x , 2
cot x cosec 2 x
dx dx 2
dy dy
Integrating both sides, cot x dx cosec x x dx
dx dx 2
dy
cot x y cosec x ydx 1
dx
Using Dirac delta property: f x x x f x (it lies with the limit).
0 0
dy cos x
y y sin 2 xdx 1 , at x ; sin x 0 . So this is point of discontinuity.
dx sin x
Q19. A ball is picked at random from one of two boxes that contain 2 black and 3 white and 3
black and 4white balls respectively. What is the probability that it is white?
(a) 34 / 70 (b) 41 / 70 (c) 36 / 70 (d) 29 / 70
Ans: (b)
Solution: Probability of picking white ball
2 B 3W 3B 4W
3 4
From box I and from box II
5 7
1 3 4 41
Probability of picking a white ball from either of the two boxes is
2 5 7 70
Q20. The eigenvalues of the antisymmetric matrix,
0 n3 n2

A n3 0 n1
n2 0
n1
where n1 , n 2 and n3 are the components of a unit vector, are

(a) 0, i, i (b) 0,1, 1
(c) 0,1 i, 1, i (d) 0, 0, 0
Ans: (a)





fiziks

0 n3 n 2 0 n3 n 2

Solution: A n3 0
n1 A n3
T
0 n1
n 2 n1 0 n 2 n1 0
0 n3 n2
n 0 n1
3
n2 n1 0
1 0 2 n12 n22 n32 3 n12 n22 n32
but n12 n22 n32 1
so, 1 0 , 2 L , 3 L
A AT (Antisymmetric). Eigenvalues are either zero or purely imaginary.

Q21. Which of the following limits exists?
N 1 N 1
(a) lim ln N (b) lim ln N
N
m 1 m N
m 1 m
N
1 N
1
(c) lim ln N (d) lim
N
m 1 m N
m 1 m
Ans: (b)
Q22. A bag contains many balls, each with a number painted on it. There are exactly n balls
which have the number n (namely one ball with 1, two balls with 2, and so on until N on
them). An experiment consists of choosing a ball at random, noting the number on it and
returning it to the bag. If the experiment is repeated a large number of times, the average
value the number will tend to
2N 1 N N 1 N N 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 2 2 2
Ans: (a)
N N 1
Solution: Total number of balls 1 2 3 4 ..... N
2
k
The probability for choosing a k th ball at random
N N 1
2





fiziks

2 k 2 2 N N 12 N 1
Average of it is given by k k P
N N 1 N N 1 6
2N 1 N N 12 N 1
where k 2 .
3 6
Q23. Consider a sinusoidal waveform of amplitude 1V and frequency f 0 . Starting from an
1
arbitrary initial time, the waveform is sampled at intervals of . If the corresponding
2 f0
Fourier spectrum peaks at a frequency f and an amplitude A , them
(a) f 2 f 0 and A 1V (b) f 2 f 0 and 0 A 1 A

f0 1
(c) f 0 and A 1V (d) f and A V
2 2
Ans: (b)
Solution: y 1sin 2 f 0t . y
The fourier transform is:
1 IV
F y f f 0 f f 0
2
t
1 0 T
In Fourier domain f f 0 , A .
2
NET/JRF (DEC-2012)
a b c
Q24. The unit normal vector of the point , , on the surface of the ellipsoid
3 3 3
x2 y 2 z 2
1 is
a2 b2 c2
bci caj abk ai bj ck

(a) (b)
a2 b2 c2 a2 b2 c2
bi cj ak i j k
(c) (d)
a2 b2 c2 3





fiziks

Ans: All the options given are incorrect.
x2 y2 z2
Solution: Here 1.
a2 b2 c2

Unit normal vector is .

x2 y 2 z 2 2 xi 2 yj 2 zk
So, i j
k 2 2 2 1 2 2 2
x y z a b c a b c
2 2 2
a b c
i j k
, ,
3 3 3
a 3 b 3 c 3
4 4 4 2 b 2c 2 a 2c 2 a 2c 2

3a 2 3b 2 3c 2 3 a 2b 2 c 2
2 2 2
i j k
a 3 b 3 c 3 bci caj abk

a b c
2 b 2c 2 c 2 a 2 a 2b 2 b 2c 2 c 2 a 2 a 2b 2
, ,
3 3 3 3 abc
Q25. Given a 2 2 unitary matrix U satisfying U U UU 1 with det U e i , one can

construct a unitary matrix V V V VV 1 with det V 1 from it by
(a) multiplying U by e i / 2
(b) multiplying any single element of U by e i
(c) multiplying any row or column of U by e i / 2
(d) multiplying U by e i
Ans: (a)





fiziks

Q26. The graph of the function f x shown below is best described by
1.00
(a) The Bessel function J 0 x
0.25
(b) cos x 0.50
0.25
f (x)
(c) e x cos x 0.00
1 0.25
(d) cos x
x 0.50
0.75
Ans: (a) 1.00
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
x
Q27. In a series of five Cricket matches, one of the captains calls Heads every time when the
toss is taken. The probability that he will win 3 times and lose 2 times is
(a) 1 / 8 (b) 5 / 8 (c) 3 / 16 (d) 5 / 16
Ans: (d)
3 53 2
1 1 5! 1 1 5!
Solution: P 1 .
2 2 3!5 3! 8 2 3!5 3!
1 5 4 3! 20 5 5

32 3! 2! 32 8 2 16
The probability of getting exactly k successes in n trials is given by probability mass
n!
p k 1 p , k successes, n trials.
nk
function
k !n k !
Q28. The Taylor expansion of the function ln cosh x , where x is real, about the point x 0
starts with the following terms:
1 2 1 4 1 2 1 4
(a) x x .... (b) x x ....
2 12 2 12
1 2 1 4 1 2 1 4
(c) x x .... (d) x x ....
2 6 2 6
Ans: (b)
e x ex
Solution: cosh x .Tailors series expansion of f x about x a
2





fiziks

f a
f x f a x a f ' ' a x a 2 f ' ' ' x a 3 ... . Here a 0 .
1! 2! 3!
e x ex 1 e x ex ex ex
f x log 0 , f x tanh x 0
2 x 0
x 0
e x ex 2 e x e x
2
f ' ' x
e x

ex e x ex e x ex e x ex e x
ex e
2 x
ex
2
1 tanh 2 x
e x
e
x 2
e x
e
x 2
At x 0, f ' ' x 1, f ' ' ' x 2

1 2 1 4
f x x x .......
2 12
z 3 dz
Q29. The value of the integral , where C is a closed contour defined by the
C z 2 5z 6
equation 2 z 5 0, traversed in the anti-clockwise direction, is
(a) 16 i (b) 16 i (c) 8 i (d) 2 i

Ans: (a)
Solution: z 2 5 z 6 0 z 2 2 z 3z 6 0 z z 2 3 z 2 0 z 3, 2
2 z 5 z 2.5 , only 2 will be inside.
z3 8 z 3 dz
Residue z 2 8 2 2 i 8 16 i
z 3z 2 z 2 2 3 c z 5z 6
NET/JRF (JUNE-2013)

tn
H n x
2
Q30. Given that e t 2tx
n 0 n!
the value of H 4 0 is
(a) 12 (b) 6 (c) 24 (d) 6
Ans: (a)





fiziks

n n
t4 t6
Solution: H n x e t 2tx H n 0 e t 1 t 2
t 2 t 2
n 0 n! n 0 n! 2! 3!
H 4 0 4 t 4 4!
t H 4 0 12 .
4! 2! 2!
Q31. A unit vector n on the xy -plane is at an angle of 120 o with respect to i . The angle

between the vectors u a i b n and v an b i will be 60 o if
(a) b 3a / 2 (b) b 2a / 3 (c) b a / 2 (d) b a

Ans: (c)
Solution: u ai bn , v an bi

u v ai bn an bi u v cos 60 a 2 i n ab ba b 2 n.i
a 2
b 2 2ab cos120 cos 60 a
2
2
cos120 2ab b 2 cos120
a b 2ab cos 60 a b 2ab a b a 2 b 2 2ab

2 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 ab 1
2 2 2 2 2
5ab a
a2 b2 b .
2 2
Q32. With z x iy, which of the following functions f x, y is NOT a (complex) analytic
function of z ?
(a) f x, y x iy 8 4 x 2 y 2 2ixy
3

7
(b) f x, y x iy 1 x iy
7 3

(c) f x, y x 2 y 2 2ixy 3
5
(d) f x, y 1 x iy 2 x iy
4 6
Ans: (d)
Solution: f x, y 1 x iy 2 x iy
4 6
1 x iy 2 x iy
4 6
Due to present of z x iy





fiziks

Q33. The solution of the partial differential equation
2 2
u x , t u x, t 0
t 2 x 2
satisfying the boundary conditions u 0, t 0 u L, t and initial conditions

u x,0 sin x / L and u x, t t 0 sin 2x / L is
t
(a) sin x / L cos t / L sin 2x / L cos2 t / L

L
2
(b) 2 sin x / L cos t / L sin x / L cos2 t / L
(c) sin x / L cos2 t / L sin 2x / L sin t / L

L

(d) sin x / L cos t / L sin 2x / L sin 2 t / L

L
2
Ans: (d)
2u 2u x u 2 x
Solution: 2 0 , u x,0 sin and sin
t 2
x L t L
This is a wave equation
an t an t
So solution is given by u x, t An cos Bn sin
n L L
nx nx
L L
2 2
with An f x sin dx, Bn g n sin dx
L0 L an 0 L
2u 2u x 2 x
Comparing a 2 2 , We have a 1 and f x sin , g n sin ,
t 2
x L L
2x
L 1 cos
x n x
L L
2 2 x 2 L dx 2 L 1 (let n 1 )
An sin sin dx sin 2 dx
L0 L L L0 L L 0 2 L 2

Putting n 2





fiziks

4x
L 1 cos
2x nx 2 2x
L L
2 2 2 L dx 2 L L
an 0 2 0 2 0
Bn sin sin dx sin dx
L L L 2 2 2 2

Q34. The solution of the differential equation
dx
x2
dt
with the initial condition x0 1 will blow up as t tends to
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) (d)
Ans: (a)
dx dx x 21 1
Solution: x 2 2 dt t C t C
dt x 2 1 x
1 1 1
x0 1 0 C C 1 t 1 x as t 1 x blows up
1 x 1 t
1
Q35. The inverse Laplace transforms of is
s s 1
2
1 2 t 1 2
(a) t e (b) t 1 e t
2 2
(c) t 1 e t (d)
1 2
2

t 1 e t
Ans: (c)
1 t t
Solution: f s
1
f t e t L1 e dt e t e
t t
1
ss 1 0
0
s 1
1 t
L 2 1 t t
t t

e 1 dt e t 0 e t 1 .
s s 1 0
Q36. The approximation cos 1 is valid up to 3 decimal places as long as is less than:
(take 180 o / 57.29 o )

(a) 1.28 (b) 1.81 (c) 3.28 (d) 4.01
Ans: (b)





fiziks

2 2 2
Solution: cos 1 ....... 1
2! 4! 2!

cos 1 when 1.81o .0314
100
JRF/NET-(DEC-2013)
Q37. If A iyz jxz kxy , then the integral A dl (where C is along the perimeter of a
C
rectangular area bounded by x 0, x a and y 0, y b ) is
(a)
1 3
2

a b3
(b) ab 2 a 2 b
(c) a 3 b 3 (d) 0
Ans: (d)
A d l A.d a 0 since A 0 .
C S
Q38. If A, B and C are non-zero Hermitian operators, which of the following relations must
be false?
(a) A, B C (b) AB BA C (c) ABA C (d) A B C
Ans: (a)
Solution: A, B C AB BA C ( AB BA) C
(( AB) ( BA) ) C ( B A ) ( A B ) C
Hence A,B and C are hermitian then
BA AB C A, B C
Q39. Which of the following functions cannot be the real part of a complex analytic function
of z x iy ?
(a) x 2 y (b) x 2 y 2 (c) x 3 3 xy 2 (d) 3x 2 y y y 3

Ans: (a)





fiziks

2
Solution: Let x y be real part of a complex function. Use Milne Thomsons method to write
analytic complex function. The real part of that function should be (1) but that is not the
case. So this cannot be real part of an analytic function. Also,
z 2 x iy x 2 y 2 2ixy , Real part option (2)
2
z 3 x iy x 3 iy 3 3ixy x iy
3
x 3 iy 3 3ix 2 y 3xy 2 , Real part option (3)

Q40. The expression
2 2 2 2 1
2 2 2 2 2
x
1 x 2 x3 x 4 1
x x2 x2 x2
2 3 4
is proportional to
(a) x1 x 2 x3 x 4 (b) x1 x 2 x3 x 4

(c) x12 x 22 x32 x 42 3 / 2

(d) x12 x 22 x32 x 42 2
Ans: (b)
1 2 x1
Solution: 2
x1 x2 x3 x4

x1 x1 x 2 x3 x 4 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2
2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 2 1 2 2 x x x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2
2 1 2 3 4 1 1 1 2 3 4

x12 x1 x2 x3 x4
2 2 2 2 4

2 3 4 1
x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 2 4 x 2 8x 2 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2
2 1 1 1 2 3 4

x1 x 2 x3 x 4
2 2 2 2 3

x1 x 2 x3 x 4
2 2 2 2 3

Now similarly solving all and add up then we get
2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
x
1 x 2 x3 x 4 x1 x 2 x3 x 4
8 x12 x22 x32 x42 8 x12 x22 x32 x42

0
x x22 x32 x42
2 3
1
also if all x1 , x2 , x3 , x4 becomes zero it should be infinity.





fiziks

2
2
2

2
1
So 2 2 2 2 2 x1 x 2 x3 x 4

1x x 2 x 3 x 4 x1 x 2
2 x 2
3 x 2
4

dx dx
Q41. Given that the integral 2
0 y x
2

2y
, the value of y
0
2
x2
2
is

(a) (b) 3
(c) (d)
y 3
4y 8y 3
2 y3
Ans: (b)

1
Solution: y
dx

dx
, pole is of 2nd order at x iy , residue 1/ 4iy 3
x2
2 2
0
2 2 y x
2 2
Integral 1/ 2* 2 i *1/ (4iy 3 ) / (4 y 3 )

Q42. The Fourier transform of the derivative of the Dirac - function, namely x , is
proportional to
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) sin k (d) ik
Ans: (d)
Solution: Fourier transform of x

H K x e ikx dx ike k 0 ik

Q43. Consider an n nn 1 matrix A , in which Aij is the product of the indices i and j
(namely Aij ij ). The matrix A
(a) has one degenerate eigevalue with degeneracy n 1

(b) has two degenerate eigenvalues with degeneracies 2 and n 2
(c) has one degenerate eigenvalue with degeneracy n
(d) does not have any degenerate eigenvalue
Ans: (a)
1 2
Solution: If matrix is 2 2 let then eigen value is given by
2 4





fiziks

1 2
0 (1 )(4 ) 4 0 0,5
2 4
1 2 3

If If matrix is 3 3 let 2 4 6 then eigen value is given by
3 6 9

1 2 3

2 4 6 0
3 6 9

1 4 9 36 218 29 312 34
1 2 13 36 36 218 18 2 312 12 3 0
2 13 3 132 13 0 3 142 0 0, 0, 14
i.e. has one degenerate eigenvalue with degeneracy 2.
Thus one can generalized that for n dimensional matrix has one degenerate eigevalue
with degeneracy n 1 .
Q44. Three sets of data A, B and C from an experiment, represented by , and , are
plotted on a log-log scale. Each of these are fitted with straight lines as shown in the
figure. 1000
100
C
B
10
1

A

0.1 1 10 100 1000
0.1
The functional dependence y x for the sets A, B and C are respectively

x 1 1
(a) x , x and x 2 (b) , x and 2 x (c) , x and x 2 (d) , x and x 2
2 x2 x
Ans: (d)





fiziks

JRF/NET-(JUNE-2014)
Q45. Consider the differential equation
d 2x dx
2
2 x0
dt dt
with the initial conditions x0 0 and x 0 1 . The solution xt attains its maximum
value when t is
(a) 1/2 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d)
Ans: (b)
d2x dx
2 x 0 m 2 2m 1 0 m 1 0 m 1, 1
2
Solution: 2
dt dt
x c1 c2 t e t since x 0 0 0 c1 x c2 te t 0
x c2 tet e t
Since x 0 1 1 c2 x tet
For maxima or minima x 0 x te t e t 0 x e t 1 t
e t 0, 1 t 0 t , t 1
x e t 1 1 t e t 1 e t t 1 e t

x 1 e 1 0e t 0

Q46. Consider the matrix
0 2i 3i

M 2i 0 6i
3i 6i 0

The eigenvalues of M are
(a) 5, 2, 7 (b) 7, 0, 7 (c) 4i, 2i, 2i (d) 2, 3, 6
Ans: (b)
0 2i 3i 0 2i 3i

Solution: M 2i 0 6i , M 2i 0 6i
3i 6i 0 3i 6i 0





fiziks

M M
Matrix is Hermitian so roots are real and trace = 0.
1 2 3 0, 1 2 3 0 7, 0, 7
1
Q47. If C is the contour defined by z , the value of the integral
2
dz
C sin 2 z
is
(a) (b) 2 i (c) 0 (d) i
Ans: (c)
1 1
Solution: f z 2 z
sin z 2
3 5
z z 1 1
sin z z .... 2
2
3 5 sin z z3 z5
z ....
3 5
2
1 1 z2 z4 dz
2
1 .... 0
2
sin z z 3 5 C sin 2 z
Pn x t n 1 2 xt t 2 , for t 1 , the value of P5 1 is

1 / 2
Q48. Given n 0
(a) 0.26 (b) 1 (c) 0.5 (d) 1

Ans: (d)
Pn 1 1 if n is odd P5 1 1





fiziks

Q49. The graph of a real periodic function f x for the range , is shown below
f x
Which of the following graphs represents the real part of its Fourier transform?
(a) (b)
Re f k Re f k
k k
(c) Re f k (d) Re f k
k k
Ans: (b)
Solution: This is cosine function
A
f x A cos x F k k k0 k k0
2
NET/JRF (DEC-2014)

Q50. Let r denote the position vector of any point in three-dimensional space, and r r .
Then

(a) r 0 and r r / r (b) r 0 and 2 r 0

(c) r 3 and 2 r r / r 2 (d) r 3 and r 0
Ans: (d)

Solution: r xx yy zz





fiziks

x y z
r 111 3
x y z
x y z
z y x z y x
r / x / y / z x y z 0
x y z
y z z x x y
a 0 0 1

Q51. The column vector b is a simultaneous eigenvector of A 0 1 0 and
a 1 0 0

0 1 1

B 1 0 1 if
1 1 0

(a) b 0 or a 0 (b) b a or b 2a
(c) b 2a or b a (d) b a / 2 or b a / 2
Ans: (b)
Solution: Let b a
0 0 1 a a 0 1 1 a a a

0 1 0 a a and 1 0 1 a a a
1 0 0 a a 1 1 0 a a a

Let b 2a
0 0 1 a a 0 1 1 a a a

0 1 0 2a 2a and 1 0 1 2a 2a 1 2a
1 0 0 a a 1 1 0 a a a

For other combination above relation is not possible.
sin 2 x
Q52. The principal value of the integral x3
dx is
(a) 2 (b) (c) (d) 2

Ans: (a)





fiziks

i2z
e
Solution: Let f z 3
z
i2z
3 e
lim z 0 z 0 f z lim z 0 z 0 3 1 finite and 0 z 0 is pole of order 3.
3
z
1 d
2
3 e
iz
2
Residue R lim z 0 3 2
2! z 0 dz z

f x dx iR i 2 2 i Im. Part 2 f x dx 2

Q53. The Laurent series expansion of the function f z e z e1 / z about z 0 is given by
zn n 1 1
n n! for all z

(a) (b) z n
n 0
only if 0 z 1
z n!
n 1 1 zn
(d) n

(c) n 0
z n for all 0 z only if z 1
z n! n!
Ans: (c)
z2 z
n
1 1 1 1
Solution: e z 1 z .... n 0 .... n 0 n

and e1/ z 1 2
2! n! z 2! z z n!
1 1
f z e z e1/ z n 0 z n n for all 0 z
z n !
Q54. Two independent random variables m and n , which can take the integer values
0, 1, 2, ..., , follow the Poisson distribution, with distinct mean values and
respectively. Then
(a) the probability distribution of the random variable l m n is a binomial
distribution.
(b) the probability distribution of the random variable r m n is also a Poisson
distribution.
(c) the variance of the random variable l m n is equal to
(d) the mean value of the random variable r m n is equal to 0.
Ans: (c)
Solution: l2 m2 n2





fiziks

1
Q55. Consider the function f z ln1 z of a complex variable
z
z re i r 0, . The singularities of f z are as follows:
(a) branch points at z 1 and z ; and a pole at z 0 only for 0 2
(b) branch points at z 1 and z ; and a pole at z 0 for all other than 0 2
(c) branch points at z 1 and z ; and a pole at z 0 for all
(d) branch points at z 0, z 1 and z .
Ans: None of the above is correct
1 1 z 2 z3 z z2
Solution: For f z ln 1 z z ..... 1 .....
z z 2 3 2 3
There is no principal part and when z 0 , f z 1 . So there is removable singularity
at z 0 . Also z 1 and z is Branch point.
The function f x n 0
1n x 2 n1
Q56. satisfies the differential equation
n !n 1! 2
x 2 1 f 0 x 2 1 f 0
d2 f df d2 f df
(a) x 2 2
x (b) x 2 2
2x
dx dx dx dx
x 2 1 f 0 x 2 1 f 0
d2 f df d2 f df
(c) x 2 2
x (d) x 2 2
x
dx dx dx dx
Ans: (c)
f x n 0
1 x
n 2 n 1
Solution: is generating function (Bessel Function of first kind)

n !n 1! 2
d2 f df
x x 2 n 2 f 0 , put n 1 .
which satisfies the differential equation x 2
dx 2
dx

Q57. Let and be complex numbers. Which of the following sets of matrices forms a
group under matrix multiplication?
1
(a) (b) , where 1
0 0
* 2 2
(c) *
, where * is real (d) , where
*
1

*
Ans: (d)





fiziks

2 2
Solution: 1

* *

3
Q58. The expression i jk i j k
x ,
i , j , k 1
p , L (where i jk is the Levi-Civita symbol, x , p, L are
the position, momentum and angular momentum respectively, and A, B represents the
Poisson Bracket of A and B ) simplifies to

(a) 0 (b) 6
(c) x , p L
(d) x p
Ans: (b)
NET/JRF (JUNE-2015)
dx
Q59. The value of integral
1 x4

(a) (b) (c) 2 (d) 2
2 2
Ans. (a)
dz
Solution: 1 z 4
z R

2 n 1
Now pole ze 4
i
1 1 1 1
n 0, z0 e 4
i , n 2 z2 i
2 2 2 2
i 3
1 1 1 1
n 1 z1 e 4
i , n 3 z3 i
2 2 2 2
only z0 and z1 lies in contour
i
1 1 1
i.e., residue at z e 4 i
4 2 2
i 3
1 1 1
residue at z e 4
i
4 2 2
dx
now
x 1
4
2 i Re s
2





fiziks

2
d x dx
Q60. Consider the differential equation 2
3 2 x 0 . If x 0 at t 0 and x 1 at
dt dt
t 1 , the value of x at t 2 is
(a) e2 1 (b) e2 e (c) e 2 (d) 2e
Ans. (b)
Solution: D 2 3D 2 0
D 1 D 2 0 D 1, 2 x c1e 2t c2 et
using boundary condition x 0, t 0

c1 c2
again using boundary condition x 1, t 1
1 1 e2t 1 t
c2 , c1 2 x 2 e
ee 2
e e e e e e2
again using t 2 then x e 2 e
Q61. The Laplace transform of 6t 3 3sin 4t is
36 12 36 12
(a) 2 (b) 2
s 4
s 16 s 4
s 16
18 12 36 12
(c) 2 (d) 2
s 4
s 16 s 3
s 16
Ans. (a)
n 1
Solution: L 6t 3 3sin 4t L t n
S n 1
a
L sin at
s a2
2
6 4 3 4 36 12
2 4 2
s 4
s 16 s s 16





fiziks

2 f 2 f
2
Q62. Let f x, t be a solution of the wave equation v in 1-dimension. If at
t 2 x 2
f
t 0, f x, 0 e x and x, 0 0 for all x , then f x, t for all future times t 0 is
2
t
described by

x 2 v 2t 2
(b) e x vt
2
(a) e
1 x vt 2 3 x vt 2 1 x vt 2 x vt
2
(c) e e (d) e e
4 4 2
Ans. (d)
2 f 2 f
2
Solution: For v
t 2 x 2
f
x, 0 0 and f x, 0 e x
2
t
1
f f x vt f x vt
2

1 x vt

2
e x vt
2
therefore, solution is f e
2
NET/JRF (DEC-2015)
Q63. In the scattering of some elementary particles, the scattering cross-section is found to
depend on the total energy E and the fundamental constants h (Plancks constant) and c
(the speed of light in vacuum). Using dimensional analysis, the dependence of on
these quantities is given by
2
hc hc hc hc
(a) (b) 3 / 2 (c) (d)
E E E E
Ans.: (c)
Solution: The dimension of is dimension of Area
h Joul sec
c m / sec





fiziks

E Joul
2
hc
m dimension of area
2

E
1
Q64. If y , then x is
tanh x
y 1 y 1
(a) ln (b) ln
y 1 y 1
y 1 y 1
(c) ln (d) ln
y 1 y 1
Ans.: (d)
1
Solution: y
tanh x
e x e x e2 x 1
y
e x e x e2 x 1
ye 2 x y e2 x 1 ye2 x e2 x 1 y e 2 x y 1 1 y
y 1
2 x ln
y 1
1
1 y 1 y 1 2
x ln ln
2 y 1 y 1
z
Q65. The function of a complex variable z has
sin z 2
(a) a simple pole at 0 and poles of order 2 at n for n 1, 2,3...
(b) a simple pole at 0 and poles of order 2 at n and i n for n 1, 2,3...
(c) poles of order 2 at n , n 0,1, 2,3...

(d) poles of order 2 at n , n 0,1, 2,3...





fiziks

Ans. : (b)
z z
Solution: f z
sin z 2
sin z 2
z2
z2
sin z 2
at z 0 these is a simple pole since lim 1
z 0 z2

2 z
Also, sin z 2 sin n lim z n .
z n sin z 2
z 2 n z n , i n
exists so its pole of order 2 .

Q66. The Fourier transform of f x is f k dxeikx f x .

If f x x x x , where x is the Dirac delta-function (and prime
denotes derivative), what is f k ?
(a) i k i k 2 (b) k k 2
(c) i k k 2 (d) i k i k 2
Ans.: (c)

Solution: f k dx e x x x
ikx
x e dx
ikx

x eikx dx eikx x ike x dx i k
ikx
x e dx k 2
ikx





fiziks

dx
Q67. The solution of the differential equation 2 1 x 2 , with initial condition x 0 at
dt
t 0 is

sin 2t , 0 t 4 sin 2t , 0 t 2
(a) x (b) x
sinh 2t , 1,
t t
4 2

sin 2t , 0 t 4
(c) x (d) x 1 cos 2t , t 0
1,
t
4
Ans.: (c)
dx
Solution: 2 1 x2
dt
dx
2dt sin 1 x 2t c
1 x 2
x 0, t 0 so, c 0
x sin 2t
x should not be greater than 1 at x 1

1 sin 2t sin sin 2t , t
2 4

so, x sin 2t 0t
4

1 t
4





fiziks

Q68. The Hermite polynomial H n x satisfies the differential equation
d 2Hn dH n
2
2x 2nH n x 0
dx dx
The corresponding generating function
1
G t , x n 0 H n x t n satisfies the equation

n!
2G G G 2G G G
(a) 2x 2t 0 (b) 2x 2t 2 0
x 2
x t x 2
x t
2G G G 2G G 2G
(c) 2x 2 0 (d) 2x 2 0
x 2
x t x 2 x xt
Ans.: (a)
1
Solution: G Hn x tn
n!
1
G H n x t n
n!
1
G H n x t n
n!
G 1
H n x n t n 1
t n!
lets check the options one by one
G G G
2x 2t 0
x 2
x t
1 1 1
H n x t n 2 x H n x t n 2t H n x n
n! n! n!
H n x 2 xH n x 2 xH n x 0 , which is Hermite Differential Equation.





fiziks

8 1 1
Q69. The value of the integral 2 dx , valuated using Simpsons rule with h 2 is
0 x 5 3
(a) 0.565 (b) 0.620 (c) 0.698 (d) 0.736
Ans.: (a)
2 1
y0 4 y1 y2 2 y2 y4
x
Solution: I y
3 x 5
2
2 1 1 1 1 1 1
4 2 0
3 5 9 4 21 69 5
2 1
2 1
0.5734 0.09523 0.0145 9
3 5 4 1
2 21
0.2 0.5734 0.09523 0.0145 1
3 6
31
2 8 1
0.8831 0.5887
3 69
Q70. Consider a random walker on a square lattice. At each step the walker moves to a nearest
neighbour site with equal probability for each of the four sites. The walker starts at the
origin and takes 3 steps. The probability that during this walk no site is visited more than
one is
(a) 12 / 27 (b) 27 / 64 (c) 3 / 8 (d) 9 /16
Ans.: (d)
Solution: Total number of ways 4 4 4
Number of preferred outcome 4 3 3
( Any four option in step-1 and only 3 option in step 2 &3 because he can not go to
previous position)
4 3 3 9
probability
4 4 4 16





fiziks

NET/JRF (JUNE-2016)
1
Q71. The radius of convergence of the Taylor series expansion of the function
cosh x
around x 0 , is

(a) (b) (c) (d) 1
2
Ans: (c)
1 e4 z 1
Q72. The value of the contour integral cosh z 2sinh z dz around the unit circle C
2 i
C
traversed in the anti-clockwise direction, is

8 1
(a) 0 (b) 2 (c) (d) tanh
3 2
Ans: (c)
e4 z 1 e4 z 1 e4 z 1
Solution: f z z z
cosh z 2sinh z e e ez 3
2
e z e z e z
2 2

f z

2e z e 4 z 1 2 e 5z
ez
3e 2z
3e 2z
ln 3
For pole at z z0 ,3 e 2 z0 0 e 2 z0 3 z0
2
It has simple pole at z0
a1 lim z z0 f z lim z z0

2 e5 z e z
z z0 z z0 3e 2z
z z0 2 5e5 z e z 2 e5 z e z 1 e5 z0 e z0
a1 lim
z z0 2e 2 z e
2 z0

3 3
5
9 3 3 8
a1

3 3 3





fiziks

1 1 8

f z dz 2 i Residue
2 i 2 i 3
Q73. The Gauss hypergeometric function F a, b, c, z , defined by the Taylor series expansion
around z 0 as F a, b, c, z
a a 1 ... a n 1 b b 1 ... b n 1
n 0 c c 1 ... c n 1 n !
zn ,
satisfies the recursion relation

d c
(a) F a, b, c; z F a 1, b 1, c 1; z
dz ab
d c
(b) F a, b, c; z F a 1, b 1, c 1; z
dz ab
d ab
(c) F a, b, c; z F a 1, b 1, c 1; z
dz c
d ab
(d) F a, b, c; z F a 1, b 1, c 1; z
dz c
Ans: (d)
dF a a 1 ... a n 1 b b 1 ... b n 1 n 1
Solution: nz
dz n 0 c c 1 ... c n 1 n !
a a 1 ... a n 1 b b 1 ... b n 1 z n 1

n 0 c c 1 ... c n 1 n 1
ab a 1 ... a n 1 b 1 ... b n 1 z n 1

c
c 1 ... c n 1 n 1
ab a 1 ... a n 1 1 b 1 ... b n 1 1 z n 1

c n 0 c 1 ... c n 1 1 n 1
dF ab
F a 1, b 1, c 1, z
dz c





fiziks

Q74. Let X and Y be two independent random variables, each of which follow a normal
distribution with the same standard deviation , but with means and ,
respectively. Then the sum X Y follows a
(a) distribution with two peaks at and mean 0 and standard deviation 2
(b) normal distribution with mean 0 and standard deviation 2
(c) distribution with two peaks at and mean 0 and standard deviation 2
(d) normal distribution with mean 0 and standard deviation 2

Ans: (d)
Solution: x y 0
12 x2 y2 2 2
2
Q75. Using dimensional analysis, Planck defined a characteristic temperature TP from powers
of the gravitational constant G , Plancks constant h , Boltzmann constant k B and the
speed of light c in vacuum. The expression for TP is proportional to
hc 5 hc3 G hk B2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
k B2G k B2G hc 4 k B2 Gc 3
Ans: (a)
E ML2T 2
Solution: E h h ML2T 1
T 1
E ML2T 2
E k BT k B ML2T 2TP1
T TP
m1m2 MLT 2 L2
F G 2
G 2
G M 1 L3T 2
r M

5
hc 5 ML2T 1 LT 1 ML7T 6
TP2 TP
k B2G M 2 L4T 4TP2 M 1 L3T 2 7 6 2
ML T TP





fiziks

Q76. What is the Fourier transform dxe f x of
ikx

dn
f x x n
x
n 1 dx
where x is the Dirac delta-function?
1 1 1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
1 i k 1 i k k i k i
Ans: (b)

dn dn
Solution: f x x n
x n
x n x
n 1 dx n 0 dx n 0
F x 1 F n x ik F x ik
n n

f x n x
n 0

1 1
F f x ik 1 ik ik ik ....
n 2 3

n 0 1 ik 1 ik
Q77. In finding the roots of the polynomial f x 3 x 3 4 x 5 using the iterative Newton-
Raphson method, the initial guess is taken to be x 2 . In the next iteration its value is
nearest to
(a) 1.671 (b) 1.656 (c) 1.559 (d) 1.551
Ans: (b)
Solution: f x 3 x 3 4 x 5 ; f x 9 x 2 4
3xn3 4 xn 5 3 x03 4 x0 5
xn 1 xn x1 x0
9 xn2 4 9 x02 4
3 8 4 2 5 11
Let x0 2 x1 2 2 x1 1.656
9 4 4 32





fiziks

NET/JRF (DEC-2016)
1 3 2

Q22. The matrix M 3 1 0 satisfies the equation
0 0 1

(a) M 3 M 2 10M 12 I 0 (b) M 3 M 2 12 M 10 I 0
(c) M 3 M 2 10M 10 I 0 (d) M 3 M 2 10 M 10 I 0
Ans. 22: (c)
Solution: The characteristic equation is
1 3 2
3 1 0 0
0 0 1
1 1 1 3.3 1 0
2 1 1 9 1 0
3 10 2 10 0
thus the matrix M satisfies the equation
M 3 M 2 10 M 10 I 0 then the correct option is (c)
Q23. The Laplace transform of
t
, 0t T
f t T
1 t T
is
1 e sT 1 e sT
1 e sT
1 e sT
(a) (b) (c) (d)

s 2T s 2T s 2T s 2T
Ans. 23: (b)
Solution: we can write
t t t t
f t u0 t uT t uT t 1 uT t uT t uT t uT t
T T T T
Hence the transform of f t is





fiziks

t t T T
L f t L L uT t L uT t
T T
1 e sT 1 T e sT 1 e sT
2
s 2T T s2 s s sT
1
Q29. The Fourier transform dxf x eikx of the function f x is
x 2
2
2k
(a) 2 e (b) 2 e 2k
2k
(c) e 2k
(d) e
2 2
Ans. 29: (d)
1
Solution: Fourier transform of f x , a 0 is
x a2
2
1 a k
x 2
a 2
eikx dx e
a
1
x
2k
Hence eikx dx e
2
a 2
2
Q46. Given the values sin 450 0.7071, sin 500 0.7660, sin 550 0.8192 and
sin 600 0.8660 , the approximate value of sin 520 , computed by Newtons forward
difference method, is
(a) 0.804 (b) 0.776 (c) 0.788 (d) 0.798
Ans. : (c)
Solution: Given -
x y f x f x 2 f x 3 f x
450 0 7071
500 0 7660 0 0589 0 0057 0 0007
550 0 8192 0 0532 0 0064
600 0 8660 0 0468





fiziks

h 5 , 52 x0 uh 45 uh
0 0
52 45 52 45 7
u
h 5 5
From table we have
y0 0 7071, y0 0 0589 , 2 y0 0 0057
3 y0 0 0007 , 4 y0 0,.....
y0 2 y0 3 y0
sin 52 y0
0
u u u 1 u u 1 u 2
1 2 3
7 0 0057 7 7 0 0007 7 7 7
0 7071 0 0589 1 1 2 0
5 2 55 6 5 5 5
0 0399 0 0049
0 7071 0 0825
25 125
0 7071 0 0825 0 0016 0 0000 0 7880
f 2 f
Q47. Let f x, t be a solution of the heat equation D 2 in one dimension. The initial
t x
condition at t 0 is f x, 0 e for x . Then for all t 0, f x, t is given by
x2

2
[Useful integral: dx e x ]

2 2
1
x
1 Dt
1
x
1 2 Dt
(a) e (b) e
1 Dt 1 2 Dt
2
x2
1
x
1 4 Dt

(c) e (d) e 1 Dt
1 4 Dt
Ans. : (c)
f 2 f
Solution: D 2 , t 0
t x
Let D c 2
f 2 f
c2 2
t x
Initial condition f x , 0 e x g x , x
2





fiziks

x 2 cz t

2
Now, g x 2cz t e
The solution f x , t is given as

1 1 .e z dz
2
x 2 4 c 2 z 2t 4 cxz t
f x,t
x 2 cz t
e e
z2 2
e dz

x 2

2
e x 4 c 2 z 2t 4 cxz t z 2 dz e
1 4 c 2t z 2 4 cxz t

e
e

dz
e x
2 2cx t 2cx t 2cx t
2 2
exp 1 4c t z 2 z 1 4c 2t 1 4c 2t 1 4c 2t dz
2 2

2 cx t
2
4 c 2 x 2t 2 cx t
2
e x 2
1 4 c 2t z 2 1 4c t dz e
2 x2 4 c 2 x 2t

1 4 c 2t z 2

e

1 4 tc
e

e 1 4 c 2 t
e

1 4 tc
dz
x2
e 1 4 c 2t
1
2
2 1 4c 2t
2
x
1
f x, t
1 4 Dt
e1 4 Dt c 2
D
3
Q55. A stable asymptotic solution of the equation xn 1 1 is x 2 . If we take
1 xn
n 1
xn 2 n and xn 1 2 n 1 , where n and n1 are both small, the ratio is
n
approximately
1 1 1 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 4 3 3
Ans. (c)





fiziks

Q56. The 2 2 identity matrix I and the Pauli matrices , , do not form a group under matrix multiplication. The minimum number
x y z
of 2 2 matrices, which includes these four matrices, and form a group (under matrix multiplication) is
(a) 20 (b) 8 (c) 12 (d) 16
Ans. (d)
I I i I i I x x i x i x y y i y i y z z i z i z
I I I i I i I x x i x i x y y i y i y z z i z i z
I I I i I i I x x i x i x y y i y i y z z i z i z
i I i I i I I I i x i x x x i y i y y y i z i z z z
i I i I i I I I i x i x x x i y i y y y i z i z z z
x x x i x i x I I i I i I i z i z z z i y i y y y
x x x i x i x I I i I i I i z i z z z i y i y y y
i x i x i x x x i I i I I I z z i z i z y y i y i y
i x i x i x x x i I i I I I z z i z i z y y i y i y
y y y i y i y i z i z z z I I i I i I i x i x x x
y y y i y i y i z i z z z I I i I i I i x i x x x
i y i y i y y y z z i z i z i I i I I I x x i x i x
i y i y i y y y z z i z i z i I i I I I x x i x i x





Email:fiziks.physics@gmail.com 45
fiziks

z z z i z i z i y i y y y i x i x x x I I i I i I
z z z i z i z i y i y y y i x i x x x I I i I i I
i z i z i z z z y y i y i y x x i x i x i I i I I I
i z i z i z z z y y i y i y x x i x i x i I iI I I





fiziks

CLASSICAL MECHANICS SOLUTIONS
GATE- 2010
Q1. For the set of all Lorentz transformations with velocities along the x-axis consider the two
statements given below:
P: If L is a Lorentz transformation then, L-1 is also a Lorentz transformation.
Q: If L1 and L2 are Lorentz transformations then, L1L2 is necessarily a Lorentz
transformation.
Choose the correct option
(A) P is true and Q is false (B) Both P and Q are true
(C) Both P and Q are false (D) P is false and Q is true
Ans: (b)
1 2 3
Q2. A particle is placed in a region with the potential V x kx x , where k, > 0.
2 3
Then,
k
(A) x = 0 and x are points of stable equilibrium

k
(B) x = 0 is a point of stable equilibrium and x is a point of unstable equilibrium

k
(C) x = 0 and x are points of unstable equilibrium

(D) There are no points of stable or unstable equilibrium
Ans: (b)
1 2 x 3 V k
Solution: V kx kx x 2 0 x 0, x .
2 3 x
2V
k 2x
x 2
2V k 2V
At x 0, ve (Stable) and At x , ve (unstable)
x 2 x 2





fiziks

0
Q3. A meson at rest decays into two photons, which move along the x-axis. They are both
detected simultaneously after a time, t = 10s. In an inertial frame moving with a velocity
V = 0.6c in the direction of one of the photons, the time interval between the two
detections is
(A) 15 s (B) 0 s (C) 10 s (D) 20 s
Ans: (a)
v v
1 1
c 1 0.6 c
Solution: t1 t 0 10 10 2 20sec , t 2 t 0
v 1 0.6 v
1 1
c c
1 0.6 1
10 10 5sec
1 0.6 2
t1 t 2 15sec
Statement for Linked Answer Questions 4 and 5:
1 2 2
The Lagrangian for a simple pendulum is given by L ml mgl 1 cos
2
Q4. Hamiltons equations are then given by
p p
(A) p mgl sin ; 2 (B) p mgl sin ; 2
ml ml
p g p
(C) p m; (D) p ;
m l ml
Ans: (b)
P2 H H P
Solution: H mgl 1 cos P P mglsin ; 2 .Q5. The
2ml 2
P ml
Poisson bracket between and is

(A) , 1 1
(B) , 2
ml

(C) ,
1
m

(D) ,
g
l
Ans: (b)





fiziks

P P 1
, , 2 where 2 . 2
P 1 1
1 2 0 2 .
ml ml ml P P ml ml
GATE- 2011
1 q
Q6. A particle is moving under the action of a generalized potential V q, q . The
q2
magnitude of the generalized force is

21 q 21 q 2 q
(A) (B) (C) (D)
q3 q3 q3 q3
Ans: (c)
d V V 2
Solution: Fq Fq 3 .
dt q q q
Q7. Two bodies of mass m and 2m are connected by a spring constant k. The frequency of the
normal mode is
(A) 3k / 2m (B) k/m (C) 2k / 3m (D) k / 2m
Ans: (a)
k k 3k 2mm 2m
Solution: m k
2m where reduce mass .
2m 2m 2m m 3
3
Q8. Let (p, q) and (P, Q) be two pairs of canonical variables. The transformation
Q q cosp , P q sinp
is canonical for
(A) = 2, = 1/2 (B) = 2, =2 (C) = 1, = 1 (D) = 1/2, = 2
Ans: (d)
Q P Q P
Solution: 1
q p p q
q 1 cosp q cosp q sin p q 1 sin p 1
q 2 1 cos 2 p sin 2 p 1 q 2 1 1 , 2 .
1
2





fiziks

Q9. Two particles each of rest mass m collide head-on and stick together. Before collision, the
speed of each mass was 0.6 times the speed of light in free space. The mass of the final
entity is
(A) 5m / 4 (B) 2m (C) 5m / 2 (D) 25 m / 8
Ans: (c)
Solution: From conservation of energy
mc 2 mc 2 2mc 2
m1c 2 m1c 2
2
v2
v2
v
1 1 1
c2 c2 c2
Since v 0.6c m1 5m / 2
GATE- 2012
Q10. In a central force field, the trajectory of a particle of mass m and angular momentum L in
plane polar coordinates is given by,
1 m
1 cos
r L2
where, is the eccentricity of the particles motion. Which one of the following choice
for gives rise to a parabolic trajectory?
(a) = 0 (b) = 1 (c) 0 < < 1 (d) > 1
Ans: (b)
l m
Solution: 1 cos for parabolic trajectory 1 .
r l2
Q11. A particle of unit mass moves along the x-axis under the influence of a potential,
V x x x 2 . The particle is found to be in stable equilibrium at the point x = 2. The
2
time period of oscillation of the particle is

3
(a) (b) (c) (d) 2
2 2
Ans: (b)





fiziks

V 2
V x x x 2 x 2 2 x x 2 0 x 2, x
2 2
x 3
2V 2V
2 x 2 2
2 x 2 2 x 2 2 4
x 2 x 2
2V 2
2 T .
x 2 x2
T
Q12. A rod of proper length l0 oriented parallel to the x-axis moves with speed 2c/3 along the
x-axis in the S-frame, where c is the speed of the light in free space. The observer is also
moving along the x-axis with speed c/2 with respect to the S-frame. The length of the rod
as measured by the observer is
(a) 0.35l0 (b) 0.48l0 (c) 0.87l0 (d) 0.97l0
Ans: (d)
u2x
Solution: l l0 1 0.97 l0
c2
Q13. A particle of mass m is attached to fixed point O by a weightless inextensible string of
length a. It is rotating under the gravity as shown in the figure. The
z
Lagrangian of the particle is

1

L , ma 2 2 sin 2 2 mga cos where and are the
2 a
polar angles. The Hamiltonian of the particles is m
1 2 p2 g
(a) H p mga cos (b)
2ma 2 sin 2

1 2 p2
H p mga cos
2ma 2 sin 2

(c) H
1
2ma 2
p2 p2 mga cos (d) H
1
2ma 2
p2 p2 mga cos
Ans: (b)





fiziks

1
Solution: H P P L P P ma 2 2 sin 2 2 mga cos
2

L P L P
P ma 2 P 2 and P ma 2 sin 2
ma ma 2 sin 2
Put the value of and
2

2
2
P P 1 2 P
P
H P P ma sin mga cos
ma 2 ma 2 sin 2 2 ma 2 ma 2 sin 2

P2 P2 P2 P2
H mga cos
ma 2 2ma 2 ma 2 sin 2 2ma 2 sin 2
1 2 P2
H P mga cos
2ma 2 sin 2


Q14. A particle of mass m slides under the gravity without friction along the parabolic path
y ax 2 axis shown in the figure. Here a is a constant.
y
x
The Lagrangian for this particle is given by
m1 4a 2 x 2 x 2 mgax 2
1 2 1
(a) L mx mgax 2 (b) L
2 2
(c) L
1 2
2
mx mgax 2 (d) L
1
2

m 1 4a 2 x 2 x 2 mgax 2
Ans: (d)





fiziks

1
Solution: Equation of constrain is given by y ax 2 , K.E T m x 2 y 2
2
1 1
y 2axx T m x 2 4ax 2 x 2 mx 2 1 4ax 2
2 2
V mgy mgax 2 . Since particle is moving downward direction so potential V is
negative.
L T V L
1
2

m 1 4a 2 x 2 x 2 mgax 2
Q15. The Lagranges equation of motion of the particle for above question is given by
(a) x 2 gax (b) m 1 4a 2 x 2
x 2mgax 4ma 2 xx 2

(c) m 1 4a 2 x 2 x 2mgax 4ma 2 xx 2 (d) x 2 gax
Ans: (c)
d dL dL
Solution: m(1 4a 2 x 2 )
x 4ma 2 xx 2 2mgax
dt dx dx
GATE- 2013
Q16. In the most general case, which one of the following quantities is NOT a second order
tensor?
(a) Stress (b) Strain
(c) Moment of inertia (d) Pressure
Ans: (b)
Solution: Strain is not a tensor.
Q17. An electron is moving with a velocity of 0.85c in the same direction as that of a moving
photon. The relative velocity of the electron with respect to photon is
(a) c (b) c
(c) 0.15c (d) 0.15c
Ans: (b)





fiziks

Q18. The Lagrangian of a system with one degree of freedom q is given by L q 2 q 2 ,
where and are non-zero constants. If p q denotes the canonical momentum
conjugate to q then which one of the following statements is CORRECT?

(a) p q 2 q and it is a conserved quantity.
(b) p q 2 q and it is not a conserved quantity.
(c) p q 2 q and it is a conserved quantity.
(d) p q 2q and it is not a conserved quantity.
Ans: (d)
L L
Solution: pq but 0
q q
Q19. The relativistic form of Newtons second law of motion is
mc dv m c 2 v 2 dv
(a) F (b) F
c 2 v 2 dt c dt
mc 2 dv c 2 v 2 dv
(c) F (d) F m
c 2 v 2 dt c2 dt
Ans:
mv dP dv 1 1 1 2v dv
Solution: P F m mv 3/ 2
2
v2 dt dt v2 2 v2 c dt
1 1 2 1 2
c2 c c

v 2
2 2
dv 1 1 dv 1 v
F m 1 c m 2c 2

v 2 2 1 v dt v 2 3 2
2
dt
1 2
2
c c 1 c 2





fiziks

Q20. Consider two small blocks, each of mass M, attached to two identical springs. One of the
springs is attached to the wall, as shown in the figure. The spring constant of each spring
is k . The masses slide along the surface and the friction is negligible. The frequency of
one of the normal modes of the system is,
3 2 k
(a)
2 M
3 3 k
(b)
2 M
k k
3 5 k M M
(c)
2 M
3 6 k
(d)
2 M
Ans: (c)
1 2 1 2
Solution: T mx1 mx 2 ,
2 2
V
1 2 1
2
1 1 1

kx1 k x 2 x1 kx12 k x 22 x12 2 x 2 x1 k 2 x 2 x 2 2 x 2 x1
2
2
2 2 2

m 0 2k k
T ; V
0 m k k
2k 2 m k 3 5 k
0 2 k 2 m k 2 m k 2 0
k k m2
2 m
GATE- 2014
Q21. If the half-life of an elementary particle moving with speed 0.9c in the laboratory frame is
5 10 8 s, then the proper half-life is _______________ 10 8 s. c 3 10 8 m / s
Ans: 2.18





fiziks

t0 v2
Solution: t , t0 t 1 2 = t0 5 10 8 .19 2.18 108 s
v2 c
1
c2
Q22. Two masses m and 3m are attached to the two ends of a massless spring with force
constant K . If m 100 g and K 0.3 N / m , then the natural angular frequency of
oscillation is ________ Hz .
Ans: 0.318
1 k m1.m2 3m.m 3m 4k
Solution: f 2 0.318 Hz
2 m1 m2 4m 4 3m
Q23. The Hamiltons canonical equation of motion in terms of Poisson Brackets are
(a) q q, H ; p p, H (b) q H , q; p H , p
(c) q H , p; p H , p (d) q p, H ; p q, H
Ans: (a)
df f q f p f
Solution: . .
dt q t p t t
df f H f H f df f
. . f , H
dt q p p q t dt t
dq dp
q, H and p, H
dt dt
Q24. A bead of mass m can slide without friction along a mass less rod kept at 45 o with the
vertical as shown in the figure. The rod is rotating about the vertical axis with a constant
angular speed . At any instant r is the distance of the bead from the origin. The
z
momentum conjugate to r is

(a) mr
1
(b) mr
2
1 m
(c) mr
2 45 o
r
(d) 2mr
x





fiziks

Ans: (a)
1
Solution: L m(r 2 r 2 2 r 2 sin 2 2 ) mgr cos
2

equation of constrain is and it is given
4
1 1 1
L m(r 2 r 2 2 ) mgr
2 2 2
L
the momentum conjugate to r is p r = p r mr
r
Q25. A particle of mass m is in a potential given by
a ar02
V r
r 3r 3
when a and r0 are positive constants. When disturbed slightly from its stable equilibrium
position it undergoes a simple harmonic oscillation. The time period of oscillation is
3 3
mr03 m r0 2m r0 mr03
(a) 2 (b) 2 (c) 2 (d) 4
2a a a a
Ans: (a)
a ar02 V a 3ar02
Solution: V r 3 for equilibrium 0 r r0
r 3r r r 2 3r 4
2V 2a 4ar02 2a 4ar02 2a
3 5 3 5 3
r 2 r r r0
r0 r0 r0
2V
r 2 mr03
T 2
r0
m 2a
Q26. A planet of mass m moves in a circular orbit of radius r0 in the gravitational potential
k
V r , where k is a positive constant. The orbit angular momentum of the planet is
r
(a) 2r0 km (b) 2r0 km (c) r0 km (d) r0 km
Ans: (d)





fiziks

J 2
k dVeffect J 2
k
Solution: Veffctive 2
3 2 =0 at r r0
2mr r dr mr r
so J r0 km
Q27. Given that the linear transformation of a generalized coordinate q and the corresponding
momentum p ,
Q q 4ap
P q 2p
is canonical, the value of the constant a is _________________
Ans: 0.5
Q P Q P
Solution: . . 0 1.2 4a.1 0 a 0.5
q p p q
p2 q2
Q28. The Hamiltonian of particle of mass m is given by H .which one of the
2m 2
following figure describes the motion of the particle in phase space?
(a) (b)
p p
q q
(c) (d)
p p
q q
Ans: (d)





fiziks

GATE- 2015
Q29. A satellite is moving in a circular orbit around the Earth. If T ,V and E are its average
kinetic, average potential and total energies, respectively, then which one of the
following options is correct?
(a) V 2T ; E T (b) V T ; E 0
T T 3T T
(c) V ;E (d) V ;E
2 2 2 2
Ans.: (a)
n 1
Solution: From Virial theorem T V where V r n 1
2
k 1
V V n 2 V 2 T
r r

Q30. In an inertial frame S , two events A and B take place at ct A 0, rA 0 and
ct B 0, rB 2 y , respectively. The times at which these events take place in a frame
S moving with a velocity 0.6cy with respect to S are given by
3
(a) ct A 0; ct B (b) ct A 0; ct B 0
2
3 1
(c) ct A 0; ct B (d) ct A 0; ct B
2 2
Ans.: (a)
Solution: Velocity of S ' with respect to S is v .6c
v
tA y
t A' c2 for event A t A 0, y 0 so ct A' 0
v2
1 2
c
v
tB y
c2 3
t B' for event B t B 0, y 2 so ct B'
v2 2
1 2
c





fiziks

Q31. The Lagrangian for a particle of mass m at a position r moving with a velocity v is given
m
by L v 2 Cr .v V r , where V r is a potential and C is a constant. If pc is the
2
canonical momentum, then its Hamiltonian is given by
1
(a) pc Cr 2 V r (b)
1
pc Cr 2 V r
2m 2m
pc2 1 2
(c) V r (d) pc C 2 r 2 V r
2m 2m
Ans.: (b)
m 2
Solution: L v Cr.v V r where v r
2
m 2
H r pc L rp
c L where L r Cr.r V r
2
L p Cr
pc mr Cr r c
r m
2
p Cr m pc Cr pc Cr
H c pc cr V r
m 2 m m
2
p Cr m pc Cr
H c pc Cr V r
m 2 m
p Cr p Cr
2 2
1
V r pc Cr V r
2
H c c H
m 2m 2m

Q32. The Hamiltonian for a system of two particles of masses m1 and m2 at r1 and r2 having
1 1 C
velocities v1 and v2 is given by H m1v12 m2v22 2 z r1 r2 , wrong where
2 2 r1 r2
C is constant. Which one of the following statements is correct?
(a) The total energy and total momentum are conserved
(b) Only the total energy is conserved
(c) The total energy and the z - component of the total angular momentum are conserved
(d) The total energy and total angular momentum are conserved
Ans.: (c)





fiziks

Solution: Lagrangian is not function of time so energy is conserve and component of r1 r2 are
Only in z direction means potential is symmetric under so Lz is conserve.
Q33. A particle of mass 0.01 kg falls freely in the earths gravitational field with an initial
velocity 0 10ms 1 . If the air exerts a frictional force of the form, f kv , then for
k 0.05 Nm 1 s , the velocity (in ms 1 ) at time t 0.2 s is _________ (upto two decimal
places). (use g 10 ms 2 and e 2.72 )

Ans.: Data given is incorrect
u 0.2
dv dv k dv dv
Solution: m mg kv g v dt dt
dt dt m k k
g v 10 g v 0
m m
u
m k m k 10k
ln g v t 0 ln g u ln g
0.2
0.2
k m 10 k m m
m 0.05 .05
ln 10 u ln 10 10 0.2
k 0.01 .01
m

k
ln 10 5u ln 40 0.2
ln 40 can not be defined. So given data are not correct.
Q34. Consider the motion of the Sun with respect to the rotation of the Earth about its axis. If

Fc and FCo denote the centrifugal and the Coriolis forces, respectively, acting on the
Sun, then

(a) Fc is radially outward and FCo Fc

(b) Fc is radially inward and FCo 2 Fc

(c) Fc is radially outward and FCo 2 Fc

(d) Fc is radially outward and FCo 2 Fc
Ans.: (b)





fiziks

Q35. A particle with rest mass M is at rest and decays into two particles of equal rest masses
3
M which move along the z axis. Their velocities are given by
10

(a) v1 v 2 0.8c z (b) v1 v 2 0.8c z

(c) v1 v 2 0.6c z (d) v1 0.6c z; v 2 0.8c z
Ans.: (b)
3 3
Solution: M M M
10 10
From momentum conservation

0 P1 P 2 P1 P 2 P1 P2
From energy conservation E E1 E2
3 Mc 2 3 Mc 2 3 Mc 2
Mc 2 Mc 2
10 v 2 10 v2 5 v2
1 2 1 2 1 2
c c c
v2 9 v 2 16
1 2 2 v 0.8c
v 25 v 25
GATE-2016
Q36. The kinetic energy of a particle of rest mass m0 is equal to its rest mass energy. Its
momentum in units of m0 c , where c is the speed of light in vacuum, is _______.

(Give your answer upto two decimal places
Ans. : 1.73
m0c 2
Solution: 2m0 c 2 E
2
v
1
c2
E 2 p 2 c 2 m02 c 4 4m02c 4 m02c 4 p 2 c 2 p 3m0 c 1.732m0 c





fiziks

Q37. In an inertial frame of reference S , an observer finds two events occurring at the same
time at coordinates x1 0 and x 2 d A different inertial frame S moves with velocity
v with respect to S along the positive x -axis. An observer in S also notices these two
events and finds them to occur at times t1 and t 2 and at positions x1 and x2 respectively.
1
If t t 2 t1 , x x 2 x1 and , which of the following statements is true?
v2
1 2
c
d
(a) t 0, x d (b) t 0, x

vd vd d
(c) t , x d (d) t , x
c2 c 2

Ans.: (c)
vx vx
t2 22 t1 21
Solution: t2' t1' c c t ' t vx it is given t 0, x d
v2 v2 c2
1 2 1 2
c c
vx
t '
c2

x vt2 x1 vt1
x2 x1 2
' ' x ' x vt it is given t 0, x d
v2 v2
1 2 1 2
c c
x ' d
Q38. The Lagrangian of a system is given by
L
1 2 2
2

ml sin 2 2 mgl cos , where m, l and g are constants.
Which of the following is conserved?

(a) sin 2 (b) sin (c) (d)
sin sin 2





fiziks

Ans.: (a)
L
Solution: is cyclic coordinate so p ml 2 sin 2 is constant hence m, l and g are

constants. Then sin 2

Q39. A particle of rest mass M is moving along the positive x -direction. It decays into two
photons 1 and 2 as shown in the figure. The energy of 1 is 1 GeV and the energy of
GeV
2 is 0.82 GeV . The value of M (in units of ) is ________. (Give your answer
c2
1
upto two decimal places)
M 450
600
2
Ans.: 1.40
Solution: p 2 c 2 M 2 c 4 E1 E2 1.82GeV
E1 E 1GeV 1 .82GeV 1 1.11GeV

p cos 1 2 cos 2
c c c 2 c 2 c
p 2 c 2 m 2c 4 3.312
m 2 c 4 3.312 1.21 2.077

m 2.076 1.40





fiziks

GATE- 2017
2
1 dq 1 dq
Q40. If the Lagrangian L0 m m 2 q 2 is modified to L L0 q , which one
2 dt 2 dt
of the following is TRUE?
(a) Both the canonical momentum and equation of motion do not change
(b) Canonical momentum changes, equation of motion does not change
(c) Canonical momentum does not change, equation of motion changes
(d) Both the canonical momentum and equation of motion change
Ans. : (b)
2
1 dq 1
Solution: For lagrangian L0 m m 2 q 2 canonical momentum is p mq and
2 dt 2
d L L
0 mq m q 0
2
equation of motion is given by
dt q q
2
dq 1 dq 1
For langrangian L L0 q L m m 2 q 2 qq
dt 2 dt 2
Canonical momentum is p mq q
d L L
0 mq m q 0
2
Equation of motion
dt q q
Q41. Two identical masses of 10 gm each are connected by a massless spring of spring
constant 1 N / m . The non-zero angular eigenfrequency of the system israd/s.
(up to two decimal places)
Ans. : 14.14
k m 10 1
Solution: , where and k 1N / m 14.14
2 2 1000 200





fiziks

Q42. The phase space trajectory of an otherwise free particle bouncing between two hard walls
elastically in one dimension is a
(a) straight line (b) parabola
(c) rectangle (d) circle
Ans. : (c)
p2
Solution: E p 2mE
2m
Q43. The Poisson bracket x, xp y ypx is equal to
(a) x (b) y (c) 2 px (d) p y
Ans. : (b)
Solution: x, xp y ypx x, xp y x, ypx 0 y x, px y
c
Q44. An object travels along the x -direction with velocity in a frame O . An observer in a
2
c
frame O sees the same object travelling with velocity . The relative velocity of O
4
with respect to O in units of c is.. (up to two decimal places).
Ans. : 0.28
c c u' v
Solution: u x' , v u x x '
2 4 uv
1 x2
c
c c

ux 2 4 2c 0.28c
c c 1 7
1 . . 2
2 4 c
Q45. A uniform solid cylinder is released on a horizontal surface with speed 5 m / s without
any rotation (slipping without rolling). The cylinder eventually starts rolling without
slipping. If the mass and radius of the cylinder are 10 gm and 1cm respectively, the final
linear velocity of the cylinder is m / s . (up to two decimal places).
Ans. : 3.33





fiziks

1 v 3 2 10
Solution: mvr mvcm r I cm mvcm r mr 2 cm v vcm vcm v 3.33m / sec
2 r 2 3 3
Q46. A person weighs wp at Earths north pole and we at the equator. Treating the Earth as a
perfect sphere of radius 6400 km , the value 100

w p we
is.. (up to two
wp
decimal places). (Take g 10 ms 2 ).

Ans. : 0.33
Solution: g p g
ge g 2 R
wp we 2R
100
wp g
Put the value of g 10 m / sec 2

2 2

T 24 3600
R 6400 103
wp we
Then 100 0.33
wp





fiziks

CLASSICAL MECHANICS SOLUTIONS
NET/JRF (JUNE-2011)
b
Q1. A particle of unit mass moves in a potential V x ax 2 , where a and b are positive
x2
constants. The angular frequency of small oscillations about the minimum of the potential
is
(a) 8b (b) 8a (c) 8a / b (d) 8b / a
Ans: (b)
1
b V 2b b 4
Solution: V x ax 2 0 2ax 3 0 ax 4 b 0 x0 .
2
x x x a
k 2V
Since , m 1 and k 2 where xo is stable equilibrium point.
m x x x
0
1
V 6b 2
6b b 4
Hence k 2 2a 4 2a 8a at x x0 .
x x0 b a
a
Thus 8a .
Q2. The acceleration due to gravity (g) on the surface of Earth is approximately 2.6 times that
on the surface of Mars. Given that the radius of Mars is about one half the radius of
Earth, the ratio of the escape velocity on Earth to that on Mars is approximately
(a) 1.1 (b) 1.3 (c) 2.3 (d) 5.2
Ans: (c)
Solution: Escape velocity = 2 gR
Escape velocity of Earth ge R e R g

2.3 where e 2 and e 2.6.
Escape velocity of Mass gm R m Rm gm





fiziks

Q3. The Hamiltonian of a system with n degrees of freedom is given
by H q1 ,.....q n ; p1 ,....... p n ; t , with an explicit dependence on the time t. Which of the
following is correct?
(a) Different phase trajectories cannot intersect each other.
(b) H always represents the total energy of the system and is a constant of the motion.
(c) The equations q i H / pi , p i H / qi are not valid since H has explicit time
dependence.
(d) Any initial volume element in phase space remains unchanged in magnitude under
time evolution.
Ans: (a)
Q4. The Lagrangian of a particle of charge e and mass m in applied electric and magnetic
1
fields is given by L mv 2 eA v e , where A and are the vector and scalar
2
potentials corresponding to the magnetic and electric fields, respectively. Which of the
following statements is correct?

(a) The canonically conjugate momentum of the particle is given by p mv

p2 e
(b) The Hamiltonian of the particle is given by H A p e
2m m
(c) L remains unchanged under a gauge transformation of the potentials
(d) Under a gauge transformation of the potentials, L changes by the total time derivative
Ans: (d)
L
Solution: 2 V
t 0
Q5. Consider the decay process in the rest frame of the -. The masses of the
, and are M, M and zero respectively.
A. The energy of is
(a)
M 2
M 2 c 2
(b)
M
2
M 2 c 2
(c) M M c 2 (d) M M c2
2M 2M





fiziks

Ans: (b)
Solution:
From conservation of energy M c2 E E .
E 2 p 2 c2 M 2 c4 and E 2 p 2c2 since momentum of and is same.
M 2 c4
M c2 E E , M 2 c4 E 2 E 2 E E
M c2
E E
M c2
and E E M c E
2
M 2 M2 c2
.

M 2M
B. The velocity of is
(a)
M M 2 c
2
(b)
M M 2 c
2
(c)
M c
(d)
M c
M 2 M 2 M 2 M 2 M M
Ans: (a)
Solution: Velocity of
E
M 2
M 2 c 2

M c 2 v2
1 2
4 M 2 M 2
c M 2 M 2
2
2M v2
1
c2
v2 4M 2 M 2 v 2 M 4 M 4 2 M 2 M 2 4 M 2 M 2 M 2 M 2
1 v 2 2
c.
M 2 M 2 c M 2 M 2 M M
2
c2 2 2

Q6. The Hamiltonian of a particle of unit mass moving in the xy-plane is given to be:
1 2 1 2
H xp x yp y x y in suitable units. The initial values are given to be
2 2
and p x 0 , p y 0 , . During the motion, the curves traced out

1 1
x0, y0 1,1
2 2
by the particles in the xy-plane and the p x p y plane are
(a) both straight lines

(b) a straight line and a hyperbola respectively
(c) a hyperbola and an ellipse, respectively
(d) both hyperbolas





fiziks

Ans: (d)
1 2 1 2
Solution: H xp x yp y x y
2 2 .
Solving Hamiltonion equation of motion

H H
p x p x x p x and p y p y y p y .
x y
H H
x x x and y y y .
p x p y
After solving these four differential equation and eliminating time t and using boundary
1 1 1
condition one will get x and p x
y 2 py
NET/JRF (DEC-2011)
Q7. A double pendulum consists of two point masses m attached by strings of length l as
shown in the figure: The kinetic energy of the pendulum is
(a)
1 2 2 2
2

ml 1 2
l
(b)
1 2 2 2
2

ml 21 2 212 cos1 2 1
(c)
1 2 2
2

ml 1 222 212 cos1 2 m
l
(d)
1 2 2 2
2

ml 2 1 2 212 cos 1 2 2
Ans: (b) m
Solution: Let co-ordinate x1 , y1 and x 2 , y 2 . K .E.

1
2
1

m x12 y 12 m x 22 y 22
2

x1 l sin 1 , y1 l cos 1 x1 l cos 11 , y1 l sin 11
x 2 l sin 1 l sin 2 , y 2 l cos 1 l cos 2

x 2 l cos 11 l cos 2 2 , y 2 l sin 11 l sin 2 2





fiziks

Put the value of x1 , y1 , x 2 , y 2 in K.E equation, one will get
1
T m 212 22 212 cos 1 2 .
2
Q8. A constant force F is applied to a relativistic particle of rest mass m. If the particle starts
from rest at t = 0, its speed after a time t is
(a) Ft / m
Ft
(b) c tanh
(c) c 1 e Ft / mc (d)
Fct
mc F t m2c 2
2 2
Ans: (d)
dp
Solution: F p Ft c .
dt
F
mu t
At t=0, p=0 so c=0 p Ft Ft u m .
u2 Ft
2
1 2 1
c mc
Q9. The potential of a diatomic molecule as a function of the distance r between the atoms is
a b
given by V r 6
12 . The value of the potential at equilibrium separation between
r r
the atoms is:
(a) 4 a 2 / b (b) 2 a 2 / b (c) a 2 / 2b (d) a 2 / 4b
Ans: (d)
a b V a 12b 1 12b
Solution: V r 12 , for equilibrium 0 6 7 13 0 7 6a 6 0
r 6
r r r r r r
1 1
12b 12b 6 2b 6
6a 6 0 r r
r 6a a
1

2b 6
a b a2 a2 a2
V r .
a 2b 2b 2 2b 4b 4b

a a





fiziks

Q10. Two particles of identical mass move in circular orbits under a central
1 2
potential V r kr . Let l1 and l2 be the angular momenta and r1, r2 be the radii of the
2
orbits respectively. If l1/l2 = 2, the value of r1 / r2 is:
(a) 2 (b) 1 / 2 (c) 2 (d) 1 / 2
Ans: (a)
J2 1
Solution: Veff 2
kr 2 where J is angular momentum.
2mr 2
Veff J2
Condition for circular orbit 0 3 kr 0 J 2 r 4 J r 2 .
r mr
2
J r r J r J
Thus 1 1 1 1 1 2 since 1 2 .
J 2 r2 r2 J2 r2 J2
Q11. A particle of mass m moves inside a bowl. If the surface of the bowl is given by the
equation z
1
2

a x 2 y 2 , where a is a constant, the Lagrangian of the particle is
(a)
1
2

m r 2 r 2 2 gar 2 (b)
1
2

m 1 a 2 r 2 r 2 r 2 2
(c)
1
2

m r 2 r 2 2 r 2 sin 2 2 gar 2 (d)
1
2

m 1 a 2 r 2 r 2 r 2 2 gar 2
Ans: (d)
Solution: L
1
2

m x 2 y 2 z 2 mgz where z
1
2

a x2 y2 .
1
It has cylindrical symmetry. Thus x r cos , y r sin , z a r2 .
2
x r cos r sin , y r sin r cos and z a rr .
1
So L m 1 a 2 r 2 r 2 r 2 2 gar 2 .
2





fiziks

Q12. A planet of mass m moves in the inverse square central force field of the Sun of mass
M . If the semi-major and semi-minor axes of the orbit are a and b , respectively, the
total energy of the planet is:
GMm 1 1
(a) (b) GMm
ab a b
GMm 1 1 ab
(c) (d) GMm

a b
2
a b a
Ans: (a)
Solution: Assume Sun is at the centre of elliptical orbit.
1 2 GMm 1 2 GMm
Conservation of energy mv1 mv2
2 a 2 b v2
Conservation of momentum L mv1a mv2b b

v1
s a
a
v2 v1
b
1 2 1 2 GMm GMm 1 a2 ba
mv1 mv2 m v12 v12 2 GMm
2 2 a b 2 b ab
1 2 b2 a 2 b a 1 b 1
mv1 GMm mv12 GMm
b ab a b a
2
2 2
1 2 GMm b 1 GMm
E mv1 GMm
2 a a b a a
GMm b GMm b b a GMm

1
a b a a b a b a
Q13. An annulus of mass M made of a material of uniform density has inner and outer radii a
and b respectively. Its principle moment of inertia along the axis of symmetry
perpendicular to the plane of the annulus is:
(a)
1
M 2

b4 a4 (b)
1

M b 2 a 2
2
b a2 2
M b 2 a 2 M b 2 a 2
1 1
(c) (d)
2 2





fiziks

Ans: (d)
Q14. The trajectory on the zpz-plane (phase-space trajectory) of a ball bouncing perfectly
elastically off a hard surface at z = 0 is given by approximately by (neglect friction):
(a) (b)
PZ PZ
z z
PZ
PZ
(c) d)
z
z
Ans: (a)
Pz2 P2
Solution: H mgz and E z mgz .
2m 2m





fiziks

NET/JRF (JUNE-2012)
Q15. The bob of a simple pendulum, which undergoes small oscillations, is immersed in water.
Which of the following figures best represents the phase space diagram for the
pendulum?
(a) (b)
p p
x x
(c) (d) p
p
x x
.
Ans: (d)
Solution: When simple pendulum oscillates in water it is damped oscillation so amplitude
continuously decrease and finally it stops.
Q16. Two events separated by a (spatial) distance 9 109m, are simultaneous in one inertial
frame.The time interval between these two events in a frame moving with a constant
speed 0.8 c (where the speed of light c = 3 108 m/s) is
(a) 60 s (b) 40 s (c) 20 s (d) 0 s
Ans: (b)
Solution: x 2' x1' 9 10 9 m and t 2' t1' 0 . Then





fiziks

t ' v x' t1 v x'
2 c2 2 1 c2 1
t 2 t1 t t
t 2' t1'

v x 2' x1'

v x 2' x1'
.

2 2
2 1 2 2
1 v 1 v v 2 c v 2 c v 2
2 2
1 2 1 2 1 2
c c c c c
Put v 0.8c t 2 t1 40 sec
x 2
Q17. If the Lagrangian of a particle moving in one dimensions is given by L V x the
2x
Hamiltonian is
1 x 2 1 p2
(a) xp 2 V x (b) V x (c) x 2 V x (d) V x
2 2x 2 2x
Ans: (a)
L x
Solution: Since H p x x L and p x p x x p x x .
x x
px x
2
x 2 p x2 x
H p x x V x H px px x Vx H V x .
2x 2x 2
Q18. A horizontal circular platform mutes with a constant angular velocity directed
vertically upwards. A person seated at the centre shoots a bullet of mass m horizontally
with speed v. The acceleration of the bullet, in the reference frame of the shooter, is
(a) 2v to his right (b) 2v to his left
(c) v to his right (d) v to his left
Ans: (a)
Solution: Velocity of bullet = vj , Angular velocity= k . There will be coriolis
force F 2m v .
F 2mvi a 2vi .
Q19.
The Poisson bracket r , p has the value
(a) r p (b) r p (c) 3 (d) 1
Ans: (b)





fiziks

Solution: r xi yj zk , r x 2 y 2 z 2 , p p xi p y j p z k ,
1/ 2

p px2 p y2 pz2
1/ 2

r p r p r p r p r p r p
r , p = x p p x y p p y
x x y y z pz pz y

x px y p y z pz rp
r p
r p r p r p r p
Q20. Consider the motion of a classical particle in a one dimensional double-well
potential V x
1 2
4
2

x 2 . If the particle is displaced infinitesimally from the minimum
on the x-axis (and friction is neglected), then

(a) the particle will execute simple harmonic motion in the right well with an angular
frequency 2
(b) the particle will execute simple harmonic motion in the right well with an angular
frequency =2
(c) the particle will switch between the right and left wells
(d) the particle will approach the bottom of the right well and settle there
Ans: (b)
Solution: V x x 22 V 2 x 2 2 2 x 0 x 0 , x 2 .
1 2

4 x 4
2V 2V
3 x 2
2 . At x 0 , 0 so V is maximum. Thus it is unstable point
x 2 x 2
2V
2V x 2 x x0
4 and it is stable equilibrium point with 2 1.
x 2 x 2





fiziks

Q21. What is proper time interval between the occurrence of two events if in one inertial frame
events are separated by 7.5 108m and occur 6.5 s a part?
(a) 6.50 s (b) 6.00 s (c) 5.75 s (d) 5.00 s
Ans: There is not possible to calculate proper time interval
Solution: x 2 x1 7.5 108 m and t 2 t1 6.5 s .
v v v
2 2
t2 2 x2 t1 2 x1 t t x x1
t2' t1' c c
2 1 c .
v2 v2 v2 v2
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
c c c c
In this problem v is not given so its not possible to calculate proper time interval.
NET/JRF (DEC-2012)
Q22. A solid cylinder of height H, radius R and density , floats vertically on the surface of a
liquid of density 0 . The cylinder will be set into oscillatory motion when a small
instantaneous downward force is applied. The frequency of oscillation is
g g g 0 g
(a) (b) (c) (d)
0 H 0 H 0H H
Ans: (d)
Solution: From Newtons law of motion ma mg 0 Agh where A is area of cross section,
m AH .
0 gh 0 g
AHa AHg 0 Agh a 1
H H
Q23. Three particles of equal mass (m) are connected by two identical massless springs of
stiffness constant (K) as shown in the figure
K K
m m m
If x1, x2 and x3 denote the horizontal displacement of the masses from their respective
equilibrium positions the potential energy of the system is





fiziks

1

(a) K x12 x 22 x32
2
1
(b) K x12 x 22 x32 x 2 x1 x3
2

(c)
1
2

K x12 2 x 22 x32 2 x 2 x1 x3 (d)
1
2

K x12 2 x 22 2 x 2 x1 x3
Ans: (c)
1 1
K x2 x1 K x3 x2 ,
2 2
Solution: V
2 2
1 1 1
V
2

K x22 x12 2 x2 x1 K x32 x22 2 x3 x2 V K x12 2 x22 x32 2 x2 x1 x3
2 2
Q24. A planet of mass m moves in the gravitational field of the Sun (mass M). If the semi-
major and semi-minor axes of the orbit are a and b respectively, the angular momentum
of the planet is
2GMm 2 ab 2GMm 2 ab
(a) 2GMm 2 a b (b) 2GMm 2 a b (c) (d)
ab ab
Ans: (d)
Solution: Assume Sun is at the centre of elliptical orbit.
1 2 GMm 1 2 GMm
Conservation of energy mv1 mv2 v2
2 a 2 b
Conservation of momentum L mv1a mv2b b
v1
s a
a
v2 v1
b
1 2 1 2 GMm GMm 1 a2 b a
mv1 mv2 m v12 v12 2 GMm
2 2 a b 2 b ab
1 2 b2 a 2 b a 1 b 1
mv1 GMm mv12 GMm
2 b 2
ab 2 a b a
b 1
v1 2GM
a b a
b 1 2GMab 2GMm 2 ab
L mv1 a m 2GM a m L
a b a b a ab





fiziks

Q25. The Hamiltonian of a simple pendulum consisting of a mass m attached to a massless
p2
string of length l is H mgl 1 cos . If L denotes the Lagrangian, the value of
2ml 2
dL
is:
dt
2g g
(a) p sin (b) p sin 2
l l
g
(c) p cos (d) lp2 cos
l
Ans: (a)
dL L p2
Solution: L, H where H 2 mgl 1 cos .
dt t 2ml
H p ml 2 2
L pi q i H p H , 2 , L mgl 1 cos .
i p ml 2
Hence we have to calculate L, H which is only defined into phase space i.e. p and .
p2
Then L mgl 1 cos
2ml 2
L, H L H
L H

2g
p sin and
L
0
dL

2g
p sin
p p l t dt l
Q26. Two bodies of equal mass m are connected by a massless rigid rod of length l lying in the
xy-plane with the centre of the rod at the origin. If this system is rotating about the z-axis
with a frequency , its angular momentum is
(a) ml 2 / 4 (b) ml 2 / 2 (c) ml 2 (d) 2ml 2
Ans: (b)
Solution: Since rod is massless i.e. M = 0.
l
Moment of inertia of the system m1 r12 m2 r22 , m1 m2 m and r1 r2
2
ml 2 ml 2 ml 2 ml 2
. Angular momentum, J I and J .
4 4 2 2





fiziks

Q27. Which of the following set of phase-space trajectories is not possible for a particle
obeying Hamiltons equations of motion?
(a) (b)
P P
x x
(c) (d)
P P
x x
Ans: (b)
Solution: Phase curve does not cut each other
Q28. The muon has mass 105 MeV/c2 and mean life time 2.2 s in its rest frame. The mean
distance traversed by a muon of energy 315 MeV before decaying is approximately,
(a) 3 105 km (b) 2.2 cm (c) 6.6 m (d) 1.98 km
Ans: (d)
MeV
Solution: Since E 315MeV and m0 105 .
c2
m0 c 2 m0 c 2 105
E mc 2 E 315 315 v 0.94c .
v 2
v 2
v2
1 2 1 2 1 2
c c c
t0 2.2 10 6
Now, t , t 0 2.2 s t t = 6.6 s
v2 8
1 2 1
c 9
Now the distance traversed by muon is vt 0.94c 6.6 10 6 = 1.86 km .





fiziks

NET/JRF (JUNE-2013)
Q29. The area of a disc in its rest frame S is equal to 1 (in some units). The disc will appear
distorted to an observer O moving with a speed u with respect to S along the plane of the
disc. The area of the disc measured in the rest frame of the observer O is ( c is the speed
of light in vacuum)
1/ 2 1 / 2 1
u2 u2 u2 u2
(a) 1 2 (b) 1 2 (c) 1 2 (d) 1 2
c c c c
Ans: (a)
Solution: Area of disc from S frame is 1 i.e. a 2 1 or a a 1
u2 u2 u2
Area of disc from S frame is a b a a 1 1 1 1
c2 c2 c2
u2
where b a 1 .
c2
Q30. A planet of mass m and an angular momentum L moves in a circular orbit in a potential,
V r k / r , where k is a constant. If it is slightly perturbed radially, the angular
frequency of radial oscillations is
(a) mk 2 / 2 L3 (b) mk 2 / L3 (c) 2mk 2 / L3 (d) 3mk 2 / L3

Ans: (b)
Veff
L2 k Veff L2 k
Solution: Veff . For circular orbit 3 2 0
2mr 2
r r mr r
L2 k L2 k
. Thus r r0 ,
mr 3 r 2 mk m
r
2
d Veff 3L 2
2k 3L 2
2k 3m k 3
2m k4
m k4 3 4 3
k 2
3 =
dr mr 4
r r r0 L2
4
L2
3
L6 L6 L6
r r0
m
mk mk
d 2V
dr 2 r r0 mk 2
.
m L3





fiziks

Q31. The number of degrees of freedom of a rigid body in d space-dimensions is
(a) 2d (b) 6 (c) d d 1 / 2 (d) d!
Ans: (c)
Q32. A system is governed by the Hamiltonian
1
p x ay 2 1 p x bx 2
H
2 2
where a and b are constants and p x , p y are momenta conjugate to x and y respectively.
For what values of a and b will the quantities p x 3 y and p y 2 x be conserved?
(a) a 3, b 2 (b) a 3, b 2
(c) a 2, b 3 (d) a 2, b 3
Ans: (d)
Solution: Poisson bracket px 3 y, H 0 and
p y 2 y , H 0
p y (b 3) x(3b b 2 ) 0 and p x ( a 2) y (2 a a 2 ) 0
a 2, b 3
Q33. The Lagrangian of a particle of mass m moving in one dimension is given by
1 2
L mx bx
2
where b is a positive constant. The coordinate of the particle xt at time t is given by: (in
following c1 and c 2 are constants)
b 2
(a) t c1t c 2 (b) c1t c 2
2m
bt bt bt bt
(c) c1 cos c 2 sin (d) c1 cosh c 2 sinh
m m m m
Ans: (a)
d L L d
Solution: Equation of motion 0 mx b 0 mx b 0
dt x x dt
mx b
d 2x b dx b b t2
t c1 x c1t c2
dt 2 m dt m m 2





fiziks

NET/JRF (DEC-2013)
Q34. Let A, B and C be functions of phase space variables (coordinates and momenta of a
mechanical system). If , represents the Poisson bracket, the value of
A, B, C A, B, C is given by
(a) 0 (b) B, C , A (c) A, C , B (d) C , A, B
Ans: (d)
Solution: We know that Jacobi identity equation
A, B, C B, C , A C , A, B 0
Now A, B, C A, B, C B, C , A C , A, B
z2
Q35. A particle moves in a potential V x y 2
. Which component(s) of the angular 2
2
momentum is/are constant(s) of motion?
(a) None (b) Lx , L y and L z (c) only L x and Ly (d) only L z
Ans: (d)
z2
Solution: A particle moves in a potential V x 2 y 2
2
r2
V r , , r sin cos r sin sin cos 2
2 2 2 2 2 2
2
2
r
V r , , r 2 sin 2 cos 2
2
Now is cyclic-co-ordinate p i.e Lz is constant of motion.
Q36. The Hamiltonian of a relativistic particle of rest mass m and momentum p is given
by H p 2 m 2 V x , in units in which the speed of light c 1 . The corresponding

Lagrangian is
(a) L m 1 x 2 V x (b) L m 1 x 2 V x
1 2
(c) L 1 mx 2 V x (d) L mx V x
2





fiziks

Ans: (b)
H
Solution: H p 2 m 2 V x
p
x
1
2
2p
1

x p 2 m 2
1/ 2
p
p 2
m
2 2

xm
p
1 x 2
Now L xp H xp H xp
p 2 m2 V x

xm
Put value p L m 1 x 2 V x
1 x 2
Q37. A pendulum consists of a ring of mass M and radius R suspended by a massless rigid
rod of length l attached to its rim. When the pendulum oscillates in the plane of the ring,
the time period of oscillation is
lR 2
(a) 2
g
(b) l 2
R2 1/ 4
2 R 2 2 Rl l 2 2
(c) 2
g R l
(d) 2R 2
2 Rl l 2 1/ 4
g
Ans: (c)
Solution: The moment of inertia about pivotal point is given by y
I I c.m Md 2 MR 2 M (l R) 2
If ring is displaced by angle then potential energy is

o
Mg (l R) cos
The Lagrangian is given by
1 2 1 o x
L I V ( ) = ( MR 2 M (l R) 2 ) 2 Mg (l R) cos
2 2
d L L 2
0 ( MR M (l R) ) Mg (l R ) sin 0
2
dt
For small oscillation sin ( MR 2 M (l R) 2 ) Mg (l R) 0
2 R 2 2 Rl l 2
Time period is given by 2 .
g R l





fiziks

Q38. Consider a particle of mass m attached to two identical springs each of length l and
spring constant k (see the figure). The equilibrium configuration is the one where the
springs are unstretched. There are no other external forces on the system. If the particle is
given a small displacement along the x -axis, which of the following describes the
equation of motion for small oscillations?
kx 3 kx 2
(a) mx 0 (b) mx kx 0 (c) mx 2kx 0 (d) mx 0
l2 l
Ans: (a)
Solution: The lagrangian of system is given by y
1 2 l
L mx V ( x)
2 x
o
The potential energy is given by
2 2 l
k 1
k 1

V ( x) x 2 l 2
2
2

l x2 l 2 2 l
2 o x
2
1

V ( x) k x 2 l 2 2 l

For small oscillation one can approximate potential by Taylor expansion
2
1
2
2
x
2 2
1 x 2 1 x 4
V ( x) kl 1 2 1 V ( x) kl 1 2 4 1
2
l
2 l 8 l
2
x2 x 4
V ( x) kl 2 2
V ( x) k 2 .
l 4l
1 2 x 4
So Lagrangian of system is given by L mx k 2
2 4l
d L L kx 3
The Lagranges equation of motion 0 m
x 0.
dt x x l2





fiziks

NET/JRF (JUNE-2014)
Q39. The time period of a simple pendulum under the influence of the acceleration due to
gravity g is T . The bob is subjected to an additional acceleration of magnitude 3 g in
the horizontal direction. Assuming small oscillations, the mean position and time period
of oscillation, respectively, of the bob will be
(a) 0 o to the vertical and 3T (b) 30 o to the vertical and T / 2
(c) 60 o to the vertical and T / 2 (d) 0 o to the vertical and T / 3

Ans: (c)
l
Solution: T 2
g T
g 3g 2 g 2 4g 2 2 g 3 g

l l 1 T
T 2 T 2 T g
2g g 2 2 g
T cos mg , T sin 3 mg tan 3 60o

1
Q40. A particle of mass m and coordinate q has the Lagrangian L mq 2 qq 2
2 2
where is a constant. The Hamiltonian for the system is given by
p 2 qp 2 p2
(a) (b)
2m 2m 2 2m q
p2 qp 2 pq
(c) (d)
2m 2m q 2 2
Ans: (b)
1 1
Solution: H qp
L where L mq 2 qq 2
2 2
L p
p mq qq p q m q q
q m q





fiziks

H qp
L
p2 1
m
p q p2
2
m q 2 m q 2 2 m q 2
p2 p2
H qp
L m q
m q 2 m q 2
p2 p2 p2
H qp
L H
m q 2 m q 2 m q
Q41. The coordinates and momenta xi , pi i 1, 2, 3 of a particle satisfy the canonical Poisson
bracket relations xi , p j ij . If C1 x2 p3 x3 p2 and C 2 x1 p 2 x 2 p1 are constants of
motion, and if C3 C1 , C 2 x1 p3 x3 p1 , then
(a) C 2 , C3 C1 and C3 , C1 C 2
(b) C 2 , C3 C1 and C3 , C1 C 2
(c) C 2 , C3 C1 and C3 , C1 C 2
(d) C 2 , C3 C1 and C3 , C1 C 2
Ans: (d)
Solution:
C1 x2 p3 x3 p2 , C2 x1 p2 x2 p1 , C3 x1 p3 x3 p1
C2 C3 C2 C3 C2 C3 C2 C3 C2 C3 C2 C3
C2 , C3
x1 p1 p1 x1 x2 p2 p2 x2 x3 p3 p3 x3
C2 , C3 p2 x3 x2 p3 0 x1 0 0 x1 0 x1 p2 x3 x2 p3 C1
C3 C1 C3 C1 C3 C1 C3 C1 C3 C1 C3 C1
C3 , C1
x1 p1 p1 x1 x2 p2 p2 x2 x3 p3 p3 x3
C3 , C1 p3 0 x3 0 0 x3 0 p3 p1 x2 x1 p2 x1 p2 x2 p1 C2





fiziks

Q42. The recently-discovered Higgs boson at the LHC experiment has a decay mode into a
photon and a Z boson. If the rest masses of the Higgs and Z boson are 125 GeV/c2 and
90 GeV/c2 respectively, and the decaying Higgs particle is at rest, the energy of the
photon will approximately be
(a) 35 3 GeV (b) 35 GeV (c) 30 GeV (d) 15 GeV
Ans: (c)
Solution:
H B PH Z B

From conservation of momentum 0 P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2
Now EH B EPH EZ B EPH EZ B M H B c 2
E P2H P12 c 2 0 and EZ2B P22 c 2 M Z2B c 4

EZ B EPH E ZB
EPH M Z2B c 4 P1 P2
M Z2B c 4 M Z2B c 2
EZ B EPH 2
EZ B EPH M H B c 2
M HB c M HB
2 EPH M H B c 2
M z2B c 2
EPH
M 2
HB
M z2B c 2
M HB M HB
125 125 90 90 c
4
EPH 4 30.1GeV

2 125 c
Q43. A canonical transformation relates the old coordinates q, p to the new ones Q, P by
the relations Q q 2 and P p / 2q . The corresponding time independent generating

function is
(a) P / q 2 (b) q 2 P (c) q 2 / P (d) qP 2
Ans: (b)
Solution: Q q ; P p / 2q
2
F2 F
p 2 P 2q F2 q 2 P f ( P)
q q





fiziks

F2
Q q 2 F2 q 2 P f (q)
P
comparing both side f (q ) f ( P) 0 F2 q 2 P
NET/JRF (DEC-2014)
Q44. The equation of motion of a system described by the time-dependent Lagrangian
1
L e t mx 2 V x is
2
dV dV
(a) mx mx 0 (b) mx mx 0
dx dx
dV dV
(c) mx mx 0 (d) mx 0
dx dx
Ans: (a)
1 L L V t
Solution: L e t mx 2 V x e t mx and e
2 x x x
d L L d V t V t
0 e t mx t mx e t
e mxe e 0
dt x x dt x x
V t V
mx m x e 0 mx mx 0
x x
1 1
Q45. A particle of mass m is moving in the potential V x ax 2 bx 4 where a, b are
2 4
positive constants. The frequency of small oscillations about a point of stable equilibrium
is
(a) a/m (b) 2a / m (c) 3a / m (d) 6a / m
Ans: (b)
1 1
Solution: V x ax 2 bx 4
2 4
1
V a 2
0 ax bx3 0 x a bx 2 0 x , 0
x b





fiziks

V
2
V2
2 a 3bx 2 At x 0, 2 a (Negative so it is unstable point)
x x
2V a
a 3b 2a (Positive so it is stable point)
x 2
1
a 2
x
b
b
2V
x 2 2a
m m
Q46. The radius of Earth is approximately 6400 km . The height h at which the acceleration
due to Earths gravity differs from g at the Earths surface by approximately 1 % is
(a) 64 km (b) 48 km (c) 32 km (d) 16 km
Ans: (c)
g 2h g 2h g 2h
Solution: 1 1 h 32 k .m.
g R g R g R
Q47. According to the special theory of relativity, the speed v of a free particle of mass m and
total energy E is:
mc 2 2 E mc 2
(a) v c 1 (b) v 1
E m E
2
mc 2 mc 2
(c) v c 1 (d) v c1
E E
Ans: (c)
2 2
v 2 mc 2
mc 2 v2 m2c 4 mc 2
Solution: E 1 2 2 1 2 v c 1
v2 c E c E E
1 2
c
p2
Q48. The Hamiltonian of a classical particle moving in one dimension is H q 4 where
2m
is a positive constant and p and q are its momentum and position respectively. Given
that its total energy E E 0 the available volume of phase space depends on E 0 as
(a) E 03 / 4 (b) E 0
(c) E0 (d) is independent of E 0





fiziks

Ans: (a)
V q
P2
Solution: H q4
2m
E0
Phase area p dq
p q
1
E 4 2mE0
A p dq 2mE

E0 / 1/4 E0 / 1/4
AE 1/2
0 E 1/4
0 AE 3/4
0 2mE0
p2 1
Q49. A mechanical system is described by the Hamiltonian H q, p m 2 q 2 . As a
2m 2
Q
result of the canonical transformation generated by F q, Q , the Hamiltonian in
q
the new coordinate Q and momentum P becomes
1 2 2 m 2 2 1 2 2 m 2 2
(a) Q P Q (b) Q P P
2m 2 2m 2
1 2 m 2 2 1 2 4 m 2 2
(c) P Q (d) Q P P
2m 2 2m 2
Ans: (d)
p2 1 Q
m 2 q 2 , F F1 q, Q
Solution: H
2m 2 q
F Q
1p 2 p .(a)
q q
F1 1 1
P P q .(b)
Q q P
1
From equation (a) and (b) p QP 2 q
P
p2 1 Q2 P4 1 1 1 2 4 1
H m 2 q 2 m 2 2 Q P m 2 P 2
2m 2 2m 2 P 2 m 2





fiziks

Q50. The probe Mangalyaan was sent recently to explore the planet Mars. The inter-planetary
part of the trajectory is approximately a half-ellipse with the Earth (at the time of launch),
Sun and Mars (at the time the probe reaches the
destination) forming the major axis. Assuming that the
orbits of Earth and Mars are approximately circular with Sun
Earth Mars
radii RE and RM , respectively, the velocity (with respect RE
RM
to the Sun) of the probe during its voyage when it is at a
distance r RE r RM from the Sun, neglecting the
effect of Earth and Mars, is
R E RM R E RM r
(a) 2GM (b) 2GM
r R E R M r r R E RM
RE 2GM
(c) 2GM (d)
rRM r
Ans: (b)
Solution: Total energy E K / 2a where 2a major axis and 2a RE RM .
1 2 GMm GMm R RM r
v 2GM E
mv
2 r RE RM r RE RM





fiziks

NET/JRF (JUNE-2015)
Q51. A particle moves in two dimensions on the ellipse x 2 4 y 2 8 . At a particular instant it
is at the point x, y 2,1 and the x -component of its velocity is 6 (in suitable units).
Then the y-component of its velocity is

(a) 3 (b) 2 (c) 1 (d) 4
Ans. (a)
dx dy
Solution: x 2 4 y 2 8 2 x 8y 0
dt dt
2 xvx 8 y v y 0 2 2 6 8 1 v y 0 v y 3
Q52. Consider three inertial frames of reference A, B and C . the frame B moves with a
c c
velocity with respect to A , and C moves with a velocity with respect to B in the
2 10
same direction. The velocity of C as measured in A is
3c 4c c 3c
(a) (b) (c) (d)
7 7 7 7
Ans. (b)
c c A S B S C u x
Solution: v , u x
2 10
C/2 C /10
u v 4c
ux x
u v 7
1 2x
c
1 2
Q53. If the Lagrangian of a dynamical system in two dimensions is L mx mxy
, then its
2
Hamiltonian is
1 1 2 1 1 2
(a) H px p y py (b) H px p y px
m 2m m 2m
1 1 2 1 1 2
(c) H px p y py (d) H px p y px
m 2m m 2m
Ans. (c)





fiziks

1 L
Solution: L mx 2 mxy
mx my px (i)
2 x
L py
mx p y or x (ii)
y m
py px p y
put x in equation (i) p y my px y
m m
1
H px x p y y L px x p y y mx 2 mxy

2
px p y p y2
put value of x and y H
m 2m

Q54. A particle of mass m moves in the one dimensional potential V x x3 x 4 where
3 4
, 0 . One of the equilibrium points is x 0 . The angular frequency of small
oscillations about the other equilibrium point is
2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3m m 12m 24m
Ans. (b)
V
Solution: V x x3 x4 x 2 x3 0 x0
3 4 x
2V 2
Spring constant k ve
x 2 x x0

k

m m
Q55. A particle of unit mass moves in the xy -plane in such a way that x t y t and
y t x t . We can conclude that it is in a conservative force-field which can be
derived from the potential

1 2 1 2
(a)
2

x y2 (b)
2

x y2 (c) x y (d) x y





fiziks

Ans. (a)
Solution: x y and y x
x y x
y x y
and
xx 0
y y 0
and
1 2 1 2 1 2
that is possible for L
2
mx my x y 2
2 2

1 2
V
2

x y2
1
Q56. A particle moves in one dimension in the potential V k t x 2 , where k t is a time
2
d
dependent parameter. Then V , the rate of change of the expectation value V of the
dt
potential energy is
1 dk 2 k 1 dk 2 1
(a) x xp px (b) x p2
2 dt 2m 2 dt 2m
k 1 dk 2
(c) xp px (d) x
2m 2 dt
Ans. (a)
p2 1
Solution: H k t x2
2m 2
d V 1 p2 1 x 2 k
V V , H k t x2 , k t x2
dt t 2 2m 2 2 t
1 xp px x 2 k x 2 k 1
k H .2 k t xp px
2 2m 2 t 2 t 2m





fiziks

Q57. Let q and p be the canonical coordinate and momentum of a dynamical system. Which
of the following transformations is canonical?
1 2 1 2
1. Q1 q and P1 p
2 2
1 1
2. Q2 p q and P2 p q
2 2
(a) neither 1 nor 2 (b) both 1 and 2
(c) only 1 (d) only 2
Ans. (d)
q2 p2
Solution: For A : Q1 , p1
2 2
Q p Q p
Q1 , p1 1 . 1 1 . 1 1 (Not canonical)
q p p q
1 1
For B : Q2 p q , p2 p q
2 2
Q2 , p2 1 (canonical)
Q58. Which of the following figures is a schematic representation of the phase space
trajectories (i.e., contours of constant energy) of a particle moving in a one-dimensional
1 2 1 4
potential V x x x p
2 4
p
(a) (b)
x
x
p p
(c) (d)
x x





fiziks

Ans. (a)
x2 x4 V x
Solution: V x
2 4
V x
0 x 0, x 1
x
2V
ve for x 0 (unstable point)
x 2 E0
= + ve for x 1 (stable point)
E0 E0
NET/JRF (DEC-2015)
Q59. Two masses m each, are placed at the points x, y a , a and a, a and two
masses, 2m each, are placed at the points a, a and a, a . The principal moments of
inertia of the system are

(a) 2m 2 , 4ma 2 (b) 4ma 2 ,8ma 2
(c) 4ma 2 , 4ma 2 (d) 8ma 2 ,8ma 2

Ans.: (b)

Solution: I xx mi yi2 zi2 mi yi2 zi 0
i
I xx ma 2 ma 2 2ma 2 2ma 2
I xx 6ma 2
Similarly, I yy 6ma 2 and I zz 12ma 2
I xz I zx 0, I yz I zy 0
I xy I yx mi xi yi ma 2 ma 2 2ma 2 2ma 2 I xy I yx 2ma 2

i
moment of inertia tensor

6ma 2 2ma 2 0

I 2ma 2 6ma 2 0
0 0 12ma 2





fiziks

eigen value of matrices is principal moment of inertia which is given by
1 4ma 2 I x
2 8ma 2 I y
3 12ma 2 I z
so I x 4ma 2 and I y 8ma 2
Q60. The Lagrangian of a system is given by

1 2 5
L mq1 2mq22 k q12 2q22 2q1q2
2 4
where m and k are positive constants. The frequencies of its normal modes are
(a)
k
,
2m m
3k
(b)
k
2m

13 73
5k k k 6k
(c) , (d) ,
2m m 2m m
Ans.: (a)
1 2 5
Solution: L mq1 2mq22 k q12 2q22 2q1 q2
2 4
1 2 4 2 k 10 2
L mq1 mq2 q1 4q22 2q1 q2 2q2 q1
2 2 2 4
10
m 0 k 2 k
T , V 4
0 4m
2k 4k
The secular equation V 2 m 0
10
4 k m 2 k
2
10

0
4

k m 4k 4 m 4k 0
2 2 2

2 k 4k 2 4m
10k 2 10 2 km 4 2 km 4 4 m 2 4k 2 0
3k 2 7 2 km 2 4 m 2 0





fiziks

3k 6 km km 2 m 0
2 2 2 4 2
k 3k

k 2 2 m 3k 2 m 0 2m
,
m
Q61. Consider a particle of mass m moving with a speed v . If TR denotes the relativistic
kinetic energy and TN its non-relativistic approximation, then the value of

TR TN for
TR
v 0.01 c , is
(a) 1.25 105 (b) 5.0 105

(c) 7.5 105 (d) 1.0 104
Ans.: (c)
1
Solution: TN m0 v 2
2
m0 c 2
TR mc 2 m0 c 2 m0 c 2
2
v
1
c2
v 0.01 c
0.01
2
1 v2
TR TN m0 v 2
TN 2 2 2
Now, 1 1 1 1
TR TR m c 2
c 2
1
0
m0 c 2 c2 1
1 0.01
2 2 2
v v
1 2 1 2
c c
TR TN
7.5 105
TR





fiziks

Q62. A canonical transformation p, q P, Q is performed on the Hamiltonian
1 1
H 2
m 2 q 2 via the generating function
2mp 2
1
F m q 2 cot Q . If Q 0 0 , which of the following graphs shows schematically the
2
dependence of Q t on t ?
(a) (b)
Q t
Q t
(c) (d)
Q t Q t
Ans.: (d)
p2 1 1
Solution: H m 2 q 2 , F1 m q 2 cot Q
2m 2 2
F1 F1 F1
p, P, kH
q Q t
F1 t
p m q cot Q p ..(i)
q
F1 t
P
Q
1
m 2 q 2 cosec 2 Q P
2
1 P
m 2 q 2 ..(ii)
2 cosec 2Q
From (i) and (ii)
p P 2m cos Q





fiziks

F F
k H 1; 1 0
t t
p2 1
kH m 2 q 2 put the value of p and q
2m 2
k P 2 using equation of motion Q and P
k
P 0 P 0 P constant
Q
k k
2 P Q Q constant P constant
P P
Q c Q ct from boundary condition 0
Q ct
Therefore, option (d) is correct.
Q63. The Lagrangian of a particle moving in a plane s given in Cartesian coordinates as
L xy
x 2 y 2
In polar coordinates the expression for the canonical momentum pr (conjugate to the
radial coordinate r ) is
(a) r sin r cos (b) r cos r sin
(c) 2r cos r sin 2 (d) r sin 2 r cos 2
Ans.: (d)
Solution: L xy
x 2 y 2
L xy
x 2 y 2
x r cos , y r sin x r cos r sin , y r sin r cos
L r 2 sin cos r 2 sin cos 2 r r cos 2 rr

sin 2
L
Pr
r

2r sin cos r cos 2 sin 2
Pr r sin 2 r cos 2





fiziks

NET/JRF (JUNE-2016)
Q64. Let x, t and x, t be the coordinate systems used by the observers O and O ,
respectively. Observer O moves with a velocity v c along their common positive x -

axis. If x x ct and x x ct are the linear combinations of the coordinates, the
Lorentz transformation relating O and O takes the form
x x x x 1 1
(a) x and x (b) x x and x x
1 2
1 2 1 1
x x x x 1 1
(c) x and x (d) x x and x x
1 2 1 2 1 1
Ans: (d)
Solution: x x ct
vx v v v v v
ct 2 x 1 ct 1 1 1 1
x vt c c c
x c ct c c x ct
v2 v2 v 2
v 2 v v v
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 1
c c c c c c c
1
x x
1
vx v v
ct 2 x 1 ct 1
x vt c c c
x x ct
v2 v2 v2 v2
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
c c c c
v v
1 1
x x c ct c x 1 x ct x 1 x

1
v
1
v 1 1
c c
Q65. A ball of mass m , initially at rest, is dropped from a height of 5 meters. If the coefficient
of restitution is 0.9 , the speed of the ball just before it hits the floor the second time is
approximately (take g 9.8 m / s 2 )
(a) 9.80 m / s (b) 9.10 m / s (c) 8.91 m / s (d) 7.02 m / s





fiziks

Ans: (c)
Solution: velocity just before hitting first time is
v1 2 gh 2 9.8 5 9.89 m / s
After hitting velocity will be ev1 0.9 9.89
v2 8.9 m / s
velocity hitting before second time will be same as v2
Q66. The Hamiltonian of a system with generalized coordinate and momentum q. p is
H p 2 q 2 . A solution of the Hamiltonian equation of motion is (in the following A and

B are constants)
A 2 At A 2 At
(a) p Be 2 At , q e (b) p Ae 2 At , q e
B B
A At 2 A A2t
(c) p Ae At , q e (d) p 2 Ae A t , q e
B B
Ans: (a)
Solution: H p 2 q 2
From Hamiltons equation
H dp
p 2 p 2 q (i)
q dt
H dq
q 2 pq 2 (ii)
p dt
from equations (i) and (ii)
dp dq

p q
Integrating both sides, ln p ln q ln A
pq A (iii)
from equation (i)
dp
2 p 2 q 2 pA
dt





fiziks

dp p
p 2 Adt ln B ln B 2 At p Be
2 At

A 2 At
Putting this value of p in equation (iii) gives q e
B
Hence, the correct option is (a)
Q67. A canonical transformation q, p Q, P is made through the generating function
F q, p q 2 p on the Hamiltonian
p2
H q, p q4
2 q 2
4
where and are constants. The equations of motion for Q, p are
P 4P Q
(a) Q and P Q (b) Q and P
2
P 2P 2 2P
(c) Q and P Q (d) Q and P Q
Q
Ans: (b)
Solution: F q, P q 2 P
This is F2 type generating function so
F2 F
p & 2 Q
q P
1 1
p 2qP & Q q 2 q Q 2 & p 2 Q 2 P
4QP 2 2 2P2 Q2
H Q, P Q
2 Q 4 4
H 4P
Q Q
P
H Q
and P P
Q 2





fiziks

Q68. The Lagrangian of a system moving in three dimensions is
1 2 1 1
mx1 m x22 x32 kx12 k x2 x3
2
L
2 2 2
The independent constants of motion is/are
(a) energy alone
(b) only energy, one component of the linear momentum and one component of the
angular momentum
(c) only energy, one component of the linear momentum
(d) only energy, one component of the angular momentum
Ans: (a)
Solution: The motion is in 3D . So dont get confine with x1 , x2 x3 they are actually x, y, z
Langrangian is then
1 2 1 1
mx m y 2 z 2 kx 2 k y z
2
L
2 2 2
L L L
when 0, 0, 0
x y z
so not any component at Linear momentum is conserve.
Now transform the Lagrangian to Hamiltonian
2
Px2 Py Pz2 1 2 1
kx k y z
2
H
2m 4m 4m 2 2
H
0 so energy is conserved
t
now Let us assume Lx yPz zPy
dLx L
Lx , H x
dt t
Lx , H yPz zPy , H y, H Pz y Pz , H z, H Py z Py , H
Py2 1 2 Pz2 1 2
y, Pz y Pz , k y z z , Py Py , k y z z
4m 2 4m 2





fiziks

P 1 P 1
2 Py z y 0 k .2 y z 2 Py z 0 k .2 y z
4m 2 4m 2

k y 2 yz k z 2 yz k y 2 z 2 k z 2 y 2
dLx dLy dL
0 . Similarly 0 and z 0
dt dt dt
Q69. For a particle of energy E and momentum p (in a frame F ), the rapidity y is defined
1 E p3c
as y ln . In a frame F moving with velocity v 0, 0, c with respect to
2 E p3c
F , the rapidity y will be
1 1 1
(a) y y ln 1 2 (b) y y ln
2 2 1
1 1
(c) y y ln (d) y y 2 ln
1 1
Ans: (b)
1 E p3c
Solution: y ln
2 E p3c
1 E p3c
Then y ln
2 E p3c
E
Where p3 p3 v 2 E E vp3
c
v
1 E p3c E p3c
Put the value of p3 and E one will get y ln c

2 E p c v E p c
3 3
c
1 E p3 c 1 1 E p3 c 1 1
ln
ln ln
2 E p3 c 1 2 E p3 c 2 1
1 1 1 1
y ln y ln
2 1 2 1





fiziks

NET/JRF (DEC-2016)
Q70. A ball of mass m is dropped from a tall building with zero initial velocity. In addition to
gravity, the ball experiences a damping force of the form , where is its
instantaneous velocity and is a constant. Given the values m 10 kg , 10 kg / s , ,
and g 10 m / s 2 the distance travelled (in metres) in time t in seconds, is
(a) 10 t 1 e t (b) 10 t 1 e t
(c) 5t 2 1 et (d) 5t 2
Ans. : (b)
d 2x dx
Solution: m 2
mg x
dt dt
Putting the values of m, x and g and simplifying we obtain
d 2 x dx
10
dt 2 dt
The general solution of this equation is x t c1 c2t 10e t
Using the initial conditions x 0 0, x 0 0
We obtain
c1 10 and c2 10
Hence the required solution is
x t 10 t 1 e t
Q71. A relativistic particle moves with a constant velocity v with respect to the laboratory
frame. In time , measured in the rest frame of the particle, the distance that it travels in
the laboratory frame is
c v2 v
(a) v (b) (c) v 1 (d)
v2 c2 v2
1 1
c2 c2
Ans. : (d)





fiziks

Solution: From Particle x1 0 x2 0 tinitial t1 t final t2
x1 vt1 x2 vt2
x1 , x2 L
1 v2 / c2 1 v2 / c2
v
x2 x1 v t2 t1
x2 x1
1 v2 / c2 1 v2 / c2
v t2 t1 v
x
1 v / c2 2
1 v2 / c2
Q72. A particle in two dimensions is in a potential V x, y x 2 y . Which of the following
(apart from the total energy of the particle) is also a constant of motion?
(a) p y 2 px (b) px 2 p y
(c) px 2 p y (d) p y 2 px
Ans. : (a)
Solution: V x, y x 2 y
2
px2 p y
H x 2y
2m 2m
d p y 2 px
dt
p y 2 px , H
t
p y 2 px
p y 2 px 1 p y 2 px , x 2 y
p y , 2 y 2 px , x
2 2 0
Q73. The dynamics of a particle governed by the Lagrangian
1 2 1 2
L mx kx kxxt
describes
2 2
(a) an undamped simple harmonic oscillator
(b) a damped harmonic oscillator with a time varying damping factor
(c) an undamped harmonic oscillator with a time dependent frequency





fiziks

(d) a free particle
Ans. : (d)
1 2 1 2
Solution: L mx kx kx x t
2 2
L L
mx kxt , kx kxt

x x
d L L
0
dt x x
mx kxt
kx kx kxt
0
mx 0
So motion is equivalent to free particle
Q74. The parabolic coordinates , are related to the Cartesian coordinates x, y by
1 2
x and y
2
2 . The Lagrangian of a two-dimensional simple harmonic
oscillator of mass m and angular frequency is

1 2
(a) m 2 2 2 2
2
1 1
(b)
2
4

m 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1
(c) m 2 2 2 2 2
2 2
1 1
(d) m 2 2 2 2 2
2 4
Ans. : (b)
Solution: For two dimensional Harmonic oscillation
1 1
L m x 2 y 2 m 2 x 2 y 2
2 2
1 2
x n y
2
n2





fiziks

x n n
y nn
1 1 1 2

m n n xx m 2 2 n 2 2 n 2
2 2
L
2 2 4
1 1
L
2
8

m 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 m 2 4 4 2 2 2
1 1

m 2 2 2 2 m 2 2 2
2

2 8
1 1
m 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 4
Q75. After a perfectly elastic collision of two identical balls, one of which was initially at rest,
the velocities of both the balls are non zero. The angle between the final, velocities (in
the lab frame) is

(a) (b)
2

(c) 0 (d)
2 2
Ans. : (a)
v1
Solution: Angle between two particle 1 2 0
Conservation of momentum u 1
2
mu mv1 cos 1 mv2 cos 2 (i)
v2
0 mv1 sin 1 mv2 sin 2 (ii)
conservation of kinetic energy
1 1 1
mu 2 mv12 mv22 (iii)
2 2 2
From (i) and (ii)
u 2 v12 v22 2v1v2 cos 1 cos 2 sin 1 sin 2
u 2 v12 v22 2v1v2 cos 1 2 (iv)
u 2 v12 v22 (v)





fiziks

v1 v2 v1 v2 2v1v2 cos 1 2
2 2 2 2
cos 1 2 0

1 2
2 2
k
Q76. Consider circular orbits in a central force potential V r , where k 0 and
rn
0 n 2 . If the time period of a circular orbit of radius R is T1 and that of radius 2 R is
T2
T2 , then
T1
n 2 n
n 1
(a) 2 2 (b) 2 3 (c) 2 2 (d) 2n
Ans. : (c)
J2 k
Solution: Veff 2
n
2mr r
Veff J2 nk
n 1 0
r mr 3
r
J mr 2
m 2 2 r 4 nk
n 1
r3 r
1
2 n2
r
1 n
1
n 2 / 2
r T r 2
n2
n
T2 2 R 2 T2 1
22
T1 R T1





fiziks

c
Q77. Consider a radioactive nucleus that is travelling at a speed with respect to the lab
2
frame. It emits -rays of frequency v0 in its rest frame. There is a stationary detector,
(which is not on the path of the nucleus) in the lab. If a -ray photon is emitted when the
nucleus is closest to the detector, its observed frequency at the detector is
3 1 1 2
(a) v0 (b) v0 (c) v0 (d) v0
2 3 2 3
Ans. : (a)
v2
Solution: v v0 1 (If detector is not in the path at nucleus)
c2
1 3
v v0 1 v v0
4 2





fiziks

ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY SOLUTIONS
GATE- 2010
Q1. An insulating sphere of radius a carries a charge density

r 0 a 2 r 2 cos ; r a .
The leading order term for the electric field at a distance d, far away from the charge
distribution, is proportional to
(a) d-1 (b) d-2 (c) d-3 (d) d-4
Ans: (c)
1 1
Solution: V r d 2 cos d ,
r V r
a 2
Ist term, d 0 a r cos r sin drd d 0
2 2 2
0 0 0
a 2
IInd term, cos d 0 a r cos r sin drd d 0 .
2 2 2 2
0 0 0
1 1
V 2
E 3
r r
Q2. Two magnetic dipoles of magnitude m each are placed in a plane as shown in figure.
m
The energy of interaction is given by
45 o 2
0 m 2
(a) Zero (b)
4d 3 d
3 0 m 2
3 0 m 2 45 o
(c) (d)
2d 3 8d 3 m 1
Ans: (d)
0
Solution: U m1 m2 3m 1 r m 2 r ,
4r 3

Since m1 m2 m1 m2 0 U 0 3 3 m cos 45 0 m cos 45 0
4d





fiziks

3 m 2
U 0 3 .
8 d
Consider the propagation of electromagnetic waves in a linear, homogenous and isotropic
material medium with electric permittivity and magnetic permeability .
Q3. For a plane wave of angular frequency and propagation vector k propagating in the
medium Maxwells equations reduce to
(a) k E 0; k H 0; k E H ; k H E
(b) k E 0; k H 0; k E H ; k H E
(c) k E 0; k H 0; k E H ; k H E
(d) k E 0; k H 0; k E H ; k H E
Ans: (d)
Q4. If and assume negative values in a certain frequency range, then the directions of the
propagation vector k and the Poynting vector S in that frequency range are related as
(a) k and S are parallel
(b) k and S are anti-parallel
(c) k and S are perpendicular to each other
(d) k and S makes an angle that depends on the magnitude of || and ||

Ans: (a)





fiziks

Q5. Consider a conducting loop of radius a and total loop resistance R placed in a region with
a magnetic field B thereby enclosing a flux 0. The loop is connected to an electronic
circuit as shown, the capacitor being initially uncharged
C

Vout

If the loop is pulled out of the region of the magnetic field at a constant speed u, the final
output voltage Vout is independent of
(a) 0 (b) u (c) R (d) C
Ans: (a)
GATE-2011
Q6. If a force F is derivable from a potential function V(r), where r is the distance from the
origin of the coordinate system, it follows that
(a) F 0 (b) F 0 (c) V 0 (d) 2 V 0

Ans: (a)
Q7. Tow charges q and 2q are placed along the x-axis in front of a grounded, infinite
conducting plane, as shown in the figure. They
are located respectively at a distance of 0.5 m and
1.5 m from the plane. The force acting on the
0 .5 m q 2q
charge q is x
1 .5 m
7q 2
1 1 2
(a) (b) 2q
4 0 2 4 0
1 1 q2
(c) q2 (d)
4 0 4 0 2
Ans: (a)
Solution: Using method of Images we can draw equivalent figure as shown below:





fiziks

2q q 0 .5 m 0 .5 m q 2q
x
1 .5 m 1 .5 m
q 2q q 2q q 7q 1 7q 2
F
4 0 12 12 2 2 4 0 2 4 0 2
Q8. A uniform surface current is flowing in the positive y-direction over an infinite sheet
lying in x-y plane. The direction of the magnetic field is
(a) along i for z > 0 and along i for z < 0
(b) along k for z > 0 and along k for z < 0
(c) along i for z > 0 and along i for z < 0
(d) along k for z > 0 and along k for z < 0
Ans: (a)
Q9. A magnetic dipole of dipole moment m is placed in a non-uniform magnetic field B . If
the position vector of the dipole is r , the torque acting on the dipole about the origin is

(a) r m B (b) r m B
(c) m B (d) m B r m B
Ans: (c)
Q10. A spherical conductor of radius a is placed in a uniform electric field E E 0 k . The

potential at a point P(r, ) for r > a, is given by
E0 a 3
(r, ) = constant E 0 r cos cos
r2
where r is the distance of P from the centre O of the sphere and is the angle OP makes
with the z-axis P
The charge density on the sphere at = 30o is r
(a) 3 3 0 E 0 / 2 (b) 3 0 E 0 / 2
O k





fiziks

(c) 3 0 E 0 / 2 (d)) 0 E 0 / 2
Ans: (a)
V 2E a 3
Solution: 0 0 E 0 cos 03 cos .
r r a r r a
3 3
0 E 0 cos 2 E 0 cos 3E 0 0 cos 3E 0 0 cos 30 0 0 E0
2
Q11. Which of the following expressions for a vector potential A DOES NOT represent a
uniform magnetic field of magnitude B0 along the z-direction?
(a) A 0, B0 x,0 (b) A B0 y,0,0
B0 x B0 y B0 y B0 x
(c) A , ,0 (d) A , ,0
2 2 2 2
Ans: (c)

Solution: B A .
Statement for Linked Questions 12 and 13:

A plane electromagnetic wave has the magnetic field given by
k
B x, y, z , t B0 sin x y t k
2
where k is the wave number and i, j and k are the Cartesian unit vectors in x, y and z
directions respectively.
Q12. The electric field E x, y, z , t corresponding to the above wave is given by

(a) cB0 sin x y
k i j
t

(b) cB0 sin x y
k i j
t

2 2 2 2
k k
(c) cB0 sin x y t i (d) cB0 sin x y t j
2 2
Ans: (a)





fiziks

c k x y x y k
c
Solution: E k B
k k
B0 sin

t z
2 2
k x y
E cB0 sin x y t
2 2
Q13. The average Poynting vector is given by
(a)

cB02 i j (b)
cB02 i j (c)
cB02 i j (d)
cB02 i j
2 0 2 2 0 2 2 0 2 2 0 2
Ans: (d)
cB02 cB02 x y cB02 x y
Solution: S
k
2 0 2 0 2 2 0 2
GATE-2012
Q14. The space-time dependence of the electric field of a linearly polarized light in free space
is given by xE0 cost kz where E0, and k are the amplitude, the angular frequency
and the wavevector, respectively. The time average energy density associated with the
electric field is
1 1
(a) 0 E 02 (b) 0 E 02 (c) 0 E 02 (d) 2 0 E 02
4 2
Ans: (a)
1 1 1
Solution: u E 0 E 2 0 E 2 cos 2 wt kz u E 0 E 02
2 2 4
Q15. A plane electromagnetic wave traveling in free space is incident normally on a glass plate
of refractive index 3/2. If there is no absorption by the glass, its reflectivity is
(a) 4% (b) 16% (c) 20% (d) 50%
Ans: (a)





fiziks

2 2
n n2 1 3/ 2 1 4
Solution: R 1 .04 or 4%
n1 n2 1 3/ 2 4 25

Q16. The electric and the magnetic field E z , t and B z , t , respectively corresponding to the

scalar potential z , t 0 and vector potential A z , t itz are

(a) E iz and B -jt (b) E iz and B jt

(c) E iz and B -jt (d) E iz and B -jt
Ans: (d)

A A
Solution: E iz , B A jt .
t t
Q17. A plane polarized electromagnetic wave in free space at time t=0 is given

by E x, y 10 j expi6 x 8 z . The magnetic field B x, z , t is given by
1

(a) B x, z , t 6k 8i expi 6 x 8 z 10ct
c
1

(b) B x, z , t 6k 8i expi 6 x 8 z 10ct
c
1

(c) B x, z , t 6k 8i expi 6 x 8 z ct
c
1

(d) B x, z , t 6k 8i expi 6 x 8 z ct
c
Ans: (a)
1 k
1

Solution: B k E E
c c k
1 6i 8k
c 10
10

jexp i k .r t

1

B 6k 8i expi 6 x 8 z 10ct , 10c.
c





fiziks

Q18. Two infinitely extended homogeneous isotopic dielectric media (medium-1and medium-2
1
with dielectric constant 2 and 2 5 , respectively)
0 0
medium - 1
meet at the z = 0 plane as shown in the figure. A uniform
electric field exists everywhere. For z 0, the electric field
medium - 2 z=0
is given by E1 2i 3 j 5k . The interface separating the
two media is charge free. The electric displacement vector
in the medium-2 is given by

(a) D 2 0 10i 15 j 10k
(b) D 2 0 10i 15 j 10k
(c) D 2 4i 6 j 10k
0 (d) D 2 4i 6 j 10k
0
Ans: (b)
E1 E 2 E 2 2i 3 j
1 2 5
and f 0 D1 D2 E 2 E1 k 2k E 2 2i 3 j 2k
2 5

D2 2 E 2 0 10i 15 j 10k .
GATE-2013
Q19. At a surface current, which one of the magnetostatic boundary condition is NOT
CORRECT?
(a) Normal component of the magnetic field is continuous.
(b) Normal component of the magnetic vector potential is continuous.
(c) Tangential component of the magnetic vector potential is continuous.
(d) Tangential component of the magnetic vector potential is not continuous.
Ans: (d)





fiziks

Q20. Interference fringes are seen at an observation plane z 0 , by the superposition of two

plane waves A1 exp i k1 r t and A2 exp i k 2 r t , where A1 and A2 are real
amplitudes. The condition for interference maximum is

(a) k1 k 2 r 2m 1 (b) k1 k 2 r 2m

(c) k1 k 2 r 2m 1 (d) k1 k 2 r 2m
Ans: (b)
Q21. For a scalar function satisfying the Laplace equation, has

(a) zero curl and non-zero divergence
(b) non-zero curl and zero divergence
(c) zero curl and zero divergence
(d) non-zero curl and non-zero divergence
Ans: (c)

2 0 . 0 and 0 .
Q22. A circularly polarized monochromatic plane wave is incident on a dielectric interface at
Brewaster angle. Which one of the following statements is correct?
(a) The reflected light is plane polarized in the plane of incidence and the transmitted
light is circularly polarized.
(b) The reflected light is plane polarized perpendicular to the plane of incidence and the
transmitted light is plane polarized in the plane of incidence.
(c) The reflected light is plane polarized perpendicular to the plane of incidence and the
transmitted light is elliptically polarized.
(d) There will be no reflected light and the transmitted light is circularly polarized.
Ans: (c)





fiziks

Q23. A charge distribution has the charge density given by Q x x 0 x x0 . For
this charge distribution the electric field at 2 x0 ,0,0
2Qx Qx Qx Qx
(a) (b) (c) (d)
9 0 x02 4 0 x03 4 0 x 02 16 0 x02
Ans:
Solution: Potential V r
1 x

a '
dx
a x'

a x'

a x3
2
x dx x dx ....
4 0 a x x2
a
First term, total charge

x0 x0
QT x dx Q x x 0 dx Q x x 0 dx Q Q 0
x0 x0
Second term, dipole moment

x0 x0
p x x dx Q x x x 0 dx Q x x x 0 dx Qx 0 Q x 0 2Qx 0
x0 x0
2Qx 0 V 4Qx 0 4Qx 0 Q

V E x x x x
4 0 x x 4 0 x 4 0 2 x 0 8 0 x 20
2 3 3
Q24. A monochromatic plane wave at oblique incidence undergoes reflection at a dielectric

interface. If ki , kr and n are the unit vectors in the directions of incident wave, reflected
wave and the normal to the surface respectively, which one of the following expressions
is correct?

(a) ki kr n 0
(b) ki kr n 0
(c) k n k
i r 0 (d) k n k
i r 0
Ans: (c)





fiziks

Q25. In a constant magnetic field of 0.6 Tesla along the z direction, find the value of the path

integral A dl in the units of (Tesla m 2 ) on a square loop of side length 1 / 2 meters.
The normal to the loop makes an angle of 60 0 to the z-axis, as shown in the figure. The
answer should be up to two decimal places. ___________
60 o
z
Ans: 0.15

2
1 1
Solution: A dl A .d a B.d a BA cos 60 0.6
0
0.15T .m 2
S S 2 2
GATE-2014
Q26. Which one of the following quantities is invariant under Lorentz transformation?
(a) Charge density (b) Charge (c) Current (d) Electric field
Ans: (b)
Q27. An unpolarized light wave is incident from air on a glass surface at the Brewster angle.
The angle between the reflected and the refracted wave is
(a) 0 o (b) 45 o (c) 90 o (d) 120 o
Ans: (c)





fiziks

Q28. The electric field of a uniform plane wave propagating in a dielectric non-conducting

medium is given by E x 10 cos 6 107 t 0.4 z V / m . The phase velocity of the
wave is _________ 10 8 m / s
Ans: 1.5
6 107
v 1.5 108 m / sec
k 0.4

Q29. If the vector potential A xx 2 yy 3zz , satisfies the Coulomb gauge, the value of the
constant is _______
Ans: 1

Solution: Coulomb gauge condition . A 0 2 3 0 1
Q30. A ray of light inside Region 1 in the xy -plane is incident at the semicircular boundary

that carries no free charges. The electric field at the point P r0 , in plane polar
4

coordinates is E1 7er 3e where er and e are the unit vectors. The emerging ray in

Region 2 has the electric field E 2 parallel to x -axis. If 1 and 2 are the dielectric
2
constants of Region-1 and Region-2 respectively then is ________
1
y
P r0 , / 4
O
1 2 x
Region 1 Region 2





fiziks

Ans: 2.32
y
Solution: E1 7er 3e
P r0 , / 4

10 E2
Ex 7er 3e .x 7 cos 45 3sin 45
2
1
2 E1

O
4 1 x
E y 7er 3e . y 7 sin 45 3sin 45 2
2 Region 1 Region 2
E 4
Thus E1 makes an angle tan 1 y tan 1 21.80
Ex 10
tan 2 2 tan 45
2 2.32 where 1 450 and 2 450
tan 1 2 2 tan 23.2
Q31. The value of the magnetic field required to maintain non-relativistic protons of energy
1MeV in a circular orbit of radius 100 mm is _______Tesla
(Given: m p 1.67 1027 kg , e 1.6 1019 C )
Ans: 1.44
1.6 1019 B 2 0.1 1.6 1013 2 1.67 1027

2 2
q2 B2 R2 13
E 1.6 10 B
2
2 1.67 1027 1.6 1019 0.12

2
2m p
1013 2 1.67 1027 3.34 1040

B 2
2.08 B 2.08 Tesla 1.44Tesla
1.6 10 0.01
38
1.6 1040
Q32. In an interference pattern formed by two coherent sources, the maximum and minimum
of the intensities are 9 I 0 and I 0 respectively. The intensities of the individual wave are
(a) 3I 0 and I 0 (b) 4 I 0 and I 0
(c) 5I 0 and 4 I 0 (d) 9 I 0 and I 0

Ans: (b)

2 2
Solution: I max I1 I 2 and I min I1 I 2

2 2
9I0 I1 I 2 and I 0 I1 I 2 I1 4 I 0 and I 2 I 0





fiziks

Q33. The intensity of a laser in free space is 150mW / m 2 . The corresponding amplitude of the
electric field of the laser is _________

V
m
0 8.854 10 12 C 2 / N .m 2
Ans: 10.6
1 2I 2 150 103
Solution: I c 0 E02 E0 10.6 V / m
2 c 0 3 108 8.854 1012





fiziks

GATE-2015
Q34. A point charge is placed between two semi-infinite conducting plates which are inclined
at an angle of 30 o with respect to each other. The number of image charges
is___________.
Ans.: 11
360 360
Solution: n 1 1 11
30
R
Q35. Given that the magnetic flux through the closed loop PQRSP is . If A dl along
P
1
R
PQR , the value of dl along PSR is
P
A Q
R
S
(a) 1 (b) 1 (c) 1 (d) 1
Ans.: (b)
R P
Solution: s B.d a A.dl A dl A dl
P R
R R
1 A dl A dl 1
P P
Q15. The space between two plates of a capacitor carrying charges Q and Q is filled with
two different dielectric materials, as shown in the figure. Across the interface of the two
dielectric materials, which one of the following statements is correct?

(a) E and D are continuous

(b) E is continuous and D is discontinuous

(c) D is continuous and E is discontinuous Q Q

(d) E and D are discontinuous
Ans.: (d)





fiziks

Q22. Four forces are given below in Cartesian and spherical polar coordinates
r2
(i) F1 K exp 2 r
(ii) F2 K x 3 y y 3 z
R

(iii) F3 K x 3 x y 3 y (iv) F4 K
r
where K is a constant Identify the correct option
(a) (iii) and (iv) are conservative but (i) and (ii)are not
(b) (i) and (ii) are conservative but (iii) and (iv) are not
(c) (ii) and (iii) are conservative but (i) and (iv) are not
(d) (i) and (iii) are conservative but (ii) and (iv) are not
Ans.: (d)
r r r sin
1
Solution: F 1 0
r sin
2
r
r2
k exp 2 0 0
R
x y z

F2 x 3ky 2 0 3ky 2 x
x y z
0 kx 3 ky 3
x y z

F3 0
x y z
kx3 ky 3 0





fiziks

r r r sin
1
F4 2 r k cos
r sin r
k
0 0 r sin
r
Q23. A monochromatic plane wave (wavelength 600 nm ) E 0 expi kz t is incident

normally on a diffraction grating giving rise to a plane wave E1 exp i k1 r t in the
1 3
first order of diffraction. Here E1 E 0 and k1 k1 x z . The period (in m ) of
2 2
the diffraction grating is ______________ (upto one decimal place)

Ans.: 1.2

Solution: d sin n d n 1
sin
1 3 1
k1 k1 x z sin 300
2 2 2
600
d nm 1200 nm 1.2 m
sin 30
Q24. A long solenoid is embedded in a conducting medium and is insulated from the medium.
If the current through the solenoid is increased at a constant rate, the induced current in
the medium as a function of the radial distance r from the axis of the solenoid is
proportional to
1 1
(a) r 2 inside the solenoid and outside (b) r inside the solenoid and outside
r r2
1 1
(c) r 2 inside the solenoid and outside (d) r inside the solenoid and outside
r2 r
Ans.: (d)

B
Solution: E dl da ;
t





fiziks

For r R
dI
r
dI 2 r 2 1 dI
E 2 r 0 n
dt
r 0
2 r dr 0 n
dt

2
E 0 n r
2 dt
For r R
dI
R
dI 2 R 2 1 dI
E 2 r 0 n
dt
r 0
2 r dr 0 n
dt

2
E 0 n R 2
2r dt
Q25. A plane wave x iy E 0 expikz t after passing through an optical element emerges
as x iy E 0 expi kz t , where k and are the wavevector and the angular

frequency, respectively. The optical element is a
(a) quarter wave plate (b) half wave plate
(c) polarizer (d) Faraday rotator
Ans.: (b)

Solution: Incident wave: x i y E0 ei E0 cos x E0 sin y

Left circular polarization with phase angle 1 ei

Emergent wave: x i y E0 ei E0 cos x E0 sin y

Right circular polarization with phase angle 1 ei 0

Thus there is phase change of and hence path difference of .
2





fiziks

Q26. A charge q is distributed uniformly over a sphere, with a positive charge q at its center
in (i). Also in (ii), a charge q is distributed uniformly over an ellipsoid with a positive
charge q at its center. With respect to the origin of the coordinate system, which one of
the following statements is correct?
X X
Z Z
Y Y
(i ) (ii )
(a) The dipole moment is zero in both (i) and (ii)
(b) The dipole moment is non-zero in (i) but zero in (ii)
(c) The dipole moment is zero in (i) but non-zero in (ii)
(d) The dipole moment is non-zero in both (i) and (ii)
Ans.: (a)

Solution: p qi ri 0 in both cases.
GATE-2016
Q27. Which of the following magnetic vector potentials gives rise to a uniform magnetic field
B0 k ?
(a) B0 z k (b) B0 x j (c)

B0
2

yi xj (d)
B0
2

yi xj
Ans.: (c)

Solution: (a) A 0

(b) A B0 k

(c) A B0 k

(d) A 0





fiziks

Q28. The magnitude of the magnetic dipole moment associated with a square shaped loop
carrying a steady current I is m . If this loop is changed to a circular shape with the same
pm
current I passing through it, the magnetic dipole moment becomes . The value of p

is ______.
Ans.: 4
Solution: Magnetic dipole moment associated with a square shaped loop (let side is a) carrying a
steady current I is m Ia 2 .
Magnetic dipole moment associated with a circular shaped loop (let radius is r) carrying a
steady current I is m I r 2 .
2
2a 2a 4 Ia 2 4m
Here 4a 2 r r m I r I 2

Q29. In a Youngs double slit experiment using light, the apparatus has two slits of unequal
widths. When only slit- 1 is open, the maximum observed intensity on the screen is 4 I 0 .
When only slit- 2 is open, the maximum observed intensity is I 0 . When both the slits are
open, an interference pattern appears on the screen. The ratio of the intensity of the
principal maximum to that of the nearest minimum is ________.
Ans.: 9
2 I I 9I
2 2
I max I1 I 2 4I0 I0 0 0
Solution: 0
9
2 I I I
2 2 2
I min I1 I 2 4I0 I0 0
0 0





fiziks

Q30. An infinite, conducting slab kept in a horizontal plane carries a uniform charge density .
Another infinite slab of thickness t, made of a linear dielectric material of dielectric
constant k , is kept above the conducting slab. The bound charge density on the upper
surface of the dielectric slab is
k 2 k 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2k k 2k k
Ans.: (d) 1
k 1 z
Solution:

Electric field due to infinite, conducting slab inside the dielectric is E z z
0k
k 1 k 1
Polarisation P 0 e E 0 k 1 z z 1 P.z
0k k k
Q31. The electric field component of a plane electromagnetic wave travelling in vacuum is

given by E z , t E 0 coskz t i . The Poynting vector for the wave is
c c
(a) 0 E 02 cos 2 kz t j (b) 0 E 02 cos 2 kz t k
2 2
(c) c 0 E 02 cos 2 kz t j (d) c 0 E 02 cos 2 kz t k

Ans.: (d)
1 E
Solution: E z , t E 0 coskz t i B z E z , t 0 cos kz t j
c c
The Poynting vector for the wave is
1 E2
S
0
0 c

E B 0 cos 2 kz t k c 0 E02 cos 2 kz t k





fiziks

Q32. The x y plane is the boundary between free space and a magnetic material with relative
permeability r . The magnetic field in the free space is Bx i Bz k . The magnetic field in
the magnetic material is
(a) B x i B z k (b) B x i r B z k
1
(c) B x i B z k (d) r B x i B z k
r
Ans.: (d)
B B
Solution: B1 Bz k B2 and H1 H1 1 2 B2 r B1 r Bx i
0 0 r
The magnetic field in the magnetic material is r B x i B z k
GATE- 2017
Q33. Identical charges q are placed at five vertices of a regular hexagon of side a . The
magnitude of the electric field and the electrostatic potential at the centre of the hexagon
are respectively
q q
(a) 0, 0 (b) ,
4 0 a 2
4 0 a
q 5q 5q 5q
(c) , (d) ,
4 0 a 2
4 0 a 4 0 a 4 0 a
2
Ans. : (c)
q
q
Solution: The resultant field at P is E
4 0 a 2 q q
5q a
The electrostatic potential at P is V
4 0 a q P q





fiziks

Q34. A parallel plate capacitor with square plates of side 1 m separated by 1 micro meter is
filled with a medium of dielectric constant of 10 . If the charges on the two plates are 1C
and 1C , the voltage across the capacitor is.. kV . (up to two decimal places).
( 0 8.854 1012 F / m )
Ans. : 1.29
0 r A qd 1 1 106
Solution: q CV V V 1.29kV
d 0 r A 8.854 1012 10 1
Q35. Light is incident from a medium of refractive index n 1.5 onto vacuum. The smallest
angle of incidence for which the light is not transmitted into vacuum is...
degrees. (up to two decimal places)
Ans. : 41.8
n2 1 1
Solution: sin C C sin 1 C 41.8
n1 1.5 1.5
Q36. A monochromatic plane wave in free space with electric field amplitude of 1 V / m is
normally incident on a fully reflecting mirror. The pressure exerted on the mirror
is 1012 Pa . (up to two decimal places) ( 0 8.854 1012 F / m )
Ans. : 8.85
2I 2 1
c 0 E02 0 E02 8.854 1012 1 8.85 1012 Pa
2
Solution: P
c c 2
Q37. Three charges 2C , 1C , 1C are placed at the vertices of an equilateral triangle of side
1 m as shown in the figure. The component of the electric dipole moment about the
marked origin along the y direction is C m .
y
2C
1m
0 1C 1C x
Ans. : 1.73 1.5m

Solution: p 11x 1 2 x 2 1.5 x 1 0.25 y





fiziks

Along the y direction 2 1 0.25 1.73
Q38. An infinite solenoid carries a time varying current I t At 2 , with A 0 . The axis of
the solenoid is along the z direction. r and are the usual radial and polar directions in

cylindrical polar coordinates. B Br r B Bz z is the magnetic field at a point outside
the solenoid. Which one of the following statements is true?
(a) Br 0, B 0, Bz 0 (b) Br 0, B 0, Bz 0
(c) Br 0, B 0, Bz 0 (d) Br 0, B 0, Bz 0
Ans. : (d)
Q39. A uniform volume charge density is placed inside a conductor (with ressistivity
1
102 m ). The charge density becomes of its original value after
2.718
time.fem to seconds (up to two decimal places) ( 0 8.854 1012 F / m )
Ans. : 88.54
t 1
Solution: t 0 e t / 0 t / 0 ln ln 1
0 2.718
0
t 8.854 1012 102 88.54 1015 sec 88.54 fs

Q40. Consider a metal with free electron density of 6 1022 cm 3 . The lowest frequency
electromagnetic radiation to which this metal is transparent is 1.38 1016 Hz . If this metal
had a free electron density of 1.8 1023 cm 3 instead, the lowest frequency
electromagnetic radiation to which it would be transparent is 1016 Hz (up to

two decimal places).
Ans. : 2.39
Solution: Cut-off frequency is f n .
f2 n n 1.8 1023
Thus 2 f 2 f1 2 f 2 1.38 1016 2.39 1016 Hz
f1 n1 n1 6 1022





fiziks

ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY
JRF/NET(JUNE-2011)
Q1. The electrostatic potential V(x, y) in free space in a region where the charge density is
zero is given by V x, y 4e 2 x f x 3 y 2 . Given that the x-component of the electric
field Ex, and V are zero at the origin, f x is
(a) 3x 2 4e 2 x 8 x (b) 3x 2 4e 2 x 16 x
(c) 4e 2 x 8 (d) 3x 2 4e 2 x
Ans: (d)
Solution: V 4e 2 x f x 3 y 2 . Since 0 2V 0 16e 2 x f x 6 0 .

Since E x 0 at origin E V E x 8e 2 x f x
E x 0, 0 8 f 0 0 f 0 8 .
Since V 0, 0 0 4 f 0 0 f 0 4
Solve equation 16e 2 x f x 6 0 f x 6 16e 2 x f x 6 x 8e 2 x c1 , since

f 0 8 c1 0 .
Again Integrate f x 6 x 8e 2 x f x 3 x 2 4e 2 x c 2
since f 0 4 c 2 0 . Thus f x 3x 2 4e 2 x

Q2. For constant uniform electric and magnetic field E E 0 and B B0 , it is possible to

choose a gauge such that the scalar potential and vector potential A are given by
1 1
(a) 0 and A B0 r
2
(b) E 0 r and A B0 r
2

(c) E 0 r and A 0 (d) 0 and A E 0 t
Ans: (a)

Solution: Let E E 0 x y z and B B0 x y z since they are constant vector.
V
Lorentz Gauge condition is A 0 0
t





fiziks

since B r B 0 z y x B 0 z x y B 0 y x z

(a) 0 and A 0 (b) 0, and A 0
t t

(c) 0 and A 0 (d) 0 and A 0
t t
Q3. A plane electromagnetic wave is propagating in a lossless dielectric. The electric field is
given by

E x, y, z , t E 0 x Az exp ik 0 ct x 3 z ,
where c is the speed of light in vacuum, E0, A and k0 are constant and x and z are unit
vectors along the x- and z-axes. The relative dielectric constant of the medium r and the
constant A are
1 1
(a) r 4 and A (b) r 4 and A
3 3
(c) r 4 and A 3 (d) r 4 and A 3

Ans: (a)

Solution: E x, y, z , t E 0 x Az exp ik 0 ct x 3 z .

Comparing with term e i k r t k k 0 x 3 z and k 0 c .
k0c c
Since v Refractive index n r 2 r 4.
k k 02 3k 02 2

Since k n 0 k 0 x 3 z x Az 0 k 0 1 A 3 0 A 1
3
A Kr
Q4. A static, spherically symmetric charge distribution is given by r e where A and
r
K are positive constants. The electrostatic potential corresponding to this charge
distribution varies with r as
(a) re Kr (b)
1 Kr
r
re (c)
1 Kr
r2
re (d)
1
r
1 eKr





fiziks

Ans: (b)
Solution: since 2V / 0
A kr 1 2 V
2V must be proportional to e where 2V 2 r .
r r r r
Q5. The magnetic field of the TE11 mode of a rectangular waveguide of dimensions a b as
shown in the figure is given by H z H 1 cos0.3 x cos0.4 y , where x and y are in cm.
x
z
b
y
A. The dimensions of the waveguide are
(a) a = 3.33 cm, b = 2.50 cm (b) a = 0.40 cm, b = 0.30 cm
(c) a = 0.80 cm, b = 0.60 cm (d) a = 1.66 cm, b = 1.25 cm
Ans: (a)
Solution: Since H z H 0 cos0.3x cos0.4y
m n
0.3 where m 1 and 0.4 where n 1
a b
a 3.33cm, b 2.50cm
B. The entire range of frequencies f for which the TE11 mode will propagate is
(a) 6.0 GHz < f < 7.5 GHz (b) 7.5 GHz < f < 9.0 GHz
(c) 7.5 GHz < f < 12.0 GHz (d) 7.5 GHz < f
Ans: (d)
2 2
c m n c 1 1
Solution: f m , n f1,1 2 7.5 GH z .
2 a b 2 a 2
b
For propagation, frequency of incident wave must be greater than cutoff frequency.





fiziks

JRF/NET-(DEC-2011)
Q6. Consider three polarizers P1, P2 and P3 placed along an axis as shown in the figure.
P1 P2 P3
(unpolarized)
I0
The pass axis of P1 and P3 are at right angles to each other while the pass axis of P2
makes an angle with that of P1. A beam of unpolarized light of intensity I0 is incident
on P1 as shown. The intensity of light emerging from P3 is
I0 I0 I0
(a) 0 (b) (c) sin 2 2 (d) sin 2 2
2 8 4
Ans: (c)
Solution: I I 0 cos 2 (Malus Law)
I0 I0 I0 I
I1 , I2 cos 2 , I3 cos 2 cos 2 90 0 sin 2 2 .
2 2 2 8
Q7. Four equal point charges are kept fixed at the four vertices of a square. How many neutral
points (i.e. points where the electric field vanishes) will be found inside the square?
(a) 1 (b) 4 (c) 5 (d) 7
Ans: (a)
Solution: Inside the square, there is only one point where field vanishes.
Q8. A static charge distribution gives rise to an electric field of the form E 1 e r / R r ,
r2
where and R are positive constants. The charge contained within a sphere of radius R,
centred at the origin is
e e2 R R2
(a) 0 (b) 0 (c) 4 0 (d) 0
R2 R2 e e
Ans: None of the options given are correct
2

Solution: Qenc 0 E da 0 1 e r / R 2 r 2 sin ddr 0 1 e r / R sin dd
r
r 0 0





fiziks

1
at r R , Qenc 4 0 1 . So none of the options given are correct.
e
Q9. In a Youngs double slit interference experiment, the slits are at a distance 2L from each
other and the screen is at a distance D from the slits. If a glass slab of refractive index
and thickness d is placed in the path of one of the beams, the minimum value of d for the
central fringe to be dark is
D D
(a) (b) (c) (d)
1 D L
2 2 1L 1 2 1
Ans: (d)
n
Solution: For central fringe to be dark, 1d d
2 2 1
Q10. Consider a solenoid of radius R with n turns per unit length, in which a time dependent
current I = I0 sint (where R/c << 1) flows. The magnitude of the electric field at a
perpendicular distance r < R from the axis of symmetry of the solenoid, is
1 1 1
(a) 0 (b) 0 nI 0 R 2 cos t (c) 0 nI 0 r sin t (d) 0 nI 0 r cos t
2r 2 2
Ans: (d)

Solution: E
B
dl t da ; B nI t z .
0
dI
r
2r 2
E 2r 0 n
dt 2r dr 0 n I 0 cos t
r 0
2
1
E 0 nI 0 r cos t
2
Q11. A constant electric current I in an infinitely long straight wire is suddenly switched on at t
= 0. The vector potential at a perpendicular distance r from the wire is given
by A
k 0 I 1
2

ln ct c 2 t 2 r 2
r
. The electric field at a distance r (< ct) is
0 I 1 c 0 I c 0 I
(a) 0 (b)
2 t 2
i j (c)
1

ij (d) k
2 c 2 t 2 r 2 2 2 c 2 t 2 r 2





fiziks

Ans: (d)

A A I r 1 2c 2 t
c .
Solution: E
t

t
E 0
2 ct c 2 t 2 r 2 r 2 c 2t 2 r 2

c 0 I
E k
2 c t r2 2 2
JRF/NET-(JUNE-2012)
1 10
Q12. The magnetic field corresponding to the vector potential A F r 3 r where F is
2 r
a constant vector, is
30 30
(a) F (b) F (c) F 4 r (d) F 4 r
r r
Ans: (a)

1 r

Solution: B A F r 10 3 . Since F is a constant vector, let
2 r
x y z

F F0 x y z , F r F0 F0 F0 x z y F0 y z x F0 z y x F0
x y z
x z y

F r
x

z

xF0 F0 y F0 F0 zF0 F0 2 F0 x y z
y
z y F0 x z F0
y x F0
r
1

F r F0 x y z F , 3 0 . Thus B F
2 r
Q13. An electromagnetic wave is incident on a water-air interface. The phase of the
perpendicular component of the electric field, E , of the reflected wave into the water is
found to remain the same for all angles of incidence. The phase of the magnetic field H
(a) does not change (b) changes by 3/2
(c) changes by /2 (d) changes by
Ans: (d)





fiziks

Q14. The magnetic field at a distance R from a long straight wire carrying a steady current I is
proportional to
(a) IR (b) I /R2 (c) I2/R2 (d) I / R
Ans: (d)
Q15. Which of the following questions is Lorentz invariant?
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
(a) E B (b) E B (c) E B (d) E B
Ans: (b)
Q16. Charges Q, Q and -2Q are placed on the vertices of an equilateral triangle ABC of sides
of length a, as shown in the figure. The dipole moment of this configuration of charges,
irrespective of the choice of origin, is - 2Q
j C
(a) 2aQ i
a a
(b) 3aQ j
A B
a Q
(c) 3aQ j Q
(d) 0 i
Ans: (c)
Solution: Let coordinates of A is (l, m), then
a 3a

p qi ri Q li mj Q l a i mj 2Q l i m j
2
2

p Q li mj Q l a i mj Q 2l a i 2m 3a j p 3aQj
mr
Q17. The vector potential A due to a magnetic moment m at a point r is given by A .
r3
If m is directed along the positive z-axis, the x-component of the magnetic field, at the
point r , is
3myz 3mxy 3mxz 3mz 2 xy
(a) (b) (c) (d)
r5 r5 r5 r5
Ans: (c)





fiziks

Solution: m mz and

r
m

B A 3 2 cos r sin 3 3m r r m
r
1

1
xx yy zz r 3mxz
B 3 3mz mz Bx 5
r r r r
JRF/NET-(DEC-2012)
Q18. Three charges are located on the circumference of a circle of radius R as shown in the
figure below. The two charges Q subtend an angle 90 at the centre
Q Q
of the circle. The charge q is symmetrically placed with respect to
the charges Q. If the electric field at the centre of the circle is zero,
what is the magnitude of Q?
(a) q / 2 (b) 2q (c) 2q (d) 4q q
Ans: (a)
1 Q 1 q
Solution: E1 E 2 and E3
4 0 R 2
4 0 R 2
q
Resultant of E1 and E 2 is E E12 E 22 2E1 , Thus E3 E Q
2
Q19. Consider a hollow charged shell of inner radius a and outer radius b. The volume charge
k
density is r (k is constant) in the region a < r < b. The magnitude of the electric
r2
field produced at distance r > a is
k b a
(a) for all r > a ,
0r 2
k b a kb
(b) for a < r < b and for r > b
0r 2
0r 2
k r a k b a
(c) for a < r < b and for r > b
0r 2
0r 2
k r a k b a
(d) for a < r < b and for r > b
0a 2
0r 2
Ans: (c)





fiziks

Solution: For r < a
2 1 1 1 k 2
E.da E(4r ) Qenc dV 2 r sin drdd
0 0 0 r
4k r 4k k ra
E(4r 2 ) a dr (r a) E r
0 0 0 r 2
For r > a
4k b 4k k b a
E4r 2 r
0 r 2
dr (b a) E
0 a 0
Q20. Consider the interference of two coherent electromagnetic waves whose electric field

vectors are given by E1 iE 0 cos t and E 2 jE 0 cos t where is the phase
0
difference. The intensity of the resulting wave is given by E 2 , where E 2 is the
2
time average of E2. The total intensity is
(a) 0 (b) 0 E 02 (c) 0 E 02 sin 2 (d) 0 E 02 cos 2
Ans: (a)
Solution: Since waves are polarized in perpendicular direction hence there will be no
interference.
Q21. Four charges (two + q and two q) are kept fixed at the four vertices of a square of side a
as shown. At the point P which is at a distance R q q
from the centre (R >> a), the potential is
proportional to
(a) 1/R (b) 1/R2 a R P
(c) 1/R3 (d) 1/R4

Ans: (c)
q q
Solution: Given configuration is quadrupole.
Q22. A point charges q of mass m is kept at a distance d below a grounded infinite conducting
sheet which lies in the xy - plane. For what value of d will the charge remains stationary?
(a) q / 4 mg 0 (b) q / mg 0
(c) There is no finite value of d (d) mg 0 / q





fiziks

Ans: (a)
Solution: There is attractive force between point charge q and grounded conducting sheet that
q2 q 1
can be calculate from method of images i.e. mg d
4 0 2d 2
4 mg 0
Q23. An infinite solenoid with its axis of symmetry along the z-direction carries a steady
current I.
z
The vector potential A at a distance R from the axis
(a) is constant inside and varies as R outside the solenoid
R
(b) varies as R inside and is constant outside the solenoid
1
(c) varies as inside and as R outside the solenoid
R
1
(d) varies as R inside and as outside the solenoid
R
Ans: (d)
Q24. Consider an infinite conducting sheet in the xy-plane with a time dependent current
density Kt i , where K is a constant. The vector potential at x, y , z is given
0 K
by A ct z 2 i . The magnetic field B is
4c
0 Kt 0 Kz 0 K 0 K
(a) j (b) j (c) ct z i (d) ct z j
2 2c 2c 2c
Ans: (d)
Ax K
B A y = 0 ct z j
z 2c

Q25. When a charged particle emits electromagnetic radiation, the electric field E and the
1 1
Poynting vector S E B at a larger distance r from emitter vary as n and
0 r
1
respectively. Which of the following choices for n and m are correct?
rm
(a) n = 1 and m = 1 (b) n = 2 and m = 2
(c) n = 1 and m = 2 (d) n = 2 and m = 4
Ans: (c)





fiziks

JRF/NET-(JUNE-2013)
Q26. A particle of charge e and mass m is located at the midpoint of the line joining two fixed
collinear dipoles with unit charges as shown in the figure. (The particle is constrained to
move only along the line joining the dipoles). Assuming that the length of the dipoles is
much shorter than their separation, the natural frequency of oscillation of the particle is
R R
e, m
2d 2d
6eR 2 6eR 6ed 2 6ed

(a) (b) (c) (d)
0 md 5 0 md 4 0 mR 5 0 mR 4
Ans: (d) R R
x
e, m A
2d 2d
Let us displace the charge particle by small amount x at A. Then the resultant electric
field at point A is given by
2p 1 1 6d
E 3
x where p 1.2d 2d .
4 0 R x 3
R x 0 R 4
6ed
F eE x
0 R 4
k 6ed
Then
m 0 mR 4





fiziks

Q27. A current I is created by a narrow beam of protons moving in vacuum with constant

velocity u . The direction and magnitude, respectively, of the Poynting vector S outside
the beam at a radial distance r (much larger than the width of the beam) from the axis,
are
I2 I2
(a) S u and S (b) S || u and S
4 2 0 u r 2 4 2 0 u r 4
I2 I2
(c) S || u and S (d) S || u and S
4 2 0 u r 2 4 2 0 u r 4
Ans: (c)
Solution: Let charge per unit length be , hence I u in z-direction.
0 I
The magnetic field at a distance r is B .
2r
I
The electric field at a distance r is E r r .
2 0 r 2 0 ur
EB I2
Hence Poynting vector S z
0 4 2 0 ur 2

Q28. If the electric and magnetic fields are unchanged when the potential A changes (in

suitable units) according to A A r , where r r t r , then the scalar potential must
simultaneously change to
(a) r (b) r (c) r / t (d) r / t
Ans: (c)
Solution: A A A r / r 1 r C
V V / t V r / t
Q29. Consider an axially symmetric static charge distribution of the form,
2
r0 r / r0
0 e cos 2
r
The radial component of the dipole moment due to this charge distribution is
(a) 2 0 r04 (b) 0 r04 (c) 0 r04 (d) 0 r04 / 2





fiziks

Ans: (a)
2
r
p r r d r 0 0 e r / r0 cos 2 r 2 sin dr dd
V r
r0 2
r e 0 dr sin d cos d 2 0 r0
r / r
p 0 r02 2 4
r 0 0 0
Q30. The components of a vector potential A A0 , A1 , A2 , A3 are given by
A k xyz, yzt , zxt , xyt
where k is a constant. The three components of the electric field are

(a) k yz, zx, xy (b) k x, y, z (c) 0, 0, 0 (d) k xt , yt , zt
Ans: (c)
Solution: A , Ax , Ay , Az kxyz, Ax kyzt , Ay kzxt , Az kxyt

A
Since k yzx xzy xyz and k yzx xzy xyz
t

A
E k yzx xzy xyz k yzx xzy xyz 0 E 0,0,0
t
Q31. An oscillating current I t I 0 exp it flows in the direction of the y-axis through a
thin metal sheet of area 1.0 cm2 kept in the xy -plane. The rate of total energy radiated per
unit area from the surfaces of the metal sheet at a distance of 100 m is

(a) I 0 / 12 0 c 3
(b) I 02 2 / 12 0 c 3
(c) I 02 3 / 12 0 c 3 (d) I 02 4 / 12 c 0
3
Ans: (d)





fiziks

JRF/NET-(DEC-2013)
Q32. A horizontal metal disc rotates about the vertical axis in a uniform magnetic field
pointing up as shown in the figure. A circuit is made by connecting one end A of a
resistor to the centre of the disc and the other end B to its edge through a sliding contact.
The circuit that flows through the resistor is
B
A B
(a) zero (b) DC from A to B

(c) DC from B to A (d) AC
Ans: (b)
Q33. The force between two long and parallel wires carrying currents I 1 and I 2 and separated
by a distance D is proportional to
(b) I 1 I 2 / D (c) I 1 I 2 / D
2
(a) I 1 I 2 / D (d) I 1 I 2 / D 2
Ans: (a)
Q34. The electric field of an electromagnetic wave is given by

E E 0 cos 0.3x 0.4 y 1000t k .

The associated magnetic field B is
(a) 10 3 E 0 cos 0.3 x 0.4 y 1000t k

(b) 10 4 E 0 cos 0.3 x 0.4 y 1000t 4i 3 j
(c) E cos 0.3 x 0.4 y 1000t 0.3i 0.4 j
0
(d) 10 E cos 0.3 x 0.4 y 1000t 3i 4 j

2
0
Ans: (b)
Solution: k 0.3 x 0.4 y , 1000t





fiziks

kE
0.3 x 0.4 y E 0 cos 0.3x 0.4 y 1000t k
1
B

B 10 4 E 0 cos 0.3x 0.4 y 1000t 4i 3 j
Q35. A point charge q is placed symmetrically at a distance d from two perpendicularly
placed grounded conducting infinite plates as shown in the figure. The net force on the
charge (in units of 1 / 4 0 ) is
q
(a)
q2
8d 2

2 2 1 away from the corner
d
d
(b)
q2
8d 2

2 2 1 towards the corner
q2
(c) towards the corner
2 2d 2
3q 2 F3
(d) away from the corner d d
8d 2 q q
Ans: (b) F1
F2 d
q 2
q 2
Solution: F 1 F 2 k 2
and F 3 k 2
4d 8d d
q2 q q
Resultant of F 1 , F 2 is F12 F12 F22 2 2k . 2d
8d 2
Net force F k
q2
8d 2

2 2 1 (towards the corner)
Q36. If the electrostatic potential V r , , in a charge free region has the form
V r f r cos , then the functional form of f r (in the following a and b are
constants) is:
b b b r
(a) ar 2 (b) ar (c) ar (d) a ln
r r2 r b
Ans: (b)





fiziks

1 V 1 V 1 2V
Solution: 2V 2 r 2 sin 0
r r r r 2 sin r 2 sin 2 2
1 2 f 1
r cos 2 sin f sin 0
r r r r sin
2
cos 2 2 f f f
r 2 2r 2 2sin cos 0
r2 r r r sin
2 f f
r2 2r 2 f r 0
r
2
r
b
f r ar satisfy the above equation.
r2
Q37. Let four point charges q, q / 2, q and q / 2 be placed at the vertices of a square of
side a . Let another point charge q be placed at the cnetre of the square (see the figure).
q/2 q
q q/2
Let V r be the electrostatic potential at a point P at a distance r a from the centre
of the square. Then V 2r / V r is
1 1 1
(a) 1 (b) (c) (d)
2 4 8
Ans: (d)
q q
Solution: According to multipole expansion Qmono q qq 0
2 2
q
p qax ay ax ay qax ay q ax ay q ax ay 0 0
2 2
1 V 2r 1
Thus V .
r 3
V r 8





fiziks

Q38.
Let V , A and V , A denote two sets of scalar and vector potentials, and a scalar
function. Which of the following transformations leave the electric and magnetic fields
(and hence Maxwells equations) unchanged?

(a) A A and V V (b) A A and V V 2
t t

(c) A A and V V (d) A A and V V
t t
Ans: (a)
JRF/NET(JUNE-2014)

Q39. A time-dependent current I t Ktz (where K is a constant) is switched on at t 0 in
an infinite current-carrying wire. The magnetic vector potential at a perpendicular
distance a from the wire is given (for time t a / c ) by
0 K c t a K
2 2 2
ct
ct a 2 z 2 t
(a) z
4 c c t a
dz
2 2 a 2 z 2 1 / 2
2
(b) z 0
4 dz a
ct
2
z2 1/ 2
c 2t 2 a 2
K ct ct a 2 z 2 K t
(c) z 0 dz (d) z 0 dz
4 c ct a 2 z 2 1 / 2 4 c 2t 2 a 2 a 2
z2
1/ 2
Ans: (a)

I tr 0
K t R / c I
Solution: A z 0
4

R
dz z
4

R
dz dz
z R
0 K c t a
2 2 2
ct a 2 z 2
4 c c2t 2 a2
A z dz P
a
1/2
a2 z2





fiziks

Q40. A current i p flows through the primary coil of a transformer. The graph of i p t as a
function of time t is shown in the figure below.

i p t
1 2 3 t
Which of the following graphs represents the current i S in the secondary coil?
(a) (b)
is t is t
1 2 3 t
1 2 3 t
is t
(c) (d)
is t
1 2 3t
1 2 3t
Ans: (c)
di p
Solution: is
dt
Q41. If the electrostatic potential in spherical polar coordinates is
r 0 e r / r0
where 0 and r0 are constants, then the charge density at a distance r r0 will be
0 0 e 0 0 0 0 2e 0 0
(a) (b) (c) (d)
er 0
2
2r02 er 0
2
r02





fiziks

Ans: (a)

Solution: 2 0 2
0
1 2 1 2 0 r / r0 1 0 2 r / r0 1
2 2 r 2
r r r r r
r e
r0
2
r r0 r
r e
r r0
1
r0

2 0 r 2 e r / r0 2re r / r0

1 2
2 0 e r / r0 e r / r0
r0 r0 r
0 1 2 1 0 0 0 0
At a distance r r0 , 2 e e 2 0 2 2
1
r0 r0 r0 r0 e r0 e r0 e

Q42. If A yzi zxj xyk and C is the circle of unit radius in the plane defined by z 1 ,

with the centre on the z - axis, then the value of the integral A d is
C

(a) (b) (c) (d) 0
2 4
Ans: (d)
i j k

Solution: A i x x j y y k z z 0
x y z
yz zx xy

Since A d A d a 0
C

S
Q43. Consider an electromagnetic wave at the interface between two homogenous dielectric
media of dielectric constants 1 and 2 . Assuming 2 1 and no charges on the

surface, the electric field vector E and the displacement vector D in the two media
satisfy the following inequalities

(a) E 2 E1 and D2 D1 (b) E 2 E1 and D2 D1

(c) E 2 E1 and D2 D1 (d) E 2 E1 and D2 D1





fiziks

Q44. A charge e is placed in vacuum at the point d ,0,0 , where d 0 . The region x 0
d
is filled uniformly with a metal. The electric field at the point ,0,0 is
2
10e 10e
(a) 1, 0, 0 (b) 1, 0, 0
9 0 d 2 9 0 d 2
e e
(c) 1, 0, 0 (d) 1, 0, 0
0 d 2 0 d 2

Ans: (b) E
d
E
2 P
x
e d 0 d e
1 e 1 4e 1 e 1 4e
E and E
4 0 3d / 2 2
4 0 9d 2
4 0 d / 2 2
4 0 d 2
Thus resultant electric field at point P is

1 4e 1 4e 1 40e 1 10e 1 10e
E E E E x
4 0 9d 2
4 0 d 2
4 0 9d 2
9 0 d 2
9 0 d 2
Q45. A beam of light of frequency is reflected from a dielectric-metal interface at normal
incidence. The refractive index of the dielectric medium is n and that of the metal is
n 2 n1 i . If the beam is polarised parallel to the interface, then the phase change
experienced by the light upon reflection is
(a) tan 2 / (b) tan 1 1 / (c) tan 1 2 / (d) tan 1 2
Ans: (c)
1 v c/n
Solution: Since E 0 R E where 1 1 i
0I v2 c / n 1 i
1
i ei /2 i /2
E 0 R 0 I
E E 0 I e E 0 I where tan .
i 2 i 4 2
2 4 e 2
2 2
Thus phase change / 2 tan cot tan 1





fiziks

Q46. A thin, infinitely long solenoid placed along the z - axis contains a magnetic flux .
Which of the following vector potentials corresponds to the magnetic field at an arbitrary
point x, y, z ?

(a) Ax , Ay , Az
y x
, ,0
2 x y 2 x y
2 2 2 2

(b) Ax , Ay , Az
y x
, ,0
2 x y z 2 x y z
2 2 2 2 2 2

x y x y
(c) Ax , Ay , Az , ,0
2 x y 2 x y
2 2 2 2

(d) Ax , Ay , Az
x y
, ,0
2 x y 2 x y
2 2 2 2

Ans: (a) B A 0
Q47. An electromagnetically-shielded room is designed so that at a frequency 10 7 rad/s
the intensity of the external radiation that penetrates the room is 1% of the incident
10 6 m is the conductivity of the shielding material, its

1 1
radiation. If
2
minimum thickness should be (given that ln 10 2.3 )
(a) 4.60 mm (b) 2.30 mm (c) 0.23 mm (d) 0.46 mm
Ans: (b)
Solution:
1 I0
I I 0 e 2 z z
2 I
ln
I0 1 1
where 100, 106 4 107 107 103
I 2 2 2
1
z ln 100 2.30 mm
2 103





fiziks

Q48. A charged particle is at a distance d from an infinite conducting plane maintained at zero
potential. When released from rest, the particle reaches a speed u at a distance d / 2 from
the plane. At what distance from the plane will the particle reach the speed 2u ?
(a) d / 6 (b) d / 3 (c) d / 4 (d) d / 5
Ans: (b) x
d x2
1 q d x A2
q2 2
Solution: F ma m 2 2 where A . P q
dt 2
4 0 4d 2
dt x 16 m 0
d
dv A dv dv A dx 1 d 2 d A

dt
2 v v
x dt dt
2
x dt

2 dt
v
dt x
0
v2 A A 1 1 d
C at x d , v 0 C v 2 A .
2 x d x d
q
1 1 2A 1 1 d
Thus u 2 A then 2u 2 A x
d /2 d d x d 5
JRF/NET(DEC-2014)
Q49. A charged particle moves in a helical path under the influence of a constant
magnetic field. The initial velocity is such that the component along the
magnetic field is twice the component in the plane normal to the magnetic l
field.
The ratio / R of the pitch to the radius R of the helical path is 2R
(a) / 2 (b) 4 (c) 2 (d)
Ans: (b)
Solution: v 2v
2 R 2 R l
Pitch of the helix l vT v 2v 4 R 4
v v R
Q50. A parallel beam of light of wavelength is incident normally on a thin polymer film
with air on both sides. If the film has a refractive index n 1 , then second-order bright
fringes can be observed in reflection when the thickness of the film is
(a) / 4n (b) / 2n (c) 3 / 4n (d) / n





fiziks

Ans: (c)

Solution: For constructive interference: 2nd cos 2m 1
2
For normal incidence 0 and second order m 1
3
2nd cos 0 2 1 1 d
2 4n
Q51. A solid sphere of radius R has a charge density, given by
ar
r 0 1
R
where r is the radial coordinate and 0 , a and R are positive constants. If the
magnitude of the electric field at r R / 2 is 1.25 times that at r R , then the value of a
is
(a) 2 (b) 1 (c) 1 / 2 (d) 1 / 4
Ans: (b)
r
1 1 ar
E .d a Qenc E 4 r 1 4 r dr
2 2
Solution:
S 0 0 0
0
R
40 2 ar 3 2 40 r 3 ar 4 0 r ar 2
r
0 0
E 4 r 2 r r dr E
R 0 3 4R 0 3 4R
0 R / 2 aR 2 / 4 0 R aR 2
Er R / 2 1.25 Er R 1.25
0 3 4R 0 3 4R
1 a 5 1 a 1 a 5 5a 5a a 5 1

6 16 4 3 4 6 16 12 16 16 16 12 6
4a 5 2 a 3
a 1
16 12 4 12





fiziks

Q52. The electrostatic lines of force due to a system of four point charges is sketched below.
At large distance r , the leading asymptotic behaviour of the electrostatic potential is

proportional to
(a) r (b) r 1 (c) r 2 (d) r 3
Ans: (d)
1
Solution: The given electrostatic line of force is due to a quadrupole. So V .
r3
Q53. A plane electromagnetic wave incident normally on the surface of a material is partially
reflected. Measurements on the standing wave in the region in front of the interface show
that the ratio of the electric field amplitude at the maxima and the minima is 5. The ratio
of the reflected intensity to the incident intensity is
(a) 4 / 9 (b) 2 / 3 (c) 2 / 5 (d) 1 / 5
Ans: (a)
E0 I E0 R E 2
Solution: 5 E0 I E0 R 5 E0 I E0 R 6 E0 R 4 E0 I 0 R
E0 I E0 R E0 I 3
2
I E 4
R 0R
I I E0 I 9

Q54. A non-relativistic particle of mass m and charge e , moving with a velocity v and

acceleration a , emits radiation of intensity I . What is the intensity of the radiation

emitted by a particle of mass m / 2 , charge 2e , velocity v / 2 and acceleration 2a ?
(a) 16 I (b) 8 I (c) 4 I (d) 2 I
Ans: (a)
q 2 a 2 sin 2 I 2 q22 a22 I 2 4e 2 4a 2
Solution: I 16 I 2 16 I
r2 I1 q12 a12 I e2 a 2





fiziks

JRF/NET(JUNE-2015)
Q55. A Plan electromagnetic wave is travelling along the positive z -direction. The maximum
electric field along the x - direction is 10 V / m . The approximate maximum values of the
power per unit area and the magnetic induction B , respectively, are
(a) 3.3 107 watts / m 2 and 10 tesla
(b) 3.3 107 watts / m 2 and 3.3 108 tesla
(c) 0.265 watts / m 2 and 10 tesla
(d) 0.265 watts / m 2 and 3.3 108 tesla

Ans. (d)
P 1 1
c 0 E02 3 108 8.86 1012 10 0.132 W / m 2
2
Solution: E0 10V / m, I
A 2 2
E0 10
B0 3.3 108 Tesla
c 3 10 8

Q56.
Which of the following transformations V , A V ', A ' of the electrostatic potential

V and the vector potential A is a gauge transformation?

(a) V V ax, A A at k
(b) V V ax, A A at k

(c) V V ax, A A at i
(d) V V ax, A A at i
Ans. (d)

Solution: V V ax axt c
t t

atx

Thus A A atx





fiziks

Q57. Suppose the yz -plane forms a chargeless boundary between two media of permittivities
left and right where left :right 1: 2 if the uniform electric field on the left is

Eleft c i j k (where c is a constant), than the electric field on the right Eright is

(a) c 2i j k
(b) c i 2 j 2k
1 1 1
(c) c i j k (d) c i j k
2 2 2
Ans. (c)

Solution: E1 c j k E2 1
y
2
1
D1 D2 1 E1 2 E2 E21 E1
2
1 x
E2 ci
2
1 z
E2 c i j k
2
Q58. A proton moves with a speed of 300 m / s in a circular orbit in the xy -plan in a magnetic
field 1 tesla along the positive z - direction. When an electric field of 1 V / m is applied
along the positive y -direction, the center of the circular orbit
(a) remains stationary
(b) moves at 1 m / s along the negative x direction
(c) moves at 1 m / s along the positive z direction
(d) moves at 1 m / s along the positive x direction
z
Ans. (d)

Solution: change particle will deflect in x -direction with B
E 1 y
v 1 m/ s .
B 1 E
x





fiziks

Q59. Consider a rectangular wave guide with transverse dimensions 2 m 1 m driven with an
angular frequency 109 rad / s . Which transverse electric TE modes will propagate
in this wave guide?

(a) TE10 , TE01 and TE20 (b) TE01 , TE11 and TE20
(c) TE01 , TE10 and TE11 (d) TE01 , TE10 and TE22
Ans. (a)
m2 n2
Solution: mn C
a 2 b2
c 3 108 3.14
10 4.71 108 rod / sec
a 2
c 3 108 3.14
01 9.42 108 rod / sec
b 1
1 1
11 c 2 10.53 108 rod / sec
a b
2
2c
20 9.72 108 rod / sec
a
4 4
22 c 2 10.5 108 rod / sec
a b
2
Since 10 , 01 , 22
Q60. The electric and magnetic fields in the charge free region z 0 are given by

E r , t E0 e k1z cos k2 x t j
E
B r , t 0 e k1z k1 sin k2 x t i k2 cos k2 x t k

where , k1 and k2 are positive constants. The average energy flow in the x -direction is
E02 k2 2 k1z E02 k2 E02 k1 2 k1z 1

(a) e (b) e 2 k1z (c) e (d) c 0 E02 e 2 k1 z
20 0 20 2
Ans. (a)





fiziks

1 E e k z

2 2
k1 cos sin z k2 cos 2 x , k2 x t
1
Solution: S EB 0
0 0
k E e 2 2 k1 z
E02 k2 2 k1 z
S 2 0
e
2 0 20
Q61. A uniform magnetic field in the positive z -direction passes through a circular wire loop
of radius 1 cm and resistance 1 lying in the xy -plane. The field strength is reduced
from 10 tesla to 9 tesla in 1s . The charge transferred across any point in the wire is
approximately
(a) 3.1 104 coulomb (b) 3.4 104 coulomb
(c) 4.2 104 coulomb (d) 5.2 104 coulomb
Ans. (a)
d dq 1 d
Solution: I
dt dt R R dt
A r 2
dq dB dB
R R

2
3.14 102
dq 1 3.14 104 coulomb
1
Q62. A rod of length L carries a total charge Q distributed uniformly. If this is observed in a
frame moving with a speed v along the rod, the charge per unit length (as measured by
the moving observer) is
Q v2 Q v2
(a) 1 2 (b) 1 2
L c L c
Q Q
(c) (d)
v2 v2
L 1 2 L 1 2
c c
Ans. (c)
0 Q
Solution:
v2 v2
1 L 1
c2 c2





fiziks

JRF/NET(DEC-2015)
Q63. A hollow metallic sphere of radius a , which is kept at a potential V0 has a charge Q at its
centre. The potential at a point outside the sphere, at a distance r from the centre, is
Q Va Q V a2 V0 a
(a) V0 (b) 0 (c) 02 (d)
4 0 r r 4 0 r r r
Ans.: (d)
Q0
Solution: Let charge on conductor is Q0 , then V0
4 0 a
Q0 Va
Now V V 0
4 0 r r
Q64. Consider a charge Q at the origin of 3 - dimensional coordinate system. The
flux of the electric field through the curved surface of a cone that has a height
h
h and a circular base of radius R (as shown in the figure) is
R Q
Q Q hQ QR
(a) (b) (c) (d)
0 2 0 R 0 2h 0
Ans.: (b)
Q65. Given a uniform magnetic field B B0 k (where B0 is a constant), a possible choice for
the magnetic vector potential A is
(a) B0 yi (b) B0 yi
(c) B0 xj yi
(d) B0 xi yj
Ans.: (b)

Solution: (a) A B0 k

(b) A B0 k

(c) A 0

(d) A 2 B0 z
Q66. A beam of unpolarized light in a medium with dielectric constant 1 is reflected from a
plane interface formed with another medium of dielectric constant 2 3 1 . The two





fiziks

media have identical magnetic permeability. If the angle of incidence is 600 , then the
reflected light
(a) is plane polarized perpendicular to the plane of incidence
(b) is plane polarized parallel to the plane of incidence
(c) is circularly polarized
(d) has the same polarization as the incident light
Ans.: (a)
I
n 1
Solution: B tan 2 1
n1 2
x
B tan 1

tan 1
3
1
B 600 (hence reflected light is plane polarized perpendicular to plane of incidence))
Q67. A small magnetic needle is kept at 0, 0 with its moment along the x -axis. Another
small magnetic needle is at the point 1,1 and is free to rotate in the xy - plane. In
equilibrium the angle between their magnetic moments is such that

1
(a) tan (b) tan 0 (c) tan 3 (d) tan 1
3
Ans.: (c)
0 mm
Solution: U m m2 3 m1 r m2 r U 0 1 3 2 cos 3cos 450 cos 450
3 1
4 r 4 r
For stable position energy is minimum i.e. r y

m2
U mm r

0 0 132
4 r sin
3

sin 450 0
2 450 x

m1
3 sin cos
sin tan 3
2 2 2
so, option (c) is correct .





fiziks

Q68. A dipole of moment p , oscillating at frequency , radiates spherical waves. The vector
potential at large distance is
eikr
A r 0 i p
4 r
1
To order the magnetic field B at a point r rn is
r
0 2 eikr 0 2 eikr
(a) n
n
p (b) n
p
4 C r 4 C r
0 2 eikr 0 2 eikr
(c) k n p p (d) p
4 r 4 C r
Ans.: (b)

Solution: Let p pz , then B must be in direction.

Check n p r z . So, correct option is (b).
Q69. The frequency dependent dielectric constant of a material is given by
A
1
2 i
2
0
where A is a positive constant, 0 the resonant frequency and the damping
coefficient. For an electromagnetic wave of angular frequency 0 which of the

following is true? (Assume that 1 ).
0
(a) There is negligible absorption of the wave
(b) The wave propagation is highly dispersive
(c) There is strong absorption of the electromagnetic wave
(d) The group velocity and the phase velocity will have opposite sign
Ans.: (a)
Solution: When 0 , there is negligible absorption of the wave.





fiziks

JRF/NET(JUNE-2016)
Q70. Four equal charges of Q each are kept at the vertices of a square of side R . A particle of
mass m and charge Q is placed in the plane of the square at a short distance a R
from the centre. If the motion of the particle is confined to the plane, it will undergo
small oscillations with an angular frequency
Q2 Q2
(a) (b)
2 0 R 3 m 0 R 3m
2Q 2 Q2
(c) (d)
0 R 3 m 4 0 R 3m
Ans: (c)
kQ Q Q
Solution: E1 E2
R R2
2
E2 E1 y
a
2 4
a x
Resultant field E12, y 2 E1 cos
R /2
2kQ R 2kQ R
E12, y a a Q R /2 Q
2 2
33
R R
2 2 R
2 2
2
a
2 4 2
4 2kQ R
E12, y a
R 3
2
Q R /2 Q
kQ R
Similarly; E3 E4 2 a
R R
2 2
a
2 4 E3 a E 4
2kQ R
Resultant E34, y 2 E3 cos a
2
3
R R
2 2 2
a Q Q
2 4





fiziks

4 2kQ R
E34, y a
R 3
2
4 2kQ R R 8 2kQ
Resultant E a a a
R 3
2 2 R3
8 2 1 2 2Q
E Qa E a
R 3
4 0 0 R 3
2 2Q 2 2 2Q 2
F QE a
0 R 3 0 mR 3
Q71. Two parallel plate capacitors, separated by distances x and 1.1x respectively, have a
dielectric material of dielectric constant 3.0 inserted between the plates and are
connected to a battery of voltage V . The difference in charge on the second capacitor
compared to the first is
(a) 66% (b) 20% (c) 3.3% (d) 10%
Ans: (d)
3 0 A 3 A
Solution: Q1 C1V1 V , Q2 C2V2 0 V
x 1.1x
1 3 A
1 0 V
Q2 Q1 x
100%
1.1
100 10%
Q1 3 A
0
V
x
Q72. The half space region x 0 and x 0 are filled with dielectric
x0 x0
media of dielectric constants 1 and 2 respectively. There is a 2 1
uniform electric field in each part. In the right half, the electric field 1 E1
makes an angle 1 to the interface. The corresponding angle 2 in

the left half satisfies 2
(a) 1 sin 2 2 sin 1 (b) 1 tan 2 2 tan 1
E2
(c) 1 tan 1 2 tan 2 (d) 1 sin 1 2 sin 2
Ans: (c)





fiziks

E1
tan 1 E E
Solution:
tan 2
1 1
E E2
E1 E2
2

E2
E1 2
D1 D2 1 E1 2 E2
E2 1
tan 1 2
1 tan 1 2 tan 2
tan 2 1
Q73. The x - and z -components of a static magnetic field in a region are Bx B0 x 2 y 2

and Bz 0 , respectively. Which of the following solutions for its y -component is
consistent with the Maxwell equations?
(a) By B0 xy (b) By 2 B0 xy
1
(c) By B0 x 2 y 2 (d) By B0 x3 xy 2
3
Ans: (b)

Solution: Bx B0 x 2 y 2 , Bz 0
B By Bz By B
B 0 x 0 x 2 B0 x By 2 B0 xy
x y z y x
Q74. A magnetic field B is Bz in the region x 0 and zero elsewhere. A rectangular loop, in
the xy -plane, of sides l (along the x -direction) and h (along the y - direction) is
inserted into the x 0 region from the x 0 region at constant velocity v vx . Which of
the following values of l and h will generate the largest EMF?
(a) l 8, h 3 (b) l 4, h 6 (c) l 6, h 4 (d) l 12, h 2
Ans: (b) z
Solution: m Bhx h
l
dm v
Bvh h
dt y
x





fiziks

Q75. Consider a sphere S1 of radius R which carries a uniform charge
S2
R S
of density . A smaller sphere S2 of radius a is cut out and 1 P
2
b
removed from it. The centres of the two spheres are separated by r
nR
the vector b , as shown in the figure. The electric field at a
2
point P inside S2 is
R R R a
(a) n (b) r na
(c) n (d) r
3 0 3 0 a 6 0 3 0 R
Ans: (c)

Solution: Electric field at P due to S1 is E1 r
3 0 S2
S1
r
Electric field at P due to S2 (assume ) is E2 r
3 0 b P
r

Thus E E1 E2 r r ; b r r r r b
3 0
R R
E b n b n
3 0 6 0 2
Q76. The value of the electric and magnetic fields in a particular reference frame (in Gaussian
units) are E 3x 4 y and B 3 z respectively. An inertial observer moving with respect
to this frame measures the magnitude of the electric field to be E 4 . The magnitude of
the magnetic field B measured by him is
(a) 5 (b) 9 (c) 0 (d) 1

Ans: (c)
Solution:
E 2 B 2 E 2 B2 constant 9 16 9 16 B2 B 0





fiziks

Q77. A loop of radius a , carrying a current I , is placed in a uniform magnetic field B . If the

normal to the loop is denoted by n , the force F and the torque T on the loop are

(a) F 0 and T a 2 I n B (b) F 0 I B
4
1
(c) F 0 I B and T I n B (d) F 0 and T IB
4 0 0
Ans: (a)

Solution: In uniform field F 0

Torque T m B a 2 In B
Q78. A waveguide has a square cross-section of side 2a . For the TM modes of wave vector k ,
the transverse electromagnetic modes are obtained in terms of a function x, y which
obeys the equation

2 2 2
2 2 k 2 x , y 0
x y c
2

with the boundary condition a, y x, a 0 . The frequency of the lowest
mode is given by
4 2 2
(a) 2 c 2 k 2 2 (b) 2 c 2 k 2 2
a a
2 2 2 2
(c) c k 2
2 2
(d) c k 2
2 2
2a 4a
Ans: (c)
Solution: c 2 k 2 2 mn
2
2 c 2 k 2 mn
2
m2 n2 1 1
mn
2
c 2 2 2 2 112 c 2 2
a b 2a 2a
2 2
1 c 2 2 2 2 2
112 c 2 2 2
c k
2a 2 2a 2 2a 2





fiziks

JRF/NET(DEC-2016)
Q79. A screen has two slits, each of width w with their centres at a distance 2w apart. ft is
illuminated by a monochromatic plane wave travelling along the x -axis.
The intensity of the interference pattern, measured on a distant screen, at an angle
n
to the x -axis is
w
w
(a) zero for n 1, 2,3...
w
x
(b) maximum for n 1, 2,3...
w
1 3 5
(c) maximum for n , , ...
2 2 2
(d) zero for n 0 only
Ans. : (a)
Solution: maximum for n 0 and zero for n 1, 2,3... .
Q80. The electric field of an electromagnetic wave is

E z , t E0 cos kz t i 2 E0 sin kz t j
where and k are positive constants. This represents

(a) a linearly polarised wave travelling in the positive z -direction
(b) a circularly polarised wave travelling in the negative z -direction
(c) an elliptically polarised wave travelling in the negative z -direction
(d) an unpolarised wave travelling in the positive z -direction
Ans. : (c)
Solution: Amplitude along x is E0 and along y is 2 E0 . So resultant wave is elliptically
polarised





fiziks

Q81. A conducting circular disc of radius r and resistivity rotates with an angular velocity
in a magnetic field B perpendicular to it. A voltmeter is connected as shown in the
figure below. Assuming its internal resistance to be infinite, the reading on the voltmeter
(a) depends on , B, r and
B
(b) depends on , B and r but not on
(c) is zero because the flux through the loop is not
changing
r V
(d) is zero because a current the flows in the direction
of B
Ans. : (b)
Solution: Force experienced by charge is

F q v B and v r
Q82. The charge per unit length of a circular wire of radius a in the xy -plane, with its centre at
the origin, is 0 cos , where 0 is a constant and the angle is measured from the
positive x -axis. The electric field at the centre of the circle is

0 0
(a) E i (b) E i
4 0 4 0
0 0
(c) E j (d) E k
4 0 4 0
Ans. : (a)
y
Solution: At centre O , direction of field is x . 0
So best option is (a) 0
o x
0





fiziks

Q83. A pair of parallel glass plates separated by a distance d is illuminated by white light as
shown in the figure below. Also shown is the graph of the intensity of the reflected light
I as a function of the wavelength recorded by a spectrometer.
spectrometer
partially incident
reflecting mirror white light
air gap
glass plates
d
1
0.8
0.6
Intensity
0.4
0.2
0
490 500 510 520 530

Assuming that the interference takes place only between light reflected by the bottom
surface of the top plate and the top surface of bottom plate, the distance d is closest to
(a) 12 m (b) 24 m (c) 60 m (d) 120 m
Ans. : (d)
1
Solution: For constructive interference of reflected light 2d cos n .
2
495 nm
First maxima occurs at 495 nm and n 0 . Thus d 120 nm
4 4





fiziks

Q84. Suppose that free charges are present in a material of dielectric constant 10 and
resistively 1011 m . Using Ohms law and the equation of continuity for charge, the
1
time required for the charge density inside the material to decay by is closest to
e
(a) 106 S (b) 106 S (c) 1012 S (d) 10 S
Ans. : (d)
t
0r
Solution: f t f 0 e ;

8.8 1012 10 1
10sec ,
1011
Q85. A particle with charge q moves with a uniform angular velocity in a circular orbit of
radius a in the xy - plane, around a fixed charge q , which is at the centre of the orbit at
0, 0, 0 . Let the intensity of radiation at the point 0, 0, R be I1 and at 2 R, 0, 0 be I 2
I2
The ratio for R a , is
I1
1 1
(a) 4 (b) (c) (d) 8
4 8
Ans. : (c)
I 2 r13 R3 1
Solution: 3
I1 r2 2 R 3
8
Q86. A parallel plate capacitor is formed by two circular conducting plates of radius a
separated by a distance d , where d a . It is being slowly charged by a current that is
nearly constant. At an instant when the current is I , the magnetic induction between the
a
plates at a distance from the centre of the plate, is
2
0 I 0 I 0 I 0 I
(a) (b) (c) (d)
a 2 a a 4 a
Ans. : (d)





fiziks

0 Ir P
Solution: B I a
2 a 2
r
I a
B 0 at r
4 a 2
Q87. Two uniformly charged insulating solid spheres A and B , both of radius a , carry total
charges Q and Q , respectively. The spheres are placed touching each other as shown
in the figure.
A B
If the potential at the centre of the sphere A is VA and that at the

centre of B is VB then the difference VA VB is
Q Q Q Q
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4 0 a 2 0 a 2 0 a 4 0 a
Ans. : (c)
3q q q
Solution: VA
8 0 a 0 2a 4 0 a
3q q q
VB
8 0 a 4 0 2a 4 0 a
q
VA VB
2 0 a





fiziks

QUANTUM MECHANICS SOLUTIONS
GATE- 2010
Q1. Which of the following is an allowed wavefunction for a particle in a bound state? N is
a constant and , > 0.
e r
(a) N (b) N 1 e r
r3
(c) Ne x e x (d) 0non - zero constant if r R
2
y2 z2
if r R
Ans: (c)
Q2. A particle of mass m is confined in the potential
1
V x 2 m x
2 2
for x 0
for x 0
Let the wavefunction of the particle be given by
1 2
x 0 1 ,
5 5
where 0 and 1 are the eigenfunctions of the ground state and the first excited state
respectively. The expectation value of the energy is

31 25 13 11
(a) (b) (c) (d)
10 10 10 10
Ans: (a)
Solution: For half parabolic potential
3 7 1 3 4 7 31
E0 , E1 E .
2 2 5 2 5 2 10
2
Q3. For a spin-s particle, in the eigen basis of S , Sz the expectation value sm S z2 sm is
(a)

2 s s 1 m 2
(b) 2 s s 1 2m 2
2

(c) s s 1 m 2
2
(d) 2 m 2
Ans: (a)
1 1
sm S S sm sm S 2 S 2 S S S S sm
2
Solution: sm S z2 sm
2 2
1
sm S S S S sm
2
2
2
s s 1 m 2





fiziks

Q4. A particle of mass m is confined in an infinite potential well:
V x 0 if 0 x L,
otherwise.
2x
It is subjected to a perturbing potential V p x Vo sin
L V x
within the well. Let E(a) and E(2) be corrections to the ground
state energy in the first and second order in V0, respectively. V p x
0 L
Which of the following are true?
(a) E(a) = 0; E(2) < 0 (b) E(a) >
0; E(2) = 0
(c) E(a) = 0; E(2) depends on the sign of V0 (d) E(a) < 0; E(2) < 0
Ans: (a)
2
2
L
2x m VP 1
Solution: E V0 sin
1
1 dx 0 ; E12 E1 E m so E12 ve .
L0 L m 1 E1 Em
GATE- 2011
Q5. The quantum mechanical operator for the momentum of a particle moving in one
dimension is given by
d d 2 d 2
(a) i (b) i (c) i (d)
dx dx t 2m dx 2
Ans: (b)
Q6. An electron with energy E is incident from left on a potential barrier, given by
V ( x) = 0 for x < 0 V x
= V0 for x > 0
V0
as shown in the figure. For E < V0, the space part of the
E
wavefunction for x > 0 is of the form
(a) eax (b) e-ax (c) eiax x
0
(d)e-iax
Ans: (b)
Solution: E V0 , so there is decaying wave function.





fiziks

Q7. If Lx, Ly and Lz are respectively the x, y and z components of angular momentum operator
L. The commutator [Lx Ly, Lz] is equal to
(a) i L2x L2y (b) 2iLz (c) i L2x L2y (d) 0
Ans: (c)

Solution: Lx L y , Lz = Lx Ly Lz Lx , Lz Ly = iL2x L2y
Q8. The normalized ground state wavefunciton of a hydrogen atom is given by

1 2
r e r / a , where a is the Bohr radius and r is the distance of the electron
4 a
3/ 2
1
from the nucleus, located at the origin. The expectation value is
r2
8 4 4 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
a2 a2 a2 a2
Ans: (d)
2
1 1 1 2 2ar 2
3 2
Solution: r e dr sin d d 2
r2 4a 0 r 0 0
a
Q9. The normalized eigenstates of a particle in a one-dimensional potential well
V x 0 if 0 x a
otherwise
2 nx
are given by n x sin , where n = 1, 2, 3,.
a a
The particle is subjected to a perturbation
x a
V ' x Vo cos for 0 x
a 2
=0 otherwise
Q10. The shift in the ground state energy due to the perturbation, in the first order perturbation
theory,
2Vo Vo Vo 2Vo
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 3 3 3





fiziks

Ans: (a)
a/2
3 x
sin
x x
a/2 a/2
2 2 2V0
Solution: E11 1 V x 1dx V0 a
*
sin 2 V0 cos dx
a a a a 3
0 0 3
a 0
Common data questions Q-10 and Q-11

Q11. In a one-dimensional harmonic oscillator, 0, 1 and 2 are respectively the ground, first
and the second excited states. These three states are normalized and are orthogonal to one
another. 1 and 2 are two states defined by
1 = 0 - 21 + 32 , 2 = 0 1 + 2
where is a constant
Q12. The value of which 2 is orthogonal to 1 is

(a) 2 (b) 1 (c) 1 (d) 2
Ans: (c)
Solution: For orthogonal condition scalar product (2, 1)=0 so 1 2 3 0 1 .
Q13. For the value of determined in Q30, the expectation value of energy of the oscillator in
the state 2 is
(a) (b) 3 /2 (c) 3 (d) 9 /2
Ans: (b)
3 5
2 H 2
Solution: 2 0 1 2 put 1 , H 2 2 2 3
2 2 3 2





fiziks

GATE- 2012
Q14. A particle of mass m is confined in a two dimensional square well potential of

dimension a. This potential V(x, y) is given by
V(x, y) = 0 for a < x < a and a < y < a
= elsewhere
The energy of the first excited state for this particle is given by,
2 2 2 2 2 5 2 2 4 2 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
ma 2 ma 2 8ma 2 ma 2
Ans: (c)
2 2 5 2 2
2 2
Solution: E n n 2 2
n n
2
x
2
y n x 1, n y 2 .
2m 2a
x y 2
8ma 2 8ma 2

Q15. Consider the wavefunction r1 , r2 s for a fermionic system consisting of two spin-
half particles. The spatial part of the wavefunction is given by

r1 , r2
1
1 r1 2 r2 2 r1 1 r2
2
where 1and 2 are single particle states. The spin part s of the wavefunction with spin
states 1 / 2 and - 1/2 should be
1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 2
Ans: (b)
Solution: Since r1 , r2 is symmetric the total wavefunction must be antisymmetric for fermions
so spin part must be antisymmetric.





fiziks

Q16. A particle is constrained to move in a truncated harmonic potential well (x > 0) as shown
in the figure. Which one of the following statements is CORRECT?
(a) The parity of the first excited state is even
(b) The parity of the ground state is even Vx
1
(c) the ground state energy is
2
7
(d) The first excited state energy is
2
Ans: (d) x
3 7
Solution: There is only odd parity. Ground state is and first excited
2 2
Q17. Consider a system in the unperturbed state described by the Hamiltonian, H0 1 0 .

0 1
The system is subjected to a perturbation of the form H'

, when << 1. The
energy eigenvalues of the perturbed system using the first order perturbation
approximation are
(a) 1 and (1 + 2) (b) (1 + ) and (1 - )
(c) (1+ 2) and (1 - 2) (d) (1+ ) and (1 - 2)
Ans: (a)
Solution: H 0 H , H0 is degenerate so after using degenerate perturbation through diagonalized
2 0 1 0 2 0
H one will get H , H .
0 0 0 1 0 0
So E 1 2 and 1 0 .





fiziks

Q18. The ground state wavefunction for the hydrogen atom is given by
3/ 2
1 1
100 e r / a0 , where a 0 is the Bohr radius. The plot of the radial probability
4 a 0
density, P(r) for the hydrogen atom in the ground state is
(a) (b)
P(r) P(r)
r/a 0 r/a 0
(c) (d)
P(r) P(r)
r/a 0 r/a 0
Ans: (d)
3/ 2
1 1
Solution: The ground state is given by 100 e r / a0
4 a0
Radial probability function
Pr
1 1 2 2 r / a0
Pr r =
2 2
r e
4 a0 r / a0
Common Data for Questions 1920
The wavefunction of particle moving in free space is given by, e ikx 2e ikx
Q19. The energy of the particle is
5 2 k 2 3 2 k 2 2k 2 2k 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2m 4m 2m m
Ans: (c)





fiziks

2 2 2
Solution: H E , H ik ik e ikx 2 ik ik e ikx
2m x 2
2m
2 k 2 ikx 2 k 2
H (e 2e 2ikx )
2m 2m
Q20. The probability current density for the real part of the wavefunction is
k k
(a) 1 (b) (c) (d) 0
m 2m
Ans: (d)
Solution: The real part of the wave function real cos kx 2 cos kx
Current density for real part of wave function = 0
GATE- 2013
Q21. Which one of the following commutation relations is NOT CORRECT? Here, symbols
have their usual meanings.

(a) L2 , L z 0
(b) L x , L y iL z
(c) L z , L L (d) L z , L L
Ans: (d)
Q22. A proton is confined to a cubic box, whose sides have length 10 12 m . What is the
minimum kinetic energy of the proton? The mass of proton is 1.67 10 27 kg and
Plancks constant is 6.63 10 34 Js .

(a) 1.1 10 17 J (b) 3.3 10 17 J (c) 9.9 10 17 J (d) 6.6 10 17 J
Ans: (c)
3 2 2
Solution: 2
9.9 1017
2ma





fiziks

Q23. A spin-half particle is in a linear superposition 0.8 0.6 of its spin-up and spin-
down states. If and are the eigenstates if z then what is the expectation value
up to one decimal place, of the operator 10 z 5 x ? Here, symbols have their usual
meanings. _______________
Ans: 76
1 0 .8
Solution: .8 .6 .8 .6
0 1 .6
1 0 0 1 10 5
Operator A 10 z 5 x 10 5 A
0 1 1 0 5 10
10 5 .8
A A .8 .6 = 88 12 76
5 10 .6
Q24. Consider the wave function Ae i k r r0 / r , where A is the normalization constant.
For r 2r0 , the magnitude of probability current density up to two decimal places, in

units of A 2 k / m is. _____________
Ans:
2 2
2 k 2 r k 2 r k 2 k
Solution: J A 0 J A 0 J A
m r m 2r0 m 4m
Common data questions 25 and 26

5 2 0
To the given unperturbed Hamiltonian 2 5 0
0 0 2
1 1 1
we add a small perturbation given by 1 1 1 where is small quantity.

1 1 1





fiziks

Q25. The ground state eigenvector of the unperturbed Hamiltonian is

(a) 1 / 2 ,1 2 ,0
(b) 1 / 2 ,1 / 2 ,0
(c) 0,0,1 (d) 1,0,0
Ans: (c)
5 2 0 1 1 1

H 0 2 5 0 , H P 1 1 1
0 0 2 1 1 1

Eigen value of H 0 is E1 2, E2 3, E3 7 and the Eigen vector corresponds
0 1 1
1 1
to 1 0 , 2 1 , 3 1 .
1 2 2
0 0
Q26. A pair of eigenvalues of the perturbed Hamiltonian, using first order perturbation theory,
is
(a) 3 2 ,7 2 (b) 3 2 ,2
(c) 3, 7 2 (d) 3, 2 2
Ans: (c)
Solution: E1 1 H P 1 1 E1 2 1
1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1
E2 2 H P 2 1 1 0. 1 1 1. 1 = 0 0 1 1 0
2 1 1 1 2 0 2 0

1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1
E3 3 H P 3 1 1 0 . 1 1 1 . 1 = . 2 2 0. 1
2 1 1 1 2 0 2 0

1
E 3 4 2
2
E1 2 1 , E 2 3 0 , E3 7 2 .





fiziks

GATE- 2014
Q27. The recoil momentum of an atom is p A when it emits an infrared photon of wavelength
1500 nm , and it is p B when it emits a photon of visible wavelength 500 nm . The ratio
pA
is
pB
(a) 1 : 1 (b) 1 : 3 (c) 1 : 3 (d) 3 : 2

Ans: (c)
h p A B B 500
Solution: p , , =1 : 3
pB A A 1500
Q28. The ground state and first excited state wave function of a one dimensional infinite
potential well are 1 and 2 respectively. When two spin-up electrons are placed in this
potential which one of the following with x1 and x2 denoting the position of the two
electrons correctly represents the space part of the ground state wave function of the
system?
1 1
(a) 1 x1 2 x1 1 x2 2 x2 (b) 1 x1 2 x2 1 x2 2 x1
2 2
1 1
(c) 1 x1 2 x1 1 x2 2 x2 (d 1 x1 2 x 2 1 x 2 2 x1 )
2 2
Ans: (d)
Solution: From the given information only possible spin configuration is symmetric in nature so
space part will anti symmetric
1
1 x1 2 x 2 1 x 2 2 x1
2

Q29. If L is the orbital angular momentum and S is the spin angular momentum, then L.S
does not commute with

(a) S z (b) L2 (c) S 2
(d) L S 2
Ans: (d)





fiziks

Q30. An electron in the ground state of the hydrogen atom has the wave function
r

1
r e a0
a 03
where a0 is constant. The expectation value of the operator Q z 2 r 2 , where
z r cos is
n n 1! )
(Hint: 0
e ar r n dr
a n 1

a n 1
a 02 3a 02
(a) (b) a 02 (c) (d) 2a02
2 2
Ans: (d)
Solution: Q z 2 r 2 a02 3a02 2a02
Q31. A particle of mass m is subjected to a potential
V x, y
1
2

m 2 x 2 y 2 , x , y
The state with energy 4 is g fold degenerate. The value of g is______

Ans: 4
Solution: This is two isotropic dimensional harmonic oscillator the energy eigen value for nth
state is E n (n 1) with degeneracy g n (n 1) so degeneracy for 4 is 4 .
Q32. A hydrogen atom is in the state
8 3 4
200 310 321
21 7 21
where n, l , m in nl m denote the principal. Orbit and magnetic quantum numbers,

respectively. If L is the angular momentum operator, the average value of L2 is
_______ 2
Ans: 2





fiziks

Solution: If L will measure on state the measurement is 0 2 , 2 2 and 6 2 with probability
2
8 3 4 3 4
, and so L2 2 2 6 2 = 2 2
21 7 21 7 21
1
Q33. 1and 2 are two orthogonal states of a spin system. It is given that
2
1 1 2 0
1 ,
3 0 3 1
1 0
where and represent the spin-up and spin-down states, respectively. When the
0 1
system is in the state 2 its probability to be in the spin-up state is _______
2
Ans:
3
1 1 2 0 2 1 1 0
Solution: If is 1 , then 2 ,
3 0 3 1 3 0 3 1
2
so probability that 2 is in up state is
3
Q34. A particle is confined to a one dimensional potential box, with the potential
V x 0, 0xa
, otherwise
If particle is subjected to a perturbation within the box. W x . Where is small
constant, the first order correction to the ground state energy is
(a) 0 (b) a / 4 (c) a / 2 (d) a
Ans: (c)
Solution: First order energy correction is W x the average value position in ground state
a
is x so ans is a / 2
2





fiziks

Q35. A one dimensional harmonic oscillator is in the superposition of number state n given
by
1 3
2 3
2 2
The average energy of the oscillator in the given state is______ .
Ans: 3.25
1 5 3 7
. .
Solution: Average energy will 4 2 4 2 3.25
1 3

4 4
Q36. If L and L are the angular momentum ladder operators then the expectation value of
L L L L in the state l 1, m 1 of an atom is _____ 2
Ans: 2
Solution: L L L L 2( L2 L2z ) 2(l.(l 1) m 2 ) 2 = 2 2
GATE- 2015
1
Q37. An operator for a spin particle is given by A B ,where
2
B
B x y , denotes Pauli matrices and is a constant. The eigenvalues of A are
2
B
(a) (b) B (c) 0, B (d) 0, B
2
Ans.: (b)
B
Solution: A , B x y
2
A x Bx y By z Bz A x Bx y By
0 1 B 0 i B B 0 1 i
A A
1 0 2 i 0 2 2 1 i 0
B 1 i
A I 0 0 B
2 1 i





fiziks

1
Q38. The Pauli matrices for three spin particles are 1 , 2 and 3 , respectively. The
2

dimension of the Hilbert space required to define an operator O 1 2 3 is_______
Ans.: 8
Solution: 2 3 has dimension of 4 and 1. 2 3 has dimension of 2 4 8

Q39. Let L and p be the angular and linear momentum operators, respectively, for a a particle.
The commutator L x , p y gives
(a) i pz (b) 0 (c) i px (d) i pz
Ans.: (d)
Solution: Lx , p y ypz zp y , p y ypz , p y zp y , p y y, p y pz
p y , p y 0 and z , p y 0
Lx , p y ipz y, p y i
3
Q40. Consider a system of eight non-interacting, identical quantum particles of spin in a
2
one dimensional box of length L . The minimum excitation energy of the system, in units
2 2
of is ________
2mL2
Ans.: 5
3 3
Solution: spin degeneracy 2S 1 2 1 4
2 2
22 4 2 2 20 2 2
Eground 4 4
2mL2 2mL2 2mL2
st 22 22 22 2 2
I
Eexcited 4 3 4 1 9 25
2mL2 2mL2 2mL2 2mL2
st 22 22 2 2
Now minimum excitation energy E Eexcited
I
Eground 25 20 5
2mL2 2mL2 2mL2





fiziks

Q41. A particle is confined in a box of length L as shown below.
V0
L/2
If the potential V0 is treated as a perturbation, including the first order correction, the
ground state energy is
2 2 2 2 V0
(a) E V0 (b) E
2mL2 2mL2 2
2 2 V0 2 2 V0
(c) E (d) E
2mL2 4 2mL2 2
Ans.: (d)
L
2
x L
x
Solution: E01 V0 sin 2 dx 0 sin 2 dx
0
L L L
2
L L
V0 2
2 x V0 2 x L 2
E01
2 0
1 cos
L
dx
2 x sin L 2 x
0
V0 2 2 V0
E01 E
2 2mL2 2

Q42. Let the Hamiltonian for two spin- particles of equal masses m , momenta p1 and p2

and positions r1 and r2 be H
1 2
2m
p1
1 2 1
2m

p 2 m 2 r12 r22 k 1 2 , where 1
2

and 2 denote the corresponding Pauli matrices, 0.1eV and k 0.2 eV . If the
ground state has net spin zero, then the energy (in eV ) is ___________
Ans.: -0.3





fiziks

1 2 1 2 1
Solution: H p1 p2 m 2 r12 r22 k 1. 2
2m 2m 2
2 2
1 2 12 22 2 1. 2 2 1. 2 12 22

2 1. 2 0 3I 3I 6 I 1. 2 3
3
Now energy E 2 k 3 3 0.1 0.2 3 0.3 eV
2
Q43. Suppose a linear harmonic oscillator of frequency and mass m is in the state

1 i

0 e 2
1 at t 0 where 0 and 1 are the ground and the first
2

excited states, respectively. The value of x in the units of at t 0 is _____
m
Ans. : 0
1
Solution: 0 e i 1
2 2

x
2m
a a x
2m
a a
1 i 2 1 i

a e 0 and a
0 2 e 2
2
2 2
1 1 i 2 1 1 i 2
x e e 1 1
2m 2 2
0 0
2 2

x 0 0
2m
GATE-2016
Q44. Which of the following operators is Hermitian?
d d2 d2 d3
(a) (b) (c) i (d)
dx dx 2 dx 2 dx 3
Ans.: (b)





fiziks

Q45. The scattering of particles by a potential can be analyzed by Born approximation. In

particular, if the scattered wave is replaced by an appropriate plane wave, the
corresponding Born approximation is known as the first Born approximation. Such an
approximation is valid for
(a) large incident energies and weak scattering potentials.
(b) large incident energies and strong scattering potentials.
(c) small incident energies and weak scattering potentials.
(d) small incident energies and strong scattering potentials.
Ans.: (a)
Q46. Consider an elastic scattering of particles in l 0 states. If the corresponding phase shift
0 is 900 and the magnitude of the incident wave vector is equal to 2 fm 1 then the
total scattering cross section in units of fm 2 is _______.

Ans.: 2
4
Solution: 2l 1 sin l for l 0 it is given 0 90 0 and k 2 fm 1
k 2 l 0
4
sin 90 2
2
Q47. A hydrogen atom is in its ground state. In the presence of a uniform electric field

E E0 z , the leading order change in its energy is proportional to E0 . The value of
n
the exponent n is _______.

Ans.: 2
Solution: First order energy correction is zero 1,0,0 E0 r cos 1,0,0 0
2
n,l ,m E0 r cos 1,0,0
So one need to find correction of second E02
n 1 E10 Em0
So value of n 2





fiziks

Q48. If s1 and s2 are the spin operators of the two electrons of a He atom, the value of

s1 .s 2 for the ground state is
3 3 1 2
(a) 2 (b) 2 (c) 0 (d)
2 4 4
Ans.: (b)
1 1 s s 1 2 s1 s1 1 2 s 2 s 2 1 2
Solution: s s1 s2 s1 , s1 , s 0,1 , s1 .s 2
2 2 2
3 3
22 2 2
4 4 3 2
For s 1, s1.s2
2 4
3 3
02 2 2
4 4 3 2
s 0, s1.s2
2 4
Q49. A two-dimensional square rigid box of side L contains six non-interacting electrons at
T 0 K . The mass of the electron is m . The ground state energy of the system of
2 2
electrons, in units of is _________.
2mL2
Ans.: 24
Solution: 2
1 2

12 2 2
4
2 2

12 2 2

24 2 2
2mL2 2mL2 2mL2
Q50. x , y and z are the Pauli matrices. The expression 2 x y y x is equal to
(a) 3i z (b) i z (c) i z (d) 3i z

Ans.: (c)
Solution: 2 x y y x x y x y y x x y i z
Q51. If x and p are the x components of the position and the momentum operators of a
particle respectively, the commutator x 2 , p 2 is

(a) i xp px (b) 2i xp px (c) i xp px (d) 2i xp px
Ans.: (d)





fiziks

2 2
2

2

Solution: x , p p x , p x p p 2ipx 2ixp 2i xp px

Q52. Let l , m be the simultaneous eigenstates of L2 and L z . Here L is the angular
momentum operator with Cartesian components L x , L y , L z , l is the angular momentum
quantum number and m is the azimuthal quantum number. The value of
1, 0 ( Lx iLy ) 1, 1 is
(a) 0 (b) (c) 2 (d) 3

Ans.: (c)
Solution: 1, 0 ( Lx iLy 1, 1 1, 0 L 1, 1 2 1, 0 1, 0 2
Q53. For the parity operator P , which of the following statements is NOT true?
(a) P P (b) P 2 P (c) P 2 I (d) P P 1
Ans.: (b)
Q54. The state of a system is given by
1 2 2 3 3
Where 1 , 2 and 3 form an orthonormal set. The probability of finding the system
in the state 2 is ________. (Give your answer upto two decimal places)
22 4 4 2
Ans probability that in state 2 0.28
2 2
1 2 32
1 4 9 14 7
Q55. A particle of mass m and energy E , moving in the positive x
V0
direction, is incident on a step potential at x 0 , as indicated in the
E
figure. The height of the potential is V0 , where V0 E . At x x0 ,
1
where x0 0 , the probability of finding the electron is times the
e x0 x x0
2mV0 E
probability of finding it at x 0 . If , the value of x0 is
2
2 1 1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 4





fiziks

Ans.: (c)
1 1
Solution: e 2 x0 e 1 e 2 x0 x0
e 2
GATE-2017
Q56. The Compton wavelength of a proton is.. fm. (up to two decimal places).
Ans. : 3 108
Solution: m p 1.67 1027 kg , h 6.626 1034 Js, e 1.602 1019 C , c 3 108 ms 1
p2 1 2
Q57. A one dimensional simple harmonic oscillator with Hamiltonian H 0 kx is
2m 2
subjected to a small perturbation, H1 x x 3 x 4 . The first order correction to the
ground state energy is dependent on
(a) only (b) and
(c) and (d) only
Ans. : (d)
Solution: H1 x x 3 x 4 E1g x x3 x 4
x 0, x3 0, x 4 0

Q58. For the Hamiltonian H a0 I b . where a0 R, b is a real vector, I is the 2 2

identity matrix, and are the Pauli matrices, the ground state energy is
(a) b (b) 2a0 b (c) a0 b (d) a0
Ans. : (c)
1 0 0 1 0 i 1 0 a0 bz bx iby
Solution: a0 I b . a0 bx by bz
0 1 1 0 i 0 0 1 bx iby a0 bz
a0 bz bx iby
H a0 I b .
bx iby a0 bz





fiziks

a0 bz bx iby
For eigen value 0
b x ib y a0 b z
a0 bz a0 bz bx2 by2 0
1 a0 b , 1 a0 b
Q59. The degeneracy of the third energy level of a 3-dimensional isotropic quantum harmonic
oscillator is
(a) 6 (b) 12 (c) 8 (d) 10
Ans. : (a)
Solution: First energy level is n 0
Second energy level is n 1
Third energy level is n 2
Degeneracy of third level

n 1 n 2 3 4 6
2 2
Q60. A free electron of energy 1 eV is incident upon a one-dimensional finite potential step of
height 0.75 eV . The probability of its reflection from the barrier is. (up to two
decimal places).
Ans. : 0.11
2 2
E E V0 1 0.25 1 0.5 2
Solution: R 0.11

E E V0 1 0.25 1 0.5
Q61. Consider a one-dimensional potential well of width 3nm . Using the uncertainty principle

x p , an estimate of the minimum depth of the well such that it has at least one
2
bound state for an electron is ( me 9.311031 kg , h 6.626 1034 Js,
e 1.602 1019 C )
(a) 1 eV (b) 1meV (c) 1eV (d) 1MeV
Ans. : (b)





fiziks

2
p
Solution: E , p p
2m 2x 2a
so E

2
h

2 6.6 10 34 2
.0011019 J 1 meV
31 18
8ma 2
32 ma
2 2
32 10 9.3110 9 10

x e
2 x2
Q62. The integral dx is equal to.. (up to two decimal places).
0
Ans. : 0.44

x
2
Solution: The given integral is 2
e x dx
0
dt
Let x 2 t then 2 xdx dt dx
2 t
Thus the given integral can be written as
3
dt 1 1 1
t e e t t1/ 2 dt e t t 2 dt
t
0 2 t 20 20
1 3 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 4
Hence the value of the integral up to two decimal places is 0.44 .
Q63. Which one of the following operators is Hermitian?
(a) i
p x x
2
x 2 px
(b) i
p x x
2
x 2 px
2 2
(c) ei px a (d) e i px a
Ans. : (a)
Solution: A i
p x x
2
x 2 px
, A i

p x x p i p x x p
x
2 2
x

x
2 2
x
2 2 2





fiziks

QUANTUM MECHANICS SOLUTIONS
NET/JRF (JUNE-2011)
1
Q1. The wavefunction of a particle is given by 0 i1 , where 0 and 1 are the
2
normalized eigenfunctions with energies E0 and E1 corresponding to the ground state
and first excited state, respectively. The expectation value of the Hamiltonian in the state
is
E E E 2 E1 E 2 E1
(a) 0 E1 (b) 0 E1 (c) 0 (d) 0
2 2 3 3
Ans: (d)
1 H E 0 2 E1
Solution: 0 i1 and H
2 3
Q2. The energy levels of the non-relativistic electron in a hydrogen atom (i.e. in a Coulomb
potential V r 1 / r ) are given by E nlm 1 / n 2 , where n is the principal quantum
number, and the corresponding wave functions are given by nlm , where l is the orbital
angular momentum quantum number and m is the magnetic quantum number. The spin of
the electron is not considered. Which of the following is a correct statement?
(a) There are exactly (2l + 1) different wave functions nlm , for each Enlm.
(b) There are l(l + 1) different wave functions nlm , for each Enlm.
(c) Enlm does not depend on l and m for the Coulomb potential.
(d) There is a unique wave function nlm for each Enlm.
Ans: (c)

Q3. The Hamiltonian of an electron in a constant magnetic field B is given by H B .

where is a positive constant and 1 , 2 , 3 denotes the Pauli matrices. Let
B / and I be the 2 2 unit matrix. Then the operator e i H t / simplifies to

t i B t i B
(a) I cos sin (b) I cos t sin t
2 B 2 B

i B i B
(c) I sin t cos t (d) I sin 2 t cos 2 t
B B





fiziks

Ans: (b)

Solution: H B where 1 , 2 , 3 are pauli spin matrices and B are constant magnetic

field. 1i, 2 j , 3 k , B Bx i By j Bz k and Hamiltonion H B in matrices
Bz Bx iBy
form is given by . Eigenvalue of given matrices are given by
Bx iBy Bz
B and B . H matrices are not diagonals so e i H t / is equivalent to
1 1
iBt
e 0 2 2
S 1 S where S is unitary matrices and S 1 S .
i Bt
1 1
0 e

2 2
1 1 i Bt 1 1
iBt
e 0 2 2 e 0 2 2
S 1 S where B / .
i Bt
1 1 i Bt
1 1
0 e 0 e
2 2 2 2
cos t i sin t
eiHt / which is equivalent to I cos t i x sin t can be written
i sin t cos t

i B i B
as I cos t sin t where x
B B
Q4. If the perturbation H' = ax, where a is a constant, is added to the infinite square well
potential
V x 0 for 0 x
otherwise.
The correction to the ground state energy, to first order in a, is
a a a
(a) (b) a (c) (d)
2 4 2
Ans: (a)

a2 x a 2 x
Solution: E01 0* H ' 0 dx x sin
2
dx 0 sin .
0
0
2





fiziks

Q5. A particle in one dimension moves under the influence of a potential V x ax 6 , where a
is a real constant. For large n the quantized energy level En depends on n as:
(a) En ~ n3 (b) En ~ n4/3 (c) En ~ n6/5 (d) En ~ n3/2
Ans: (d)
p x2 p x2
ax 6 and p x 2mE ax 6 2 .
1
Solution: V x ax 6 , H ax 6 , E
2m 2m
According to W.K.B approximation pdx nh
2m E ax
1/ 2
6
dx n
We can find this integration without solving the integration

Px
1 2mE
2 6 1/ 6 1/ 6
p 2
x p x E 6
E ax 6 1 x
x
at p x 0 . E / a E / a
2m 2mE E / a a x
Area of Ellipse = semi major axis semiminor axis
2mE
1
3
E 6
2mE n E n 2 .
a
1
Q6. (A) In a system consisting of two spin particles labeled 1 and 2, let S 1 1 and
2 2

S 2 2 denote the corresponding spin operators. Here x , y , z and

2
x , y , z are the three Pauli matrices.
In the standard basis the matrices for the operators S x1S y2 and S y1S x2 are respectively,
2 1 0 2 1 0 2 i 0 2 i 0
(a) , (b) ,
4 0 1 4 0 1 4 0 i 4 0 i
0 1 0 0 0 i 0 0
0 0 0 i 2 0 0 0 i
2 0 0 i 0 , 0 0 i 0 2 1 0 0 0 2 i 0 0 0
(c) (d) ,
4 0 i 0 0 4 0 i 0 0 4 0 0 0 i 4 0 0 0 1
i 0 0 0 i
0 0 0
0

0 i 0 0
0 1 0
Ans: (c)





fiziks

0 0 0 i
2
1 2 0
2
1 0 i 0 0 i 0
Solution: Sx Sy
4 1 0 i 0 4 0 i 0 0
i 0 0

0

0 0 0 i
i 0
0
2
1 0 2
0 i 0
S y1 S x 2
4 i 0 1 0 4 0 i 0 0

i 0 0 0
(B) These two operators satisfy the relation

(a) S x1S y2 , S y1S x2 S z1S z2
(b) S x1S y2 , S y1S x2 0
(c) S S , S S iS S
x
1
y
2
y
1
x
2
z
1
z
2
(d) S S , S S 0
x
1
y
2
y
1
x
2
Ans: (d)
Solution: We have matrix Sx1Sy2 and Sy1Sx2 from question 6(A) so commutation is given by
S S , S S 0 .
x
1
y
2
y
1
x
2
NET/JRF (DEC-2011)
Q7. The energy of the first excited quantum state of a particle in the two-dimensional
potential V x, y
1
2

m 2 x 2 4 y 2 is
3 5
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) (d)
2 2
Ans: (d)
1 1 1 1 1
Solution: V x, y m 2 x 2 4 y 2 m2 x 2 m42 y 2 , E n x n y 2
2 2 2 2 2
1 3
For ground state energy n x 0, n y 0 E 2
2 2 2
3 5
First exited state energy n x 1, n y 0
2 2





fiziks

Q8. Consider a particle in a one dimensional potential that satisfies V x V x . Let 0
and 1 denote the ground and the first excited states, respectively, and let
0 0 1 1 be a normalized state with 0 and 1 being real constants. The
expectation value x of the position operator x in the state is given by
(a) 02 0 x 0 12 1 x 1 (b) 0 1 0 x 1 1 x 0
(c) 02 12 (d) 2 0 1
Ans: (b)
Solution: Since V x V x so potential is symmetric.
0 x 0 0 , 1 x 1 0
x 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 x 1 1 x 0
Q9. The perturbation H ' bx 4 , where b is a constant, is added to the one dimensional
1
harmonic oscillator potential V x m 2 x 2 . Which of the following denotes the
2
correction to the ground state energy to first order in b?
[Hint: The normalized ground state wave function of the one dimensional harmonic
1/ 4
m 2
oscillator potential is 0 e m x / 2
. You may use the following

1
n 1
integral x e 2n ax 2
dx a 2
n ].
2
3b 2 3b 2 3b 2 15b 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4m 2 2 2m 2 2 2 m 2 2 4m 2 2
Ans: (a)
1
Solution: H ' bx 4 , V x m 2 x 2 .
2
1/ 4 m x 2
m
Correction in ground state is given by E 0 H ' 0 1
0 where 0 e 2
.





fiziks

1 1
mx 2
m 2

m 2 2 2 mx

2
E bx 0 dx b x e dx b x e
1 * 4 4
dx

0 0

n 1/ 2 1
e dx
2 n n 2
It is given in the equation x n
2
m
Thus n 2 and

1 1 1
2
m 2 2 2 mx m 2 m

2 2 1
E 01 b x e dx b 2

2
1 5
m 2 m 2 5 3 b 2
E b1
.

0
2 4 m 2 2
Q10. Let 0 and 1 denote the normalized eigenstates corresponding to the ground and first
excited states of a one dimensional harmonic oscillator. The uncertainty p in the

1
state 0 1 , is
2
(a) p m / 2 (b) p m / 2
(c) p m (d) p 2m
Ans: (c)
m
Solution:
1
2
0 1 , p i 2 a a
a
1
2
1 1 2 2 and a
1
2
0 10
p i
m
2

a a 0 , p 2
m 2
2

a a 2 2 N 1
m 2 m m 1
p2 a a2 2N 1 2N 1 2 1 m
2 2 2 2
2
p p2 p = m .





fiziks

1
Q11. The wave function of a particle at time t = 0 is given by 0 u1 u 2 , where
2
u1 and u2 are the normalized eigenstates with eigenvalues E1 and E2
respectively, E 2 E1 . The shortest time after which t will become orthogonal to
0 is
2 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2E 2 E1 E 2 E1 E 2 E1 E 2 E1
Ans: (b)
1
iE1t iE2t
1
Solution: 0
2
u1 u2 0
2
u
1 e
u 2 e

iE1t iE2t
1 1
t is orthogonal to 0 0 t 0 e
e
0
2 2
iE1t iE2t iE1t iE2t E2 E1
i
e e 0e e e
1
cos
E2 E1 t cos t
E2 E1
Q12. A constant perturbation as shown in the figure below acts on a particle of mass m
confined in an infinite potential well between 0 and L.
V0 V0
2
0 L
L/2
the first-order correction to the ground state energy of the particle is

V0 3V0 V0 3V0
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 4 4 2
Ans: (b)





fiziks

L
L
2
V 2 x 2 x
Solution: E 1 V p 1
1
1 = 0 sin 2 dx V0 sin 2 dx
0
2 L L L L L
2
L
L
V 2 1 2x 2V 1 2x
E11 0 1 cos dx 0 1 cos dx
L 0 2 L L L 2 L
2
V0 L 2V0 L V0 2V0 3V0

E11 L =
2L 2 2L 2 4 4 4
NET/JRF (JUNE-2012)
Q13. The component along an arbitrary direction n , with direction cosines n x , n y , n z , of the
1
spin of a spin particle is measured. The result is
2
(a) 0 (b)

nz (c)

n x n y n z (d)

2 2 2
Ans: (d)
0 1 0 i 1 0
Solution: S x , S y , S z
2 1 0 2 i 0 2 0 1

n n x i n y j n z k and n x2 n y2 n z2 1 , S S x i S y j S z k
i
0 0 0
2 n 2 +n 2
n S nx
y
i z
0 0
2 2 2

nz

n x in y
nS 2 2

n x in y

nz
2 2

Let is eigen value of n S





fiziks

nz

n x in y
2 2
0

n x in y n z

2 2
n z2 2 2 2 2

2
nz nz
n x n y 0
2 2

n x n y2 0 .
2 2 4 4 4

2 2
4

n x n y2 n z2 2 0 .
2
Q14. A particle of mass m is in a cubic box of size a. The potential inside the box
0 x a,0 y a,0 z a is zero and infinite outside. If the particle is in an
14 2
eigenstate of energy E , its wavefunction is
2ma 2
3/ 2 3/ 2
2 3x 5y 6z 2 7x 4y 3z
(a) sin sin sin (b) sin sin sin
a a a a a a a a
3/ 2 3/ 2
2 4x 8y 2z 2 x 2y 3z
(c) sin sin sin (d) sin sin sin
a a a a a a a a
Ans: (d)
2 14 2 2
2
Solution: E nx ,n y ,nz n x2 n y2 n z2
2ma 2 2ma 2
n x2 n y2 n z2 14 n x 1, n y 2, n z 3 .
Q15. Let nlml denote the eigenfunctims of a Hamiltonian for a spherically symmetric
potential V r . The wavefunction

1
4

210 5 211 10 211 is an eigenfunction
only of
(a) H, L2 and Lz (b) H and Lz (c) H and L2 (d) L2 and Lz
Ans: (c)
Solution: H En
L2 l l 1 2 and Lz m .





fiziks

Q16. 2
The commentator x , p is2

(a) 2ixp (b) 2i ( xp px ) (c) 2ipx (d) 2i ( xp px )
Ans: (b)
Solution: x 2 , p 2 x x, p 2 x, p 2 x xp x, p x x, p p p x, p x x, p px
x 2

, p 2 xpi xi p pi x i px 2ixp px .
Q17. A free particle described by a plane wave and moving in the positive z-direction
undergoes scattering by a potential
V if r R
V r 0
0 if r R
If V0 is changed to 2V0, keeping R fixed, then the differential scattering cross-section, in

the Born approximation.
(a) increases to four times the original value
(b) increases to twice the original value
(c) decreases to half the original value
(d) decreases to one fourth the original value
Ans: (a)
V r V0 , rR
Solution:
0, rR
m 4
Low energy scattering amplitude f , V R 3 and differential scattering is
2 0
2 3
2
d 2 2mV0 R 3
given by 1 f
d 3
2
d 2 2m 2V0 R
3 2
2mV0
Now V r 2V0 for r R 4
d 3 2

d 2 2m 2V0 R
3 2
2mV0 R 3 d
4 4 1

d 3 2
3
2
d





fiziks

Q18. A variational calculation is done with the normalized trial wavefunction
x
15 2
5/ 2

a x 2 for the one-dimensional potential well
4a
0 if x a
V x
if x a
The ground state energy is estimated to be

5 2 3 2 3 2 5 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3ma 2 2ma 2 5ma 2 4ma 2
Ans: (d)
15
Solution: x 5
a 2
x2 , V x 0 , x a and V x , x a
4a 2
2 2
a
E Hdx where H
a
2m x 2
15 2
a
2 d 2 15 2 2
15 2
a
a 4a5/ 2
E a x 2
2 5/ 2
a x dx 5
a 2 x 2 2dx
2m dx 4a 16a 2m a
a
15 2 2 15 2 4a 3 5 2
E
16a 5 2m a
a 2
x 2
dx =
16a 5 m 3

4ma 2
Q19. A particle in one-dimension is in the potential

if x 0

V x V0 if 0 x l
0 if x l

If there is at least one bound state, the minimum depth of potential is
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
8ml 2 2ml 2 ml 2 ml 2
Ans: (a)





fiziks

Solution: For bound state V0 E 0
Wave function in region I, I 0 , II A sin kx B cos kx , III cex

2mV0 E 2m E V0 o
Where k , . l
2 2
Use Boundary condition at x 0 and x l (wave function is continuous and differential
at x 0 and x l ) one will get
k cot kl kl cot kl l cot where l , kl .
2mV0l 2

2 2
2
1/ 2 o 3
2mV0l 2 2 2
For one bound state V0 . 2
2

2
2 8ml 2
Q20. Which of the following is a self-adjoint operator in the spherical polar coordinate
system r , , ?
i i
(a) (b) i (c) (d) i sin
sin 2 sin
Ans: (c)
i
Solution: is Hermitian.
sin





fiziks

NET/JRF (DEC-2012)
Q21. Let v, p and E denote the speed, the magnitude of the momentum, and the energy of a
free particle of rest mass m. Then
(a) dE constant (b) p = mv

dp
(c) v cp (d) E = mc2

p m c
2 2 2
Ans: (c)
m0 v m02 v 2 p 2v 2
Solution: p mv p2 m 2 2
0 v p 2

v2 v2 c2
1 1 2
c2 c
2 p2 p2 pc
2

v m0 2 p v 2 2
2 2
v
c m0 c p 2 p m02 c 2
2
c2
Q22. The wave function of a state of the Hydrogen atom is given by,
200 2 211 3 210 2 211
where nlm is the normalized eigen function of the state with quantum numbers n, l, m in
the usual notation. The expectation value of Lz in the state is

15 11 3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6 6 8 8
Ans: (d)
1 2 3 2
Solution: Firstly normalize , 200 211 210 211
16 16 16 16
1 9 10
P0 .
16 16 16
4 2
Probability of getting (i) i.e. Pi and P i .
16 16
Lz 10 4 2 4 2 2
Now, Lz 0 1 1
16 16 16 16 16 16 8





fiziks

1
Q23. The energy eigenvalues of a particle in the potential V x m 2 x 2 ax are
2
1 a2 1 a2
(a) En n (b) En n
2 2m 2 2 2m 2
1 a2 1
(c) En n (d) En n
2 m 2 2
Ans: (a)
p x2 1
Solution: Hamiltonian H of Harmonic oscillator, H m 2 x 2
2m 2
1
Eigenvalue of this, E n n
2
p x2 1 p2 1 2ax a2 a2
But here, H m 2 x 2 ax H x m 2 x 2
2m 2 2m 2 m 2 m 2 4 2m 2
2
p x2 1 2 a a2
H m x
2m 2 m 2 2m 2
1 a2
Energy eigenvalue, E n n
2 2m 2
Q24. If a particle is represented by the normalized wave function

15 a 2 x 2
for a x a
x 4a 5 / 2
0 otherwise

the uncertainty p in its momentum is
(a) 2 / 5a (b) 5 / 2a (c) 10 / a (d) 5 / 2a

Ans: (d)
2
Solution: p p2 p and





fiziks

i
15 a 2 x 2
a
2
p

x i 15 a x 2 dx
a 4a 5/2
4a x
5/ 2
a a

15
i a 2 x 2 2 x dx ih 2 155
a
2
x x 3 dx
a 16a
5
16 a a
odd func n
=0
a
2 2

15
p 2
2
a x
2
a x 2 dx
2
16a 5 a x 2
a
a
2 x3

15
2
16a 5
2 a 2
x 2
dx 2

15
16a 5
2 a x
3 a
a
15 3 2a 3 15 3 1 15 2 2
2 2a 2 2a 1
2 2
2
16a 5 3 16 3 4a 3
5 2
p2
2a 2
2 5 2 5
Now, p p2 p 0
2a 2 2a
Q25. Given the usual canonical commutation relations, the commutator A, B of
A i xp y yp x and B yp z zp y is
(a) xp z p x z (b) xp z p x z
(c) xp z p x z (d) xp z p x z
Ans: (c)

Solution: A, B ixp y iyp x , yp z zp y
A, B ixp y , yp z i yp x , yp z ixp y , zp y iyp x , zp y
A, B ixp y , yp z 0 0 iyp x , zp y ixp y , yp z iyp x , zp y
A, B ix p y , yp z ix, yp z p y iy p x , zp y iy, zp y p x
A, B ix p y , yp z 0 0 iy, zp y p x ix p y , yp z iy, zp y p x





fiziks

A, B ix i p z izi p x
A, B xp z p x z
Q26. Consider a system of three spins S1, S2 and S3 each of which can take values +1 and -1.
The energy of the system is given by E J S1 S 2 S 2 S 3 S 3 S1 where J is a positive
constant. The minimum energy and the corresponding number of spin configuration are,
respectively,
(a) J and 1 (b) 3 J and 1 (c) 3 J and 2 (d) 6 J and 2
Ans: (c)
Solution: If we take S1 S2 S3 1 i.e.
S1 S2 S3
Then energy, E J 1 1 1 1 1 1 3J
Again S1 S2 S3 1 , then
Energy E 3J
So, minimum energy is 3J and there are two spin configuration.
If we take
S1 S2 S3
Then we get Maximum energy E J .

1
Q27. The energies in the ground state and first excited state of a particle of mass m in a
2
potential V x are 4 and 1 , respectively, (in units in which 1 ). If the
corresponding wavefunctions are related by 1 x 0 x sinh x, then the ground state

eigenfunction is
(a) 0 x sec hx (b) 0 x sec hx
(c) 0 x sec h 2 x (d) 0 x sec h 3 x

Ans: (c)
Solution: Given that ground state energy E0 4 , first excited state energy E1 1 and 0 , 1
are corresponding wave functions.





fiziks

1
Solving Schrdinger equation (use m and 1 )
2
2 2 0 2 0
V 0 E0 0 2 V 0 4 0 ..(1)
2m x 2 x
2 2 1 2 1
V 1 E1 1 2 V 1 1 1 ..(2)
2m x 2 x
Put 1 0 sinh x in equation (2) one will get
2
20 .sinh x 2 0 cosh x 0 sinh x V 0 sinh x 0 sinh x
x x
2
20 2 0 coth x 0 V 0 0
x x
2 0 0 2 0
V 0 2 coth x 0 0 using relation 2 V 0 4 0
x x x
2

0 d 0
4 0 2 coth x 0 0 2 tanh xdx 0 sec h 2 x .
x 0
NET/JRF (JUNE-2013)
Q28. In a basis in which the z - component S z of the spin is diagonal, an electron is in a spin
1 i / 6
state . The probabilities that a measurement of S z will yield the values
2/3
/ 2 and / 2 are, respectively,

(a) 1/ 2 and 1/ 2 (b) 2 / 3 and 1/ 3 (c) 1/ 4 and 3 / 4 (d) 1/ 3 and 2 / 3
Ans: (d)
1 0
Solution: Eigen state of S z is 1 and 2 corresponds to Eigen value and
0 1 2 2
respectively.
2 2
1 1 i
2
2 1 2 2
P , P
2 6 6 3 2 3





fiziks

Q29. Consider the normalized state of a particle in a one-dimensional harmonic oscillator:
b1 0 b2 1
where 0 and 1 denote the ground and first excited states respectively, and b1 and b2
are real constants. The expectation value of the displacement x in the state will be a
minimum when
1 1
(a) b2 0, b1 1 (b) b2 b1 (c) b2 b1 (d) b2 b1
2 2
Ans: (d)
Solution: x b12 0 x 0 b22 1 x 1 2b1b2 0 x 1
Since 0 x 0 0 and 1 x 1 0 x 2b1b2 0 x 1 .
Min of x means min 2b1b2 . We know that b12 b22 1.
x min
2
2

b1 b2 b12 b22 0 x 1 b1 b2 1 0 x 1 1 b1 b2 0 x 1
2

for min value of 1 b1 b2 there must be maximum of b1 b2 so
2 2
b1 b2

none of answer is matched but if we consider about magnitude then option (d) is correct .
Q30. The un-normalized wavefunction of a particle in a spherically symmetric potential is
given by

r zf r
where f r is a function of the radial variable r . The eigenvalue of the operator

L2 (namely the square of the orbital angular momentum) is
(a) 2 / 4 (b) 2 / 2 (c) 2 (d) 2 2
Ans: (d)
Solution: r zf r r cos f r
r Y10 , , L2 r L2Y10 , where l 1
L2 l l 1 2 11 1 2 2 2





fiziks

Q31. If nlm denotes the eigenfunciton of the Hamiltonian with a potential V V r then the
expectation value of the operator L2x L2y in the state

1
5

3 211 210 15 211
is
(a) 39 2 / 25 (b) 13 2 / 25 (c) 2 2 (d) 26 2 / 25
Ans: (d)
Solution: L2x L2y L2 L2z L2x L2y L2 L2z L2 L2z
9 1 15
L2 L2z = 2 2 1 2 0 2 1 2
25 25 25
24 2 50 24 2 26 2
L2 L2z 2 2
25 25 25
Q32. Consider a two-dimensional infinite square well
0 0 x a, 0 ya
V x, y
otherwise
2 n xx n y y
Its normalized Eigenfunctions are nx ,n y x, y sin sin
a a a
a a
V 0 x , 0 y
where n x , n y 1,2,3, ..If a perturbation H ' 0 2 2
0 otherwise
is applied, then the correction to the energy of the first excited state to order V0 is
V0 V0 64
(a)
4
(b)
4 1 9 2
V0 16 V0 32
(c)
4 1 9 2 (d)
4 1 9 2
Ans: (b)
Solution: For first excited state, which is doubly degree





fiziks

2 x 2 y 2 2 x y
1 sin sin , 2 sin sin
a a a a a a
2 a / 2 2 x 2 a / 2 2 2 y 1 1 V
H11 1 H 1 V0
a 0
sin
a
dx sin
a 0 a
dy V0 0
2 2 4
2 a/2 x 2 x 2 a / 2 2 y y
H12 1 H 2 V0
a 0
sin
a
sin
a
dx sin
a 0 a
sin
a
dy
4 4 16 16 V
H 12 V0 V0 , H 21 2 H 1 V0 2 and H 22 2 H 2 0 .
3 3 9 9
2
4
V0 16V0
2 2
Thus 4 9 2 0 V0 16V0 0
16V0 V0
4 9
2

9 2 4
V 16V0 V 64
0 0 1 2
4 9 2
4 9
Q33. The bound on the ground state energy of the Hamiltonian with an attractive delta-
function potential, namely
2 d 2
a x
H
2m dx 2
using the variational principle with the trial wavefunction x A exp bx 2 is

Note : 0 e t a
t dt a 1

(a) ma 2 / 4 2 (b) ma 2 / 2 2
(c) ma 2 / 2 (d) ma 2 / 5 2
Ans: (c)
2b 2b 2b 2b
Solution: For given wavefunction T and V a E a
2m 2m
d E d E 2 2 1 12 4
For variation of parameter 0 a b 0b .
db db 2m 2 8m 2
ma 2
E .
min
2





fiziks

Q34. If the operators A and B satisfy the commutation relation A, B I , where I is the
identity operator, then

(a) e A , B e A
(b) e A , B e B , A
(c) e , B e
A B
,A (d) e , B I
A
Ans: (a)
A A2
Solution: A, B I and e 1 .......
A
1 2
A2 , B A3 , B

A A2
e , B 1
A
......., B = 1, B A, B .........
1 2 2 3
e , B 0 I AA, B2!A, BA AA , B3!A , BA ...........

2 2
A
e , B 1 A A2! ........ e
2
A A
where A, B I , A 2 , B 2 A and A3 , B 3 A 2 .
Q35. Two identical bosons of mass m are placed in a one-dimensional potential

1
V x m 2 x 2 . The bosons interact via a weak potential,
2

V12 V0 exp m x1 x 2 / 4
2

where x1 and x 2 denote coordinates of the particles. Given that the ground state
1
mx 2
m 4
wavefunction of the harmonic oscillator is 0 x e 2
. The ground state

energy of the two-boson system, to the first order in V0 , is
V0
(a) 2V0 (b)

1

2
(c) V0 1 (d) V0 1
2
Ans: (c)





fiziks

Solution: There is two bosons trapped in harmonic oscillator so energy for ground state without

perturbation is 2. .
2
If perturbation is introduced we have to calculate V1,2 where

V12 V0 exp m x1 x 2 / 4 .
2

1
m x12 m x22
m 2
is very tedious task.
But calculating V1,2 on state 0 x e 2
e 2

So lets use a trick i.e perturbation is nothing but approximation used in Taylor series. So

just expand V12 V0 exp m x1 x 2 / 4 and take average value of first term
2
x1 x2
2

V12 V0 exp m x1 x 2 / 4 = V0 (1
2
4
...)
V12 V0 (1

m x12 x22 2 x1.x2 ...)
4

V1,2 = V0 (1

m x12 x22 2 x1 . x2 ...) = V (1 m( 2m 2m 0) )...
o
4 4
1
2
V12 Vo (1 ) V0 1 .
4 2
1
2
So E V0 1 .
2





fiziks

NET/JRF (DEC-2013)
1 1 1 i
Q36. A spin - particle is in the state in the eigenbasis of S 2 and S z . If we
2 11 3
h h
measure S z , the probabilities of getting and , respectively are
2 2
1 1 2 9 1 3
(a) and (b) and (c) 0 and 1 (d) and
2 2 11 11 11 11
Ans: (b)
2
1 1 i 1 2
Solution: P 10 2 1
2 11 3 2 11
2
1 1 i 9
P
2
01
11 3 11

i.e. probability of S z getting and
2 2
Q37. The motion of a particle of mass m in one dimension is described by the

p2 1
Hamiltonian H m 2 x 2 x . What is the difference between the (quantized)
2m 2
energies of the first two levels? (In the following, x is the expectation value of x in the
ground state.)
2
(a) x (b) x (c) (d)
2m 2
Ans: (d)
p2 1 1
Solution: H m 2 x 2 x V x m 2 x 2 x
2m 2 2
1 2 1 2 2 2 2
V x m 2 x 2 x m x 2 x
2 m 2 2 m 2 m 2 4 m 2 4
2
1 2
V x m 2 x
2 m 2 2m 2
1 2 3 1
En n E1 E0
2 2m 2
2 2





fiziks

Q38. Let nlm denote the eigenfunctions of a Hamiltonian for a spherically symmetric
potential V r . The expectation value of Lz in the state

1
6

200 5 210 10 211 20 211 is
5 5 5
(a) (b) (c) (d)
18 6 18
Ans: (d)
1 5 10 20 10 5
Solution: Lz L z = 0 0 (1) (1) = 1
36 36 36 36 36 18
Q39. If x A exp x 4 is the eigenfunction of a one dimensional Hamiltonian with
eiggenvalue E 0 , the potential V x (in units where 2m 1 ) is
(a) 12 x 2 (b) 16 x 6 (c) 16 x 6 12 x 2 (d) 16 x 6 12 x 2

Ans: (d)
Solution: Schrodinger equation
2 V 0 (where 2m 1 and E 0 )
2
x
4

2 Ae x VAe x 0 e x 4 x3 Ve x 0
4
x
4
4

4 3x 2 e x x 3 4 x 3 e x
4
Ve x4 4 4
0 12 x 2 e x 16 x 6 e x Ve x 0
4
V 16 x 6 12 x 2
Q40. A particle is in the ground state of an infinite square well potential given by,
0 for a x a
V x
otherwise
a a
The probability to find the particle in the interval between and is
2 2
1 1 1 1 1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 2 2
Ans: (b)





fiziks

a a
Solution: The probability to find the particle in the interval between and is
2 2
x x x 1 1 2x
a/2 a/2 a/2
2 2 1
cos cos dx cos 2 dx 1 cos dx
a / 2
2a 2a 2a 2a a / 2
a 2a a 2 a / 2 2a
a/2
1 a x 1 a a a 1 2a 1 1
x sin 1 1 a
2a a a / 2 2a 2 2 2a 2
Q41. The expectation value of the x - component of the orbital angular momentum L x in the
state
1
5

3 2,1, 1 5 2,1,0 11 2,1, 1
(where nlm are the eigenfunctions in usual notation), is
(a)
10
25
11 3 (b) 0 (c)
10
25
11 3 (d) 2
Ans: (a)
Solution: L l , m l l 1 m m 1 l , m 1 and L l , m l l 1 m m 1 l , m 1
L L L L
Lx Lx
2 2
1
L 3 2 210 5 2 211
5
1 1 1
L .3 10 110 10(3 11)
25 25 25
1
L 2 5 211 2 11 210
5
1 1
L .3 10 10 11
25 25
L L 1
Lx = 10(3 11)
2 25
Lx
1
25
.3 10
1
25
10 11 =
10
25
11 3





fiziks

Q42. A particle is prepared in a simultaneous eigenstate of L2 and Lz . If l 1 2 and m are
respectively the eigenvalues of L2 and Lz , then the expectation value L2x of the particle
in this state satisfies

(a) L2x 0 (b) 0 L2x 2 2
1 2 2 1 2
(c) 0 L2x (d) L2x
2 2 2
Ans: (d)
1
Solution: L2x
2

l l 1 2 m 2 2
For max value m 0 and for min m l
l 2 l l 1 2
L2x
2 2
A, B, C are Non zero Hermitian operator.
A, B C AB BA AB Ab 0 C
but C0
if AB BA ie A, B C false (2)





fiziks

NET/JRF (JUNE-2014)
Q43. Consider a system of two non-interacting identical fermions, each of mass m in an

infinite square well potential of width a . (Take the potential inside the well to be zero
and ignore spin). The composite wavefunction for the system with total energy
5 2 2
E is
2ma 2
2 x1 2x 2 2x1 x 2
(a) sin sin sin sin
a a a a a
2 x1 2x 2 2x1 x 2
(b) sin sin sin sin
a a a a a
2 x1 3x 2 3x1 x 2
(c) sin sin sin sin
a a 2a 2a a
2 x1 x 2 x x
(d) sin cos sin 2 cos 2
a a a a a
Ans: (a)
Solution: Fermions have antisymmetric wave function
2 x1 2 x2 2 x1 x2
x1 x2 sin sin sin sin
a a a a a
5 2 2
En nx1 1, nx2 2
2ma 2
Q44. A particle of mass m in the potential V x, y

1
2

m 2 4 x 2 y 2 , is in an eigenstate of
5
energy E . The corresponding un-normalized eigen function is
2
m m
(a) y exp 2 x 2 y 2

(b) x exp 2 x 2 y 2

2 2
m 2 m 2
(c) y exp x y 2

(d) xy exp x y 2

2 2





fiziks

Ans: (a)
m 2 4 x 2 y 2 , E
1 5
Solution: V x, y
2 2
1 1
V x, y m 2 x 2 m 2 y 2
2
2 2
1 1 1 1
Now, E n n x x n y y n x 2 n y
2 2 2 2
3
En 2 n x n y
2
5
En when n x 0 and n y 1 .
2
Q45. A particle of mass m in three dimensions is in the potential
0 ra
V r
ra
Its ground state energy is
2 2 2 2 3 2 2 9 2 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2ma 2 ma 2 2ma 2 2ma 2
Ans: (a)
2 d u r l l 1
2
Solution: 2
V r u r Eu r
2m dr 2mr 2
d 2u r 2mE
2
Ku r K , l 0, V r 0
dr 2
u r A sin Kr B cos Kr
Using boundary condition, B 0,
22
u r A sin Kr , r a, u r 0 sin Ka 0 Ka n E n 1
2ma 2





fiziks

1
Q46. Given that p r i , the uncertainty p r in the ground state.
r r
1
0 r e r / a0
a 3
0
of the hydrogen atom is

2 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
a0 a0 2a 0 a0
Ans: (a)
1 1
Solution: p r i , 0 r e r / a0
r r a0
3
2
Pr Pr2 Pr

1 r / a
1 e 0
Now Pr e r / a 0 i 4 r dr
2
0 a 03 r r a 03
4 i r / a0 r / a0 1 1 r / a0 2

r dr
a 03 0
e e
e
a0 r
4 i 1

2 r / a0 2
3
e r dr re 2 r / a0 dr
a 0 a 0 0 0
4 i 1 2 ! 1 !

a03 a0 2 / a0 3 2 / a0 2

4 i a02 a02
0 Pr 0
a03 4 4
1

2 2 2 r / a0
3 4 r dr
r / a0
Pr2 2 e 2
e
a 0 0 r r r
4 2 r / a r / a 1 2 1 r / a 2
e 0 e 0 2 e 0 r dr
a03 0 a0 r a0





fiziks

4 2 1 4 2 1 2 ! 2 1 !

2
3 2 r 2 e 2 r / a0 dr re 2 r / a0 dr 3 2
a0 0 a0 a0 0 a0 a0 2 / a0 3 a0 2 / a0 2

4 2 2 ! a03 2 a02 4 2 a0 a0 4 2 a0 2
4 3 2
a03 a02 8 a0 4 a03 2 a0 4 a0
2 2
P Pr2 Pr 2
0
a0 a0
Q47. The ground state eigenfunction for the potential V x x where x is the delta
function, is given by x Ae
x
, where A and 0 are constants. If a perturbation
H bx 2 is applied, the first order correction to the energy of the ground state will be
b b 2b b
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 2
2
2
2 2
Ans: (d)
Solution: V x x , x Ae
x
1 x e x

E 1 H 1 e x bx 2 e x dx
1
1

0

e bx dx b e x dx b x e dx x e dx b 2 x e dx
2 x 2 2 x 2 2 2 x 2 2 x 2 2x
0 0

2! 2! b

2 x
e bx 2
dx 2b 3
2 b 3
2 8 2 2
Q48. An electron is in the ground state of a hydrogen atom. The probability that it is within the
Bohr radius is approximately equal to
(a) 0.60 (b) 0.90 (c) 0.16 (d) 0.32
Ans: (d)





fiziks

2
a0 a0
1 4
4 r dr 2 r e
r / a0 2 2 2 r / a0
Solution: Probability: e dr
0 a 3
0
ao 0
2
2 2 r / a0
a0 a0 a0
1 4 a0 2 r / a0 a0 a0
e r / a0
4 r dr 3
2
r e 2 2r e
2 2
0 a03 a0 0 0
a0 a0 a0
a0

2e 2 r / a0 2 2 2
0
4 2 2aa0 a0 a02 2 a0 / a0 a03 2 a0 / a0 0 a0

3

a0 e 0 2 2 a0 e e 2 e
a03 4 4 8
4 a03 1 a03 1 a03 a03 5 1 1

4 2 5 2 1
a03 2 e
2
2 e 2
4e 2
4 4e 4 e
5 0.137 1 0.685 1 0.32
Q49. A particle in the infinite square well

0 0xa
V x
otherwise
is prepared in a state with the wavefunction
3 x
A sin 0 xa
x a
0 otherwise

The expectation value of the energy of the particle is
5 2 2 9 2 2 9 2 2 2 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2ma 2 2ma 2 10ma 2 2ma 2
Ans: (c)
3 x
0 0 xa A sin 0 xa
Solution: V x x a
otherwise , 0 otherwise





fiziks

x 3 x 1 3 x
x A sin 3 A sin A sin sin 3 A 3sin A 4 sin 3 A
a 4 a 4 a
3 x 1 3 x A a 2 x a 2 3 x
A sin A sin 3sin sin
4 a 4 a 4 2 a a 2 a a
A a a
x 3 1 x 3 x
4 2 2
a 2 a 2 10a 2 32
1 9 A A 1 A 1 A
32 32 32 10a
1 a 32 a 32
x 3. 1 x 3 x
4 2 10a 2 10a
3 1
x 1 x 3 x
10 10
2 2 9 2 2
Now, E1 , E2 E an P an
2ma 2 2ma 2
2 2
1 9 2 1
Probably P E1 , P E2
10 10
9 2 2 1 9 2 2 9 2 2
E E
10 2ma 2 10 2ma 2 10ma 2





fiziks

NET/JRF (DEC-2014)
Q50. Suppose Hamiltonian of a conservative system in classical mechanics is H xp , where
is a constant and x and p are the position and momentum respectively. The
corresponding Hamiltonian in quantum mechanics, in the coordinate representation, is
1 1
(a) i x (b) i x
x 2 x 2
i
(c) ix (d) x
x 2 x
Ans: (b)
Solution: Classically H xp , quantum mechanically H must be Hermitian,

So, H xp px and H xp px
2 2
i x
H x i i x x
2 x x 2 x x
i i
H 2x 2 x 1
2 x 2 x
1
H i x
x 2
Q51. Let 1 and 2 denote the normalized eigenstates of a particle with energy eigenvalues
E1 and E2 respectively, with E 2 E1 . At time t 0 the particle is prepared in a state
1
t 0 1 2
2
The shortest time T at which t T will be orthogonal to t 0 is
2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
E 2 E1 E 2 E1 2E 2 E1 4E 2 E1
Ans: (b)
1 1 iE1T 1 iE2T
Solution: t 0 1 2 and t T e 1 e 2
2 2 2





fiziks

iE1 iE2 iE iE T
1 T 1 T 1T 2T i E2 E1
*
0 T dx 0 e e 0 e
e
e
1
2 2
T
Equate real part cos E2 E1 1 T cos 1 1
E2 E1 E2 E1
Q52. Consider the normalized wavefunction
a1 11 a 2 10 a3 11
where lm is a simultaneous normalized eigenfunction of the angular momentum
operators L2 and Lz , with eigenvalues l l 1 2 and m respectively. If is an

eigenfunction of the operator L x with eigenvalue , then
1 1 1 1
(a) a1 a3 , a2 (b) a1 a3 , a2
2 2 2 2
1 1 1
(c) a1 a3 , a2 (d) a1 a 2 a3
2 2 3
Ans: (b)
L L
Solution: Lx
2
For L , L a1 11 a2 10 a3 11 a1 0 12 a2 2 11 a3 2 10
a2 2 11 a3 2 10
For L , L a1 11 a2 10 a3 11 a1 2 10 a2 2 11
L L
Given
2
L L 1
a2 2 11 a1 a3 2 10 a2 2 11
2 2
L L
a1 11 a2 10 a3 11 (Given)
2
a2
Thus a1 a2 2a1
2





fiziks

a1 a3 a a a a2
a2 1 3 2a1 2 a3 a12 a22 2 1
2 2 2 2
1 1
a1 a3 , a2
2 2
Q53. Let x and p denote, respectively, the coordinate and momentum operators satisfying the
canonical commutation relation x, p i in natural units 1 . Then the commutator
x, pe is
p
(a) i 1 p e p (b) i 1 p 2 e p (c) i 1 e p (d) ipe p

Ans: (a)
Solution: x, p i
p 2 p3
x, pe p x, p e p p x, e p ie p p x,1 p ....
2 3
p2 2ip 3ip 2
ie p p x,1 x, p x, .... ie p p 0 i ......
2 2 3
p3
x, pe p ie p i p p 2 ..... ie p ipe p i 1 p e p
2

Q54. Let 1 , 2 , 3 , where 1 , 2 , 3 are the Pauli matrices. If a and b are two

arbitrary constant vectors in three dimensions, the commutator a , b is equal to (in
the following I is the identity matrix)

(a) a b 1 2 3
(b) 2i a b

(c) a b I

(d) a b I
Ans: (b)

Solution: a a1i a2 j a3 k , b b1i b2 j b3 k , x i y j z k

a , b a1 x a2 y a3 z , b1 x b2 y b3 z

a , b a1b1 x , x a1b2 x , y a1b3 x , z a2b1 y , x a2b2 y , y

a2b3 y , z a3b1 z , x a3b2 z , y a3b3 z , z





fiziks

a1b1 0 a1b2 2i z 2ia1b3 y a2b1 2i z 0 a2b3 2i x a3b1 2i y a3b2 2i x 0

a , b 2i a b
Q55. The ground state energy of the attractive delta function potential
V x b x ,
where b 0 , is calculated with the variational trial function
x
A cos , for a x a,
x 2a
0, otherwise,
is
mb 2 2mb 2 mb 2 mb 2
(a) 2 2 (b) 2 2 (c) (d)
2 2 2 4 2 2
Ans: (b)
x
Solution: V x b x ; b 0 and x A cos ; a x a
2a
2 x
Normalized cos
2a 2a
2 2
a 2 2
T dx
*
a 2 m x 2 8ma 2
a 2 b
V * b x dx b
a 2a a
2 2 b
E 2

8ma a
E 2 2 2 b 2 2 2 2
0 b 0 a
a 8ma 3 a2 4ma 4ma
b 4mb b 4mb
2
22
2 2
2mb 2
Put the value of a in equation: E 2 2 2 2
8ma 2 a 8m 2 2
2





fiziks

Q56. Let c0 0 c1 1 (where c 0 and c1 are constants with c02 c12 1 ) be a linear
combination of the wavefunctions of the ground and first excited states of the one-
dimensional harmonic oscillator. For what value of c 0 is the expectation value x a
maximum?
1 1
(a) x , c0 (b) x , c0
m 2 2m 2
1 1
(c) x , c0 (d) x , c0
2m 2 m 2
Ans: (c)
Solution: c0 0 c1 1
X X

X 2c0 c1 0 X 1 c02 c12 c0 c1 0 X 1 1 c0 c1 0 X 1
2 2

1
For max X c0 c1 c02 c12 1 c0
2
1 1
X 2 0 X 1 0 X 1
2 2

2m
0 aa 1
X
2m
Q57. Consider a particle of mass m in the potential V x a x , a 0 . The energy eigen-
values E n n 0, 1, 2, .... , in the WKB approximation, are

1/ 3 2/3
3a 1 3a 1
(a) n (b) n
4 2m 2 4 2m 2
4/3
3a 1 3a 1
(c) n (d) n
4 2m 2 4 2m 2
Ans: (b)
Solution: V x a x , x0





fiziks

2 1
According to W.K.B., pdq n where 1 and 2 are positive mid point
1 2
P2
E a x P 2m E a x
2m E / E /
1
2m E a x dx n
E/
E /
2
0 E / 1
2m E ax dx 2m E ax dx n
E / 0
2
E / 1
2 2m E ax dx n
0
2
2m E ax t At x 0, t 2mE; x E / a, t 0
2madx dt
2 mE
2 mE 1 2 1
2ma t dt n 2ma t
1/ 2
n
0
2 3 0 2
4 1 4 1
n ma 2mE n
2 mE 3/ 2
ma t 3/2
3 0
2 3 2
2/3
4 1 3a 1
23/ 2 am5 / 2 E 3/ 2 n E n
3 2 4 2m 2
Q58. The Hamiltonian H 0 for a three-state quantum system is given by the matrix
1 0 0 0 1 0

H 0 0 2 0 . When perturbed by H 1 0 1 where 1 , the resulting shift
0 0 2 0 1 0

in the energy eigenvalue E 0 2 is
(a) , 2 (b) , 2 (c) (d) 2

Ans: None of the answer is correct.
1 0 0 0 1 0
Solution: H 0 0 2 0 , H 0 1 0 1

0 0 2 0 1 0





fiziks

2 0 0 1
0 2 in H 0 is not 0 1 0 in H because H is not in block diagonal form. So we
must diagonalised whole H . The Eigen value at H 0, 2 0 , 2 0 .
0 0 0

After diagonalisation H 0 0 2 0 , 0 is correction for Eigenvalue at H 0 .
0 0 2
So 2 0 is the correction for eigenvalue of H 0 2

None of the answer is correct.
NET/JRF (JUNE-2015)
Q59. The ratio of the energy of the first excited state E1 , to that of the ground state E0 , to that
L
of a particle in a three-dimensional rectangular box of side L, L and , is
2
(a) 3 : 2 (b) 2 :1 (c) 4 :1 (d) 4 : 3
Ans. (a)
22
Solution: E nx2 n y2 4nz2
2
2mL
For ground state nz 1, n y 1, nz 1
6 2 2
E0
2mL2
For first excited state. nx 1, n y 2nz 1
22 9 2 2
2
E E1 1 4 4
2mL 2mL2
E1 9 3

E0 6 2





fiziks

Q60. If Li are the components of the angular momentum operator L , then the operator

i 1,2,3 L, Li equals

(a) L (b) 2 L (c) 3L (d) L
Ans. (b)

Solution: Let L Lxi Ly j Lz k
x 1, y 2, z 3

L, Lx Ly , Lx j Lz , Lx k iLz j Ly k i

L, Lx , Lx i Lz , Lx j Ly , Lx i i .i Ly j i Lz i Lz i .k 2 Ly j Lz k

similarly L, Ly Ly Lx i Lz k
2

L, Lz Lz 2 Lx i Ly j

L, Li Li 2 2 Lx i Ly j Lz k 2 L put 1
i 1,2,3

Q61. The wavefunction of a particle in one-dimension is denoted by x in the coordinate

ipx
representation and by p x e
dx in the momentum representation. If the
action of an operator T on x is given by T x x a , where a is a constant
then T p is given by
iap
i
(a) ap p (b) e
p

iap
i
(c) e
p (d) 1 ap p

Ans. (c)
ipx
Solution: p x e
dx
T x x a





fiziks

ipx ipx ipa ip x a
T p T x e
dx x a e
dx e
x a e
dx
ipa
T p e p
Q62. The differential cross-section for scattering by a target is given by

d
, a 2 b2 cos 2
d
If N is the flux of the incoming particles, the number of particles scattered per unit time
is
4 1
(a)
3

N a2 b2 (b) 4 N a 2 b 2
6
1 1 1
(c) 4 N a 2 b 2 (d) 4 N a 2 b 2
2 3 3
Ans. (d)
d
Solution: a 2 b 2 cos 2
d
2 2
2 b2
a 2 sin d d b 2 cos 2 sin d d a 2 .4 b 2 .2 4 a 2
0 0 0 0
3 3
b2
number of particle per unit .N 4 N a 2
3
1
Q63. A particle of mass m is in a potential V m 2 x 2 , where is a constant. Let
2
m ip da
a x . In the Heisenberg picture is given by
2 m dt
(a) a (b) i a (c) a (d) i a

Ans. (b)
1
Solution: V m 2 x 2
2





fiziks

m ip
a x
2 m
da 1 a a
a, H 0
dt i t t
1 m p 2 im 2 1 m 2 p i
x, px, x 2 i 2 x i
i 2 2m 2m i 2 2m 2
m p m ip
i x i x i a
2 m 2 m
Q64. Two different sets of orthogonal basis vectors
1 0 1 1 1 1
, and , are given for a two dimensional real vector space.
0 1 2 1 2 1
The matrix representation of a linear operator A in these bases are related by a unitary
transformation. The unitary matrix may be chosen to be
0 1 0 1
(a) (b)
1 0 1 0
1 1 1 1 1 0
(c) (d)
2 1 1 2 1 1
Ans. (c)
1 0
Solution: u1
0 1
1 1 1
u2
2 1 1
1 1 1
u u1 u2
2 1 1





fiziks

Q65. The Dirac Hamiltonian H c . p mc for a free electron corresponds to the classical
2
relation E 2 p 2 c 2 m 2 c 4 . The classical energy-momentum relation of a piratical of

q
2
2
2

charge q in a electromagnetic potential , A is E q c p A m 2 c 4 .
c
Therefore, the Dirac Hamiltonian for an electron in an electromagnetic field is
e e
(a) c . p A. A mc 2 e (b) c . p A mc 2 e
c c
e e
(c) c . p e A mc 2 (d) c . p A mc 2 e
c c
Ans. (d)
Solution: Electromagnetic interaction of Dirac particle
1
qA 2
H P 2 c 2 m 2 c 4 q
c
Quantum mechanical Hamiltonian

qA
i c P mc q
2
t c
put q e
e
H c . P A mc 2 e
c
Q66. A particle of energy E scatters off a repulsive spherical potential
V for r a
V r 0
0 for r a
where V0 and a are positive constants. In the low energy limit, the total scattering cross-
2
1 2m
section is 4 a 2 tanh ka 1 , where k 2 2 V0 E 0 . In the limit V0
ka h
the ratio of to the classical scattering cross-section off a sphere a radius a is
1
(a) 4 (b) 3 (c) 1 (d)
2





fiziks

Ans. (a)
2
1
Solution: 4 a tanh ka 1 2
ka
ka tanh ka 1
2
1
4 a 1
2
ka
ka
H 4 a 2
H
classically c a 2
c 4
NET/JRF (DEC-2015)

Q67. A Hermitian operator O has two normalized eigenstates 1 and 2 with eigenvalues 1
and 2 , respectively. The two states u cos 1 sin 2 and v cos 1 sin 2

are such that v O 7 / 4 and u v 0 . Which of the following are possible values of
and ?

(a) and (b) and
6 3 6 3

(c) and (d) and
4 4 3 6
Ans.: (a)
Solution: u cos 1 sin 2
v cos 1 sin 2
it is given O 1 1
O 2 2





fiziks

7
v O v
4
7 7
cos 2 2sin 2 cos 2 sin 2 1 sin 2 1
4 4
3
sin
2 3
u v 0
cos cos sin sin 0 cos 0
5
or or or
2 2 2 3 3 2 6 6
x
Q68. The ground state energy of a particle of mass m in the potential V x V0 cosh ,
L
2
where L and V0 are constants (with V0 ) is approximately
2ml 2
2V0 V0 V0 V0
(a) V0 (b) V0 (c) V0 (d) V0
L m L m 4L m 2L m
Ans.: (d)
x V
Solution:
V0 cosh 0 e x / L e x / L
L 2

V x 1 x 2 V0 x 1 x 2
0 1 .... 1 ....
2 L 2! L 2 L 2! L
2
V V V x 1 V 2
0 0 0 V0 02 x
2 2 2 L 2 L
V0 V0
K ,
L2 mL2
So, ground state energy is
V0 V0
V0 V0 2
V0
2 2 mL 2L m





fiziks

Q69. Let nlm denote the eigenstates of a hydrogen atom in the usual notation. The state
1
2 200 3 211 7 210 5 211
5
is an eigenstate of
(a) L2 , but not of the Hamiltonian or Lz (b) the Hamiltonian, but not of L2 or Lz
(c) the Hamiltonian, L2 and Lz (d) L2 and Lz , but not of the Hamiltonian
Ans.: (b)
1
Solution: 2 200 3 211 7 2 10 5 2 1 1
5
13.6
H
4
So is eigen state of H
But L2 and Lz
So is not eigen state of L2 and Lz
1
Q70. The Hamiltonian for a spin- particle at rest is given by H E0 z x , where x
2
and z are Pauli spin matrices and E0 and are constants. The eigenvalues of this
Hamiltonian are
(a) E0 1 2 (b) E0 1 2
1
(c) E0 (doubly degenerate) (d) E0 1 2
2
Ans.: (a)
1 0 0 1 1
Solution: H E0 z x E0 H E0
0 1 1 0 1
if is eigen value, then

1
H I 0 E0 E0 1 2
1





fiziks

Q71. A hydrogen atom is subjected to the perturbation
2r
V pert r cos
a0
where a0 is the Bohr radius. The change in the ground state energy to first order in

(a) (b) (c) (d)
4 2 2 4
Ans.: (d)
Solution: For First order perturbation
r
1 2r
E11 100 V p 100 , 100 e a , V p cos
a03 a0
2 r 2 r
1 2r 4 2r
E 3 e a0 cos 4 r 2 dr 3 e a0 cos r 2 dr
1
1
0
a0 a0 a0 0 a0
ia2 r i 2 r

2 a0 1i 2
2 r 2 r 2 r 1 i
4 e e 0
0 a
2
3 e
a03 0 0
a0
r dr e r dr e a0
r 2
dr
a0 0 2

2 2! 2! 1 1

a03 2
3
2
3
2 1 i 3 1 i 3
1 i 1 i
a0 a
0

1 1 1 1

2 3
3 1 i
3
4 2 4
i 3 i 3

1 i

3
2 2 e e 4

2 2
i 34 i 3
3
e e 4
2 cos 4
4 2 4 2
1
2 E11
4 2 2 4 4





fiziks

Q72. The product of the uncertainties Lx Ly for a particle in the state a 1,1 b 1, 1
where l , m denotes an eigenstate of L2 and Lz will be a minimum for
(a) a ib (b) a 0 and b 1
3 1
(c) a and b (d) a b
2 2
Ans.: (d)
Solution: a 1,1 b 1, 1
L 2b 1, 0
L2 2 2b 1,1
L 2a 1, 0
L2 2 2 a 1, 1
2
L2 a 2 2 b 2 2 a b 2 2 2
2
2

L2z a b 2 2
2

Lx 0, Ly 0
L2x
1 2
4
L L2
2 L2
L2
2
1 a*b b*a 2 2 2 2 2 2
4
a 2
b
2

2 *
L2x
2

a b b* a a b
2 2

L
2
2 L2 L22 L2 L2
y
4
2 2
L2y
2
a b a*b b*a
2

Lx Ly
2
2
a 2 2

b a*b b*a 2
a b 1
2





fiziks

2

2
Lx Ly 1 a*b b*a (i)
2
1 i 2
Now check option (a) a ib a ,b Lx Ly
2 2 2
2
Option (b) a 0, b 1 Lx Ly
2
3 1 2
Option (c) a ,b Lx Ly
2 2 4
1 1
Option (d) a b a ,b Lx Ly 0 option (d) is correct
2 2
Q73. The ground state energy of a particle in potential V x g x , estimated using the trail
wavefunction
c 2

x a5
a x2 , x a
0, x a

(where g and c are constants) is
1/ 3 1/ 3 1/ 3 1/ 3
15 2 g 2 5 2 g 2 3 2 g 2 7 2 g 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
16 m 6 m 4 m 8 m
Ans.: (a)
a
15
dx 1 c 16
*
Solution:
a
a
2 15 2 2 10 2
T
2m 16a 2 a
a 2
x 2
x 2
a x 2
dx T

4ma 2

a
15 2 g 5
V
16a 05
x a 2 x 2 dx V ga
16

E T V (i)
10 2 5 ga
E
4ma 2 16





fiziks

1
dE 8 2 3
0 a3 a 2
da mg mg
put the value of a in equation (i)
1
15 2 g 2 3
E
16 m
NET/JRF (JUNE-2016)
Q74. The state of a particle of mass m in a one dimensional rigid box in the interval 0 to L is
2 3 2 x 4 4 x
given by the normalized wavefunction x sin sin . If its
L 5 L 5 L
energy is measured the possible outcomes and the average value of energy are,
respectively
h 2 2h 2 73 h 2 h2 h2 19 h 2
(a) , and (b) , and
2mL2 mL2 50 mL2 8mL2 2mL2 40 mL2
h 2 2h 2 19 h 2 h 2 2h 2 73 h 2
(c) , and (d) , and
2mL2 mL2 10 mL2 8mL2 mL2 200 mL2
Ans: (a)
2 3 2 x 4 4 x
Solution: x sin sin
L 5 L 5 L
n 2 2 2
Measurement E
2mL2
h2 2h 2
n 2 E2 and n 4 E4
2mL2 mL2
9 16
probability p E2 and p E4
25 25
now average value at energy
9 h2 16 2h 2 73h 2
E an p an
25 2mL2 25 mL2 50mL2





fiziks

Q75. If L x , L y L z are the components of the angular momentum operator in three dimensions
the commutator L x , L x L y L z may be simplified to

(a) iLx L2z L2y (b) iL z L y L x
(c) iL 2 L L
x
2
z
2
y (d) 0
Ans: (a)
Solution: Lx , Lx Ly Lz Lx Lx , Ly Lz Lx Lx Ly Lz
Lx Lx , Ly Lz Lx Ly Lx , Lz 0 Lx iLz Lz Lx Ly iLy
iLx L2z iLx L2y iLx L2z L2y

Q76. Suppose that the Coulomb potential of the hydrogen atom is changed by adding an
Ze 2 g
inverse-square term such that the total potential is V r 2 , where g is a
r r
constant. The energy eigenvalues Enlm in the modified potential
(a) depend on n and l , but not on m

(b) depend on n but not on l and m
(c) depend on n and m , but not on l
(d) depend explicitly on all three quantum numbers n , l and m
Ans: (b)
ze 2 g
Solution: V r 2 is central potential
r r
So angular momentum is conserve then eigen value En ,l ,m will depend end only on n
which is principal quantum number.





fiziks

Q77. The eigenstates corresponding to eigenvalues E1 and E2 of a time independent
Hamiltonian are 1 and 2 respectively. If at t 0 , the system is in a state
t 0 sin 1 cos 2 the value of t t at time t will be
(a) 1 (b)
E sin 1
2
E2 cos 2
E12 E22
(c) eiE1t / sin eiE2t / cos (d) e iE1t / sin 2 e iE2t / cos 2
Ans: (a)
Solution: t 0 sin 1 cos 2
iE1t iE2t
t sin 1 e
cos 2 e
i E1 E2 t
t t sin 2 1 1 cos 2 2 2 2 Re e
sin cos 1 2
sin 2 cos 2 1 2 0
1 2 2 1
1
Q78. Consider a particle of mass m in a potential V x m 2 x 2 g cos kx . The change in
2
1
the ground state energy, compared to the simple harmonic potential m 2 x 2 , to first
2
order in g is
k 2h k 2h
(a) g exp (b) g exp
2m 2m
2k 2 h k 2h
(c) g exp (d) g exp
m 4m
Ans: (d)





fiziks

Solution: Ground state wavefunction
1
m x 2
m 4
0 x e
2

The perturbation term is H p g cos kx

First order correction E01 0* x H P 0 x dx

1 1
m x 2 m x 2
m 2 eikx e ikx m 2 e e
ikx ikx

e

dx g e dx

2 2
1
g m 2 m x ikx
2 2
m x

ikx
e .e dx e
. e dx
2
1 2
1 2
m x m x
g m 2 ikx g m 2 ikx
e dx e dx

2 2
m 2 2 ikx ik ik
1 2 2

m 2
x
2 m 2 m 2 m

e dx

1 2
m ik k 2
m 2 x
e
2 m
e 4 m
dx

1 2
k 2 m ik k 2
m 2 x
e
2 m
e 4 m
dx e 4 m

1 2
m x
m 2 ikx
Similarly (ii) is e

1 2
k 2h m ik k 2
m 2 x
e
2 m
e 4 m
dx e 4 m
g k k 2 2 2
k

E e 4 m e 4 m ge 4 m
1
0
2





fiziks

Q79. The energy levels for a particle of mass m in the potential V x x , determined in
the WKB approximation

b
1
2m E V x dx n
a 2
(where a, b are the turning points and n 0,1, 2... ), are

2 2
h 1 3 3h 1 3
(a) En n (b) En n
4 m 2 4 2m 2
2 2
3h 1 3 h 1 3
(c) En n (d) En n
4 m 2 4 2m 2
Ans: (b)
Solution: V x x
V x
V x x x0
x x0
E E
b
1
2m E V x dx n
a 2 x
E E
from figure a , b

E

1
2m E V x dx n
E 2

E
0
1
2m E
E xdx E xdx n
0 2

E

1
2 2m E x dx n
0 2





fiziks

dt
put E x t dx

E
limit x 0 t E x t 0

0
dt 1
2 2m t n
E 2
0
2 2m 2 32 1 2 2m 2 32 1
t n .E n kh
3 E 2 3 2
2
1 3
3
3 1 3
E n 2
En n
2 4 2m 4 2m 2
Q80. A particle of mass m moves in one dimension under the influence of the potential
V x x , where is a positive constant. The uncertainty in the product
x p in its ground state is

(a) 2 (b) (c) (d) 2
2 2
Ans: (c)
Solution: V x x
For this potential wavefunction

x
x e x x0
e x x0
which evenfunction about x 0
so x 0, p 0 x

1
now x 2 2 x 2 e 2 x dx
0
2 2
2 1
x x2 x
2





fiziks

2 0 2
d d d
p 2 2 * 2 dx 2 e x 2 e x dx 2 e x 2 e x dx

dx
dx 0
dx

2 3 2 3
0
e e 2 2 which is not possible

2 x 2 x
2 3
dx
2 2
dx
0
2 2

d

2
so we will use the formula p 2
dx

dx
which is equivalent to 2 2
2
p p2 p
1
now x.p .
2 2
2 4
Q81. The ground state energy of a particle of mass m in the potential V x x ,
6m
1 2
x
4
estimated using the normalized trial wavefunction x e 2 , is

1 3

2 2
[use dxx 2 e x and dx x 4 e x ]
2 4 2
3 2 13 8 2 13 2 2 13 3 2 13
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2m 3m 3m 8m
Ans: (d)
Solution: E T V
1
x2
4
For x e 2

2
T
4m
1 1

2 4 x 2 2 2 3 2
2 2
V x e dx xe
4 x 2
dx .
6m 6m
6m 4 2 8m 2





fiziks

2
2
E (1)
4m 8m 2
dE 2 2 2 2 1
0 1 0 3
d 4m 8m 3 4m 3
putting value of in equation (1)
1

2 1
2 2 1
3
E 3
3
4m 2
4m 2
m 3
3 2 13
E
8m
NET/JRF (DEC-2016)
Q82. Consider the two lowest normalized energy eigenfunctions 0 x and 1 x of a one
d 0
dimensional system. They satisfy 0 x 0* x and 1 x , where is a real
dx
constant. The expectation value of the momentum operator in the state 1 is
2
(a) (b) 0 (c) (d)
2
2
2
Ans. : (b)
d 0
Solution: 1 x
dx

* d 0 d 2 0
px 1* px dx 1 i 1 dx * i dx
x dx dx 2

d 0 d 2 0
dx dx 2 dx
2
i

Integrate by points
d d 0
d 2 0 d 0

2
I i 0 dx
dx dx dx 2 dx

d 0 d 2 0
dx dx 2 dx
2
I 0 (i





fiziks

d 0
0 , 0 0, x
dx
I 0 I 2I 0 I 0 px 0
d
Q83. Consider the operator a x acting on smooth functions of x . The commutator
dx
, cos x is
(a) sin x (b) cos x (c) cos x (d) 0
Ans. : (a)
d
Solution: a x
dx
a, cos x x d d
d
, cos x x, cos x , cos x 0 , cos x
dx dx dx
d d d
dx , cos x x cos x x cos x
dx dx
d cos xd
cos x sin x sin x
dx dx
a, cos x x sin x
a, cos x sin x

Q84. Consider the operator p qA , where p is the momentum operator,

A Ax , Ay , Az is the vector potential and q denotes the electric charge. If

B Bx , By , Bz denotes the magnetic field, the z -component of the vector operator

is
(a) iqBz q Ax p y Ay px (b) iqBz q Ax p y Ay px
(c) iqBz (d) iqBz

Ans. : (d)

Solution: p qA





fiziks

p qA p qA p p qp A qA p q 2 A A

p p 0

qp A q i A qiB

qA q A i 0

q 2 A A 0

qiB
So z component is given by qiBz
Q85. The dynamics of a free relativistic particle of mass m is governed by the Dirac

Hamiltonian H c . p mc 2 , where p is the momentum operator and x , y , z
and are four 4 4 Dirac matrices. The acceleration operator can be expressed as
2ic
(a) cp H (b) 2ic 2

ic 2ic
(c) H (d) cp H

Ans. : (b)

Solution: H c . p mc 2
If vx velocity of x direction
From the Ehrenfest theorem
dx 1 x 1
vx x, H x, c x px c y p y c x p x c y p y mc 2 0
dt i t i
c
x, x px c x
i
Similarly acceleration is given by
dvx 1 c
ax c x , H x , c x px c y p y c x px c y p y mc 2
dt i i





fiziks

Using relation i j j i 0 , i i 0 and i , p j 0
x , c x px 0

x , c y p y c x y y x p y y c x , p y c x y c x y 0 2c x y
x , c z pz c x z c z x pz z c x , pz c x z c x z 0 2c x z
x , mc 2 x x mc 2 2mc 2 x

c
ax 2c x y p y 2c x z p z 2 x mc 2
i
2 x c
ax c y p y c z pz mc 2 c x p x c x px
i
2 x c
ax c x p x c y p y c z pz mc 2 c x px
i
2c 2ic
ax x .H c x x px c x x px x .H
i
2ic
cp .H

a axi a y j axi

Q86. A particle of charge q in one dimension is in a simple harmonic potential with angular
2
t

frequency . It is subjected to a time- dependent electric field E t Ae
, where A
and are positive constants and 1 . If in the distant past t the particle was
in its ground state, the probability that it will be in the first excited state as t is
proportional to
1 1
2 2 1
(a) e 2
(b) e 2 (c) 0 (d)

2
Ans. : (a)





fiziks

2
t2

Solution Transition probability is proportional to Pif e 2 ei fi t where

3 1

fi 2 2

2
t2
Pif exp it dt
2
1 2 2 2
i 2
2
t2
2 i
Now calculate exp 2 it dt exp 2 t it

2 2

2
2 2 1 it
exp exp 2 t dt
4 2
2
t2
Pif exp it dt
2
2 2
2 2 1 it
Pif exp exp 2 t dt
4 2
2 2
Pif exp
2
Q87. A particle is scattered by a central potential V r V0 re r , where V0 and are positive

constants. If the momentum transfer q

is such that q q , the scattering cross-section in the Born approximation, as
q , depends on q as
dn
x e dx n
n ax
[You may use e ax dx ]
da
(a) q 8 (b) q 2 (c) q 2 (d) q 6
Ans. : (a)
Solution: The form factor is given for high energy as q





fiziks

2 m 2 m
f , 2 rV r sin qr dr 2 r 2V0 e v sin qr dr
q 0 q 0

2 m 2 r e
iqr
e iqr mV
0 dr 2 0 i r 2 e dr r 2 e dr
r iq r iq
2
V r e
q 0 2i q 0 0
mV0i
2
2
2

2 2mV0i iq iq
3 3

q iq 3 iq 3 q iq 3 iq 3

2mV0 i iq 3 iq 3 q iq 3 iq 3 q
3 3 2 2 3 3 2 2
2
2 q2
3
q

2mV0i 6 2iq 3 q 2 3 q 2 2iq 3 2mV0i 6 2iq 2iq 3
2
2q
q 2 q2 3
3
2
q 2

2mV0 2q 3 6 2 q

2q 2 q 2 3

q3 6 2 1 1 1 2
2 3
q2 4 2 1
q q2 2 q 6
q q
q 2 1
6
f q 4 q 8
2 2
Q88. A particle in one dimension is in a potential V x A x a . Its wavefunction x is
d
continuous everywhere. The discontinuity in at x a is
dx
2m
(a) A a (b) A a a
2
2
(c) A (d) 0
2m
Ans. : (a)





fiziks

d
2 2
Solution: A x a x E x
2m dx 2
Integrates both side within limit
a to a
a a a
2 d 2
dx A x a dx x E x dx
2m a dx 2

a a
2 d II d I
A a 0
2m dx dx
d II d I 2mA
2 a
dx dx
d 2mA
so discontinues in at x a is 2 a .
dx





fiziks

THERMODYNAMICS AND STATISTICAL PHYSICS SOLUTIONS
GATE 2010
Q1. A system of N non-interacting classical point particles is constrained to move on the two-
dimensional surface of a sphere. The internal energy of the system is
3 1 5
(a) Nk BT (b) Nk BT (c) Nk BT (d) Nk BT
2 2 2
Ans: (c)
Solution: There are 2 N degree of freedom.
Nk BT Nk BT
The internal energy of the system is Nk BT
2 2
Q2. Which of the following atoms cannot exhibit Bose-Einstein condensation, even in
principle?
(a) 1H1 (b) 4H2 (c) 23Na11 (d) 30K19
Ans: (d)
Solution: For Bose-Einstein condensation:
Number of electron + number of proton + number of neutron = Even
For 30 K19
Number of proton = 19, Number of electron = 19, Number of neutron = 11.
19 + 19 + 11 = 49 this is odd. So it will not exhibit Bose-Einstein condensation.
Q3. For a two-dimensional free electron gas, the electronic density n, and the Fermi energy
EF, are related by
2mE F 2
3
mE F
(a) n (b) n
3 2 3
2
mE F 23
2
mE F 3 2
(c) n (d) n
2 2
Ans: (c)
EF
2m f E 1 if E E F
Solution: n g(E)f (E)dE ,
0
g(E)dE
h2
dE , at T=0
0 if E E F





fiziks

2mE F mE F
n
h 2
2 2
Q4. Which among the following sets of Maxwell relations is correct? (U-internal energy, H-
enthalpy, A-Helmholtz free energy and G-Gibbs free energy)
U U H H
(a) T and P (b) V and T
V S S V P S S P
G G A A
(c) P and V (d) P and S
V T P S S T P V
Ans: (b)
H H
Solution: dH TdS VdP T, V
S P P S
2V k 0T 3
Q5. Partition function for a gas of photons is given as ln Z . The specific heat of
45 3 C 3
the photon gas varies with temperature as
(a) (b)
CV CV
T T
(c) (d)
CV
CV
T
T
Ans: (a)
ln z U
Solution: U K B T 2 , CV CV T .
3
T T v





fiziks

Q6. From Q. no. 5, the pressure of the photon gas is
2 k B T 3 2 k B T 4 2 k B T 4 2 k B T 3 / 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
15 3 C 3 8 3 C 3 45 3 C 3 45 3 C 3
Ans: (c)
2 k 0 T
4
ln z
Solution: P KT
V T 45 3C3
GATE 2011
Q7. A Carnot cycle operates on a working substance between two reservoir at temperatures T1
and T2 with T1 > T2. During each cycle, an amount of heat Q1 is extracted from the
reservoir at T1 and an amount Q2 is delivered in the reservoir at T2. Which of the
following statements is INCORRECT?
(a) Work done in one cycle is Q1 Q2
Q1 Q2
(b)
T1 T2
(c) Entropy of the hotter reservoir decreases

(d) Entropy of the universe (consisting of the working substance and the two reservoirs)
increases
Ans: (a)
Solution: Entropy of hotter reservoirs decreases.
Q8. In a first order phase transition, at the transition temperature, specific heat of the system
(a) diverges and its entropy remains the same
(b) diverges and its entropy has finite discontinuity
(c) remains unchanged and its entropy has finite discontinuity
(d) has finite discontinuity and its entropy diverges
Ans: (b)
Q9. A system of N non-interacting and distinguishable particle of spin 1 is in thermodynamic
equilibrium. The entropy of the system is
(a) 2kB ln N (b) 3kB ln N (c) NkB ln 2 (d) NkB ln 3





fiziks

Ans: (d)
Solution: S k B ln , =3 is number of microstate. S 1; Sz 1, 0, 1
i
The entropy of the system is NkB ln 3.

Q10. A system has two energy levels with energies and 2. The lower level is 4-fold
degenerate while the upper level is doubly degenerate. If there are N non-interacting
classical particles in the system, which is in thermodynamic equilibrium at a temperature
T, the fraction of particles in the upper level is
1 1
(a) (b)
1 e / k BT 1 2e / k BT
1 1
(c) / k BT
(d)
2e 4e 2 / k B T 2e / k BT
4e 2 / k B T
Ans: (b)
Solution: Partition function Z 4e / kT 2e / kT
2e 2/ kT
P2
1
/ kT 2/ kT

4e 2e 1 2e/ kT
GATE 2012
Q11. The isothermal compressibility, of an ideal gas at temperature T0, and V0, is given by
1 V 1 V P P
(a) (b) (c) V0 (d) V0
V0 P T0 V0 P T0 V T0 V T0
Ans: (c)
P
Solution: Isothermal compressibility V
V T
Q12. For an ideal Fermi gas in three dimensions, the electron velocity VF at the Fermi surface
is related to electron concentration n as,
(a) VF n 2 / 3 (b) VF n (c) VF n1 / 2 (d) V F n1 / 3
Ans: (d)
1
Solution: E F mV F2 E F n 2 / 3 VF2 n 2 / 3 VF n1 / 3 .
2





fiziks

Q13. A classical gas of molecules, each of mass m, is in thermal equilibrium at the
absolute temperature T. The velocity components of the molecules along the Cartesian
axes are v x , v y and v z . The mean value of v x v y is

2
k BT 3 k BT 1 k BT 2k B T
(a) (b) (c) (d)
m 2 m 2 m m
Ans: (d)
Solution: Vx Vy
2k B T
V x2 V y2 2 V x V y Vx2 Vy2 2 Vx Vy
2
m
2k B T
Vx Vy 0 and Vx2 V y2 .
m
Q14. The total energy, E of an ideal non-relativistic Fermi gas in three dimensions is given by
N 5/3
E where N is the number of particles and V is the volume of the gas. Identify the
V 2/3
CORRECT equation of state (P being the pressure),
1 2 5
(a) PV E (b) PV E (c) PV E (d) PV E
3 3 3
Ans: (b)
5 5
E 2 N 3 2N 3 2
Solution: P PV E.
V N 3 V 3 V23 3
Q15. Consider a system whose three energy levels are given by 0, and 2. The energy level
is two-fold degenerate and the other two are non-degenerate. The partition function of the
1
system with is given by
k BT
(a) 1 2e (b) 2e e 2 (c) (1 e ) 2 (d) 1 e e 2

Ans: (b)
Solution: E1 0, E 2 , E 3 2 ; g1 1, g 2 2, g 3 1 where g1 , g 2 and g 3 are degeneracy.
The partition function Z g1e E1 g 2 e E2 g 3 e E3 1 2e e 2 1 e 2





fiziks

GATE 2013
Q16. If Plancks constant were zero, then the total energy contained in a box filled with
radiation of all frequencies at temperature T would be ( k is the Boltzmann constant and
T is nonzero)
3
(a) zero (b) Infinite (c) kT (d) kT
2
Ans: (d)
Solution: If Plancks constant were zero, then the system behaved as a classical system and the
energy is kT .
Q17. Across a first order phase transition, the free energy is
(a) proportional to the temperature
(b) a discontinuous function of the temperature
(c) a continuous function of the temperature but its first derivative is discontinuous
(d) such that the first derivative with respect to temperature is continuous
Ans: (c)
Q18. Two gases separated by an impermeable but movable partition are allowed to freely
exchange energy. At equilibrium, the two sides will have the same
(a) pressure and temperature (b) volume and temperature
(c) pressure and volume (d) volume and energy
Ans: (a)
Q19. The entropy function of a system is given by S E aEE0 E where a and E0 are
positive constants. The temperature of the system is
(a) negative for some energies (b) increases monotonically with energy
(c) decreases monotonically with energy (d) Zero
Ans: (a)
Solution: From first and second law of thermodynamics
1 S 1
TdS dU PdV dS dU PdV E U
T E V T





fiziks

S
S E aE E0 E
1
E0 E E E0 2 E T .
E V E0 2 E
Q20. Consider a linear collection of N independent spin particles, each at a fixed location.
The entropy of this system is ( k is the Boltzmann constant)
(d) Nk ln 2
1
(a) zero (b) Nk (c) Nk
2
Ans: (d)
Solution: There are two microstates possible for one so entropy is given by Nk ln 2
Q21. Consider a gas of atoms obeying Maxwell-Boltzmann statistics. The average value of

e a p over all the moments p of each of the particles (where a is a constant vector and a
is the magnitude, m is the mass of each atom, T is temperature and k is Boltzmanns
constant) is,
1 3
a 2 mkT a 2 mkT
(a) one (b) zero (c) e 2
(d) e 2
Ans: (c)

f p , p , p e dpx dp y dpz where f px , p y , pz is Maxwell probability

Solution: e p.a x y z
p .a
distribution at temperature T.
p x2 p 2y p z2

Ae Ae Ae
py ay
e
p.a
x
2 mkT
e px ax
dpx y
2 mkT
e dp y z
2 mkT
e pz az dpz

( a x2 a 2y a z2 ) mkT ( px mkTax )2 ( p y mkTa y )2 ( pz mkTa z )2

e e Ae dx Ay e dy Ax e
p.a 2 2 mkT 2 mkT 2 mkT
x

( ax2 a 2y a z2 ) mkT 1
a 2 mkT
e p .a
e 2
.1.1.1 = e 2
Common Data for Questions 22 and 23: There are four energy levels E , 2E , 3 E and
4 E (where E 0 ). The canonical partition function of two particles is, if these particles
are
Q22. Two identical fermions





fiziks

2 E 4 E 6 E 8 E
(a) e e e e
(b) e 3 E e 4 E e 5 E e 6 E e 7 E
(c) e E e 2 E e 3 E e 4 E
2
(d) e 2 E e 4 E e 6 E e 8 E
Ans: (b)
Solution: The possible value of Energy for two Fermions
E1 3E, E2 4 E , E3 5E, E4 6 E , E5 7 E
The partition function is Z e 3E e 4 E 2e 5 E e 6 E e 7 E

Q23. Two distinguishable particles
(a) e 2 E e 4 E e 6 E e 8 E
(b) e 3 E e 4 E e 5 E e 6 E e 7 E
(c) e E e 2 E e 3 E e 4 E
2
(d) e 2 E e 4 E e 6 E e 8 E
Ans: (c)
Solution: When two particles are distinguishable then minimum value of Energy is 2 E and
maximum value is 8 E .
So from checking all four options Z e E e 2 E e 3 E e 4 E

2
GATE 2014
Q24. For a gas under isothermal condition its pressure p varies with volume V as P V 5 / 3 .
The bulk modules B is proportional to
(a) V 1 / 2 (b) V 2 / 3 (c) V 3 / 5 (d) V 5 / 3
Ans: (d)
dP
Solution: P KV 5 / 3 , B V B V 5 / 3
dV
Q25. At a given temperature T , the average energy per particle of a non-interacting gas of
two-dimensional classical harmonic oscillators is _________ k B T





fiziks

( k B is the Boltzmann constant)
Ans: 2k B T
Q26. Which one of the following is a fermion?
(a) particle (b) 4 Be 2 nucleus
(c) Hydrogen atom (d) deuteron
Ans (d)
Solution: Total number of particles: P N E 3
Q27. For a free electron gas in two dimensions the variations of the density of states. N E as a
function of energy E , is best represented by
(a) (b)
N E N E
E E
(c) (d)
N E N E
E E
ans (c)
N E E 0
Q28. For a system of two bosons each of which can occupy any of the two energy levels 0 and
1
the mean energy of the system at temperature T with is given by
k T





fiziks

2
e 2 e 1 e
(a) (b)
1 2e e 2 2e e 2
2 e e 2 e 2 e 2
(c) (d)
2 e e 2 2 e e 2
if both particle will in ground state the energy will 0 which is non degenerate
if one particle is in ground state and other is in first excited state then energy is and
non degenerate
if both particle will in first excited state the energy will 2 which is non degenerate
then partition function is Z 1 exp exp 2
exp 2 exp 2
average value of energy
1 exp exp 2
no one ans. is correct .
Q29. Consider a system of 3 fermions which can occupy any of the 4 available energy states
with equal probability. The entropy of the system is
(a) k B ln 2 (b) 2k B ln 2 (c) 2k B ln 4 (d) 3k B ln 4
Ans: (b)
Solution: Number of ways that 3 fermions will adjust in 4 available energy is 4
C3 4 so
entropy is k B ln 4 = 2k B ln 2
GATE 2015
Q30. In Boss-Einstein condensates, the particles
(a) have strong interparticle attraction
(b) condense in real space
(c) have overlapping wavefunctions
(d) have large and positive chemical potential
Ans.: (c)
Solution: In Bose- Einstein condensates, the particles have overlapping wave function.





fiziks

Q31. For a black body radiation in a cavity, photons are created and annihilated freely as a
result of emission and absorption by the walls of the cavity. This is because
(a) the chemical potential of the photons is zero
(b) photons obey Pauli exclusion principle
(c) photons are spin-1 particles
(d) the entropy of the photons is very large
Ans.: (a)
Solution: The chemical potential of photon is zero
1
Q32. Consider a system of N non-interacting spin particles, each having a magnetic
2

moment , is in a magnetic field B Bz . If E is the total energy of the system, the
number of accessible microstates is given by
E
N !
N! B
(a) (b)
1 E 1 E E
N ! N ! N !
2 B 2 B B
1 E 1 E N!
(c) N ! N ! (d)
2 B 2 B E
N !
B
Ans.: (a)
1
Solution: Number of microstate is N
Cn1 where n1 is number of particle in state and
2
n2 N n1 is
1
Number of state in state.
2
1 E 1 E
n1 N , n2 N
2 B 2 B
N
So number of microstate is
1 E 1 E
N N
2 B 2 B





fiziks

Q33. The average energy U of a one dimensional quantum oscillator of frequency and in
contact with a heat bath at temperature T is given by
1 1 1 1
(a) U coth (b) U sinh
2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1
(c) U tanh (d) U cosh
2 2 2 2
Ans.: (a)
1
Ei n
1 1
Solution: Z e e 2
where E n Z
0 2
2sinh
2

1
U ln Z U ln U coth
2 2
2sinh
2
Q34. The entropy of a gas containing N particles enclosed in a volume V is given by
aVE 3 / 2
S Nk B ln , where E is the total energy, a is a constant and k B is the
N
5/ 2

Boltzmann constant. The chemical potential of the system at a temperature T is given
by
aVE 3 / 2 5 aVE 3 / 2 3
(a) k B T ln (b) k B T ln
N N
5/ 2 5/ 2
2 2
aVE 3/ 2 5 aVE 3 / 2 3
(c) k BT ln 3/ 2
(d) k B T ln
N N
3/ 2
2 2
Ans.: (a)
3
3

G aVE 2
S Nk ln aVE 2

Solution: S Nk ln
T P
B 5 B 5
N2 N2





fiziks

3

aVE
2
G Nk BT ln 5
ln A
N2
3
5
aVE 2
5
3
G N 2 2
k BT ln Nk BT . aVE 2
N
5 3 7
N2 aVE 2 N 2

3

aVE
k BT ln 5
2
5 2

N
2
GATE-2016
Q35. The total power emitted by a spherical black body of radius R at a temperature T is P1 .
R
Let P2 be the total power emitted by another spherical black body of radius kept at
2
P1
temperature 2T . The ratio, is _______. (Give your answer upto two decimal places)
P2
Ans.: 0.25
p1 R12T14 R 2T 4 4 1
Solution: p AT 2 4 4
0.25
p2 R2 T2 R 2
16 4
2T
4
2
Q36. The entropy S of a system of N spins, which may align either in the upward or in the
downward direction, is given by S k B N p ln p 1 p In(1 p) . Here k B is the
Boltzmann constant. The probability of alignment in the upward direction is p. The value
of p, at which the entropy is maximum, is _______. (Give your answer upto one decimal
place)
Ans.: 0.5
Solution: S k B N p ln p 1 p In(1 p)





fiziks

dS 1 1
For maximum entropy 0 ln p p ln 1 p 1 p 1 0
dp p 1 p
p
ln p 1 ln 1 p 1 0 ln 0 p 1 p p 0.5
1 p
Q37. For a system at constant temperature and volume, which of the following statements is
correct at equilibrium?
(a) The Helmholtz free energy attains a local minimum.
(b) The Helmholtz free energy attains a local maximum.
(c) The Gibbs free energy attains a local minimum.
(d) The Gibbs free energy attains a local maximum.
Ans.: (a)
Solution: dF SdT PdV
Q38. N atoms of an ideal gas are enclosed in a container of volume V . The volume of the
container is changed to 4V , while keeping the total energy constant. The change in the
entropy of the gas, in units of Nk B ln 2 , is _______, where k B is the Boltzmann constant.
Ans.: 2
1
Solution: S1 Nk B ln1 S2 Nk B ln
4
S S2 S1 Nk B ln 4 2 Nk B ln 2
Q39. Consider a system having three energy levels with energies 0, 2 and 3 ,with
respective degeneracies of 2,2 and 3 . Four bosons of spin zero have to be
accommodated in these levels such that the total energy of the system is 10 . The
number of ways in which it can be done is ______.
Ans.: 18
Solution: The system have energy 10 if out of four boson two boson are in energy level
2 and two boson are in energy level 3 and
ni gi 1
W n1 2, g1 2 and n2 2, g 2 3
i ni gi 1





fiziks

2 2 1 2 3 1
3 6 18
2 2 1 2 3 1
Q40. A two-level system has energies zero and E . The level with zero energy is non-
degenerate, while the level with energy E is triply degenerate. The mean energy of a
classical particle in this system at a temperature T is
E E E E
k BT k BT k BT k BT
Ee Ee 3Ee 3Ee
(a) E
(b) E
(c) E
(d) E
1 3e k BT
1 e k BT
1 e k BT
1 3e k BT
Ans.: (d)
Ei
0 E E
gi Ei e kT
k BT
0e kT 3 E e kT 3Ee
Solution: E i
E
0 E
E
i
gi e kT e kT 3 e kT 1 3e k BT
i
GATE-2017
Q41. Consider a triatomic molecule of the shape shown in the figure in three
dimensions. The heat capacity of this molecule at high temperature
(temperature much higher than the vibrational and rotational energy scales
of the molecule but lower than its bond dissociation energies) is:
3 9
(a) kB (b) 3k B (c) kB (d) 6k B
2 2
Ans. : (d)
Solution: If given molecule are low temperature i.e. atoms are attached to rigid rod then degree
6 k BT
of freedom is 6 so internal energy is is but at high temperature vibration mode
2
will active so there are three extra vibration mode will active so total enegy
U 3k BT 3k BT 6k BT
U
CV 6k B
T V





fiziks

Q42. A reversible Cannot engine is operated between temperatures T1 and T2 T2 T1 with a
photon gas as the working substance. The efficiency of the engine is

3/ 4 4/3
3T T T T
(a) 1 1 (b) 1 1 (c) 1 1 (d) 1 1
4T2 T2 T2 T2
Ans. : (b)
Solution: Efficiency of carnot enegine does not depends on nature of working substance rather
depends on temperature of source and sink
T1
1
T2
Q43. Water freezes at 00 C at atmospheric pressure 1.01 105 Pa . The densities of water and
ice at this temperature and pressure are 1000 kg / m3 and 934 kg / m3 respectively. The
latent heat of fusion is 3.34 105 J / kg . The pressure required for depressing the melting
temperature of ice by 100 C is GPa . (up to two decimal places)

Ans. : 1105
p2
dP L L T2 dT L T
Solution: dP P2 P1 ln 2
dT V T v2 v1 P1 v2 v1 T1 T v2 v1 T1
L T
P2 P1 ln 2 1 105
v2 v1 T1
Q44. Consider N non- interacting, distinguishable particles in a two-level system at
temperature T . The energies of the levels are 0 and , where 0 . In the high
temperature limit k BT , what is the population of particles in the level with energy
?
N N 3N
(a) (b) N (c) (d)
2 4 4
Ans. : (a)





fiziks

exp
Solution: P kT population of particle in the level with energy is

1 exp
kT

exp exp
kT kT 1 N
NP N for k BT NP N N
11 2
1 exp 1 exp
kT kT
u
Q45. The energy density and pressure of a photon gas are given by u aT 4 and P . Where
3
T is the temperature and a is the radiation constant. The entropy per unit volume is given
by aT 3 . The value of is (up to two decimal places)
Ans. : 1.33
S U
Solution: TdS dU PdV T P
V T V T
S 1 U P aT 4 aT 4 4 3
aT 1.33
V T T V T T T 3T 3
Q46. Consider two particles and two non-degenerate quantum levels 1 and 2. Level 1 always
contains a particle. Hence, what is the probability that level 2 also contains a particle for
each of the two cases:
(i) when the two particles are distinguishable and (ii) when the two particles are bosons?
1 1 1 1
(a) (i) and (ii) (b) (i) and (ii)
2 3 2 2
2 1
(c) (i) and (ii) (d) (i) 1 and (ii) 0
3 2
Ans. : (c) A
B
2
Solution: A B AB For distinguishable h So
3
A
1
A AA For indistinguishable h So
2





fiziks

THERMODYNAMICS AND STATISTICAL PHYSICS
NET/JRF (JUNE-2011)
Q1. Consider the transition of liquid water to steam as water boils at a temperature of 100oC
under a pressure of 1 atmosphere. Which one of the following quantities does not change
discontinuously at the transition?
(a) The Gibbs free energy (b) The internal energy
(c) The entropy (d) The specific volume
Ans: (a)
Solution: In first order transition Gibbs free energy is continuous.
Q2. A particle is confined to the region x 0 by a potential which increases linearly as
u x u 0 x . The mean position of the particle at temperature T is
k BT k BT
(b) k B T / u 0
2
(a) (c) (d) u 0 k B T
u0 u0
Ans: (a)
p2 u x
1 2 mkBT 0
Solution: Partition function Z e dp e kBT dx and x xp x dxdpx
h
0 x 2
p2 u0 x k BT
xe te
k BT t

dx u dt
xe
2 mk BT k BT
dp e dx k BT
x 0
x 0 0

k BT
2

p

u0x 0 u0
e e
t
e dt
k BT
2 mk BT
dp e k BT
dx dx u
0 0 0
Q3. A cavity contains blackbody radiation in equilibrium at temperature T. The specific heat
per unit volume of the photon gas in the cavity is of the form CV T 3 , where is a
constant. The cavity is expanded to twice its original volume and then allowed to
equilibrate at the same temperature T. The new internal energy per unit volume is
T 4
(a) 4T 4 (b) 2T 4 (c) T 4 (d)
4
Ans: (d)
T 4
Solution: du C v dT T dT u 3
4





fiziks

Q4. Consider a system of N non-interacting spins, each of which has classical magnetic

moment of magnitude . The Hamiltonian of this system in an external magnetic field H
N

is i .H , where i the magnetic moment of the ith spin. The magnetization per spin at
i 1
temperature T is
2H H k B T
(a) (b) coth
k BT k B T H
H H
(c) sinh (d) tanh
k BT k BT
Ans: (b)
2
H cos
cos exp kT
sin d d
Solution: For classical limit M 0 0
H cos
exp kBT sin d d
H k B T
M coth
k B T H
Q5. Consider an ideal Bose gas in three dimensions with the energy-momentum relation
p s with s 0 . The range of s for which this system may undergo a Bose-Einstein
condensation at a non-zero temperature is
(a) 1 s 3 (b) 0 s 2 (c) 0 s 3 (d) 0 s
Ans: (a)
NET/JRF (DEC-2011)
bS 3
Q6. The internal energy E of a system is given by E , where b is a constant and other
VN
symbols have their usual meaning. The temperature of this system is equal to
2
bS 2 3bS 2 bS 3 S
(a) (b) (c) 2 (d)
VN VN V N N
Ans: (b)
E 3bS 2
Solution: TdS dE PdV dE TdS PdV T T
S V VN





fiziks

Q7. Consider a Maxwellian distribution of the velocity of the molecules of an ideal gas. Let
Vmp and Vrms denote the most probable velocity and the root mean square velocity,
respectively. The magnitude of the ratio Vm / Vrms is
(a) 1 (b) 2/3 (c) 2/3 (d) 3 / 2
Ans: (c)
2kT 3kT V 2
Solution: For Maxwellian distribution Vmp , Vrms mb
m m Vrms 3
Q8. If the number density of a free electron gas in three dimensions is increased eight times,
its Fermi temperature will
(a) increase by a factor of 4 (b) decrease by a factor of 4
(c) increase by a factor of 8 (d) decrease by a factor of 8
Ans: (a)
2
3N 3 2 N
Solution: Fermi energy E F where is number density and g is degeneracy
4Vg 2m V
2 2
n 3 2 TF n 3 n1
E F TF K TF TF n 3 1 1 4 since 8.
V TF2 n2 n2
1
Q9. A system of N non-interacting spin - particles is placed in an external magnetic field H.
2
The behavior of the entropy of the system as a function of energy is given by
(a) S (b) S
E
BH BH B H E B H
S
(c) S (d)
B H E BH B H E





fiziks

Ans: (a)
S N U N U N U N U
Solution: ln ln where H . S is symmetrical
Nk 2N 2 2 N 2N
about E.
Q10. A gas of N non-interacting particles is in thermal equilibrium at temperature T. Each
particle can be in any of the possible non-degenerate states of energy 0, 2 and 4. The
average energy per particle of the gas, when 1 , is
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 2 / 3 (d)
Ans: (a)
Solution: E1 0, E 2 2 , E 3 4 , Z e 0 e 2 e 4
0 e o 2e 2 4 e 4
E
e 0 e 2 e 4
2e 2 4e 4 2 1 2.... 4 1 4 .... 2 4 6
E 2
1 e 2 e 4 1 1 2.... 1 4..... 111 3
where 1 .
Q11. A one-dimensional chain consists of a set of N rods each of length a. When stretched by a
load, each rod can align either parallel or perpendicular to the length of the chain. The
energy of a rod is when perpendicular to it. When the chain is in thermal equilibrium
at temperature T, its average length is
(a) Na / 2 (b) Na

(c) Na / 1 e 2 / k BT
(d) Na 1 e 2 / k BT
Ans: (c)
Solution: Let n1 no. of rods are parallel and n2 no. of rods are perpendicular.
Energy of rod when it is perpendicular
Energy of rod when it is parallel is .
e e e
P and P
e e e e e e





fiziks

n ae n2 ae

Nae Na
Average n1 aP n2 aP 1

e e e e 1 e 2
Since P P so n1 N , n2 0 .
Q12. The excitations of a three-dimensional solid are bosonic in nature with their frequency
and wave-number k are related by k 2 in the large wavelength limit. If the chemical
potential is zero, the behavior of the specific heat of the system at low temperature is
proportional to
(a) T1/2 (b) T (c) T3/2 (d) T3
Ans: (c)
Solution: If dispersion relation is k s ,
At low temperature specific heat T 3/ s
Q13. Gas molecules of mass m are confined in a cylinder of radius R and height L
(with R L ) kept vertically in the Earths gravitational field. The average energy of the
gas at low temperatures (such that mgL k BT ) is given by
(a) NkBT / 2 (b) 3NkBT / 2 (c) 2NkBT (d) 5NkBT / 2
Ans: (d)
1 H
h3
Solution: Z e dpx dp y dpz dxdydz
p x2 p 2y p 2y L mgz

Z e dpx e e dpz dx dy e
2 mk BT 2 mk BT 2 mk BT k BT
dp y dz
0
3
mgL
3
mgz
mk T 2 L
2 mk B T 1 e
2
k BT

2

Z R
2
e k BT
dz Z R
0 mg
2

k BT
ZN ZN ,
ln z 5 Nk BT
E k BT 2 since mgL > > kT .
T 2





fiziks

NET/JRF (JUNE-2012)
Q14. Consider a system of non-interacting particles in d dimensional obeying the dispersion

relation Ak s , where is the energy k is the wave vector; s is an integer and A
constant. The density of states, N(), is proportional to
s d d s
1 1 1 1
(a) d (b) s
(c) s
(d) d
Ans: (b)
Solution: We can solve this problem with intuition for example Ak 2
1 3
1
Density of state in 3dimensional N()
2 2
2
1
Density of state in 2dimensional N()
0 2
1 1
1
Density of state in one dimensional N()
2 2
d
1
Density of state in d dimenstional where Ak N
s s
Q15. The number of ways in which N identical bosons can be distributed in two energy levels,
is
N N 1 N N 1
(a) N 1 (b) (c) (d) N
2 2
Ans: (a)
Solution: Number of boson = N, Number of energy level = g
N g 1
So number of ways to distribute N boson into g level is, W cN N 1 since
g 2.
Q16. The free energy of gas of N particles in a volume V and at a temperature T is

F Nk B T ln a0V k B T
5/ 2

/ N , where a 0 is a constant and k B denotes the Boltzmann
constant. The internal energy of the gas is
3 5
(a) Nk B T (b) Nk B T
2 2

(c) Nk B T ln a 0V k B T
5/ 2
/N 3
2
Nk B T (d) Nk B T ln a0V / k BT 5/ 2





fiziks

Ans: (b)
Solution: F Nk B T ln a0V k B T 5/ 2

/ N , F U TS , U F TS
F F F
dF SdT pdV S or S U F T
T V T V T V
a 0Vk B5 / 2
F Nk B T ln C T 5/ 2
where C
N
F F
Nk B ln CT Nk B T Nk B T ln CT Nk B T
C 5 3/ 2 5

5/ 2
T T 5/ 2
T V T V
5/ 2
CT 2 2
F 5 F 5
T F Nk B T U F T Nk B T .
T V 2 T V 2
Q17. A system has two normal modes of vibration, with frequencies 1 and 2 21 . What is
the probability that at temperature T, the system has an energy less than 41 ?
[In the following x e 1 and Z is the partition function of the system.]

(a) x 3 / 2 x 2 x 2 / Z (b) x 3 / 2 1 x x 2 / Z
(c) x 3 / 2 1 2 x 2 / Z (d) x 3 / 2 1 x 2 x 2 / Z
Ans: (d)
Solution: There is two normal mode so there is two degree of freedom.
1 1
Energy of harmonic oscillator is E n1 1 n2 2 .
2 2
1 1
E n1 1 n2 21 where n1 0,1,2,3.... and n 2 0,1,2,3....
2 2
31 51
Ground state energy E , first excited state energy E . Second excited state
2 2
71
energy E which is doubly degenerate state so g 2 , other state have more
2
energy than 41 .
3 1 5 1 7 1
PE 41
e

2
e

2
2e

2

x
3
2
1 x 2 x
2
where x e 1 .
Z Z





fiziks

4
Q18. Bose condensation occurs in liquid He kept at ambient pressure at 2.17 K. At which
temperature will Bose condensation occur in He4 in gaseous state, the density of which is
1000 times smaller than that of liquid He4? (Assume that it is a perfect Bose gas.)
(a) 2.17 mK (b) 21.7 mK (c) 21.7 K (d) 2.17 K
Ans: (b)
2
N 3
Solution: For bosons T
V
Q19. Consider black body radiation contained in a cavity whose walls are at temperature T.
The radiation is in equilibrium with the walls of the cavity. If the temperature of the walls
is increased to 2T and the radiation is allowed to come to equilibrium at the new
temperature, the entropy of the radiation increases by a factor of
(a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 8 (d) 16
Ans: (c)
8 5 k B4T 4 F 32 5 k B4 3
Solution: For Black Body Energy is given by F V , S VT .
T V 45 C
3 3
45 2C 3
S T 3 , If temperate increase from T to 2T then entropy will incase S to 8S.
NET/JRF (DEC-2012)
Q20. The entropy of a system, S, is related to the accessible phase space volume by
S k B ln E , N , V where E, N and V are the energy, number of particles and volume
respectively. From this one can conclude that
(a) does not change during evolution to equilibrium
(b) oscillates during evolution to equilibrium
(c) is a maximum at equilibrium
(d) is a minimum at equilibrium
Ans: (c)
Solution: Entropy is maximum at equilibrium.





fiziks

Q21. Let W be the work done in a quasistatic reversible thermodynamic process. Which of
the following statements about W is correct?
(a) W is a perfect differential if the process is isothermal
(b) W is a perfect differential if the process is adiabatic
(c) W is always a perfect differential
(d) W cannot be a perfect differential
Ans: (b)
Solution: Work done is perfect differential in adiabatic process.
Q22. The free energy difference between the superconducting and the normal states of a
2 4
material is given by F f S f N where is an order parameter and
2
and are constants s.t. > 0 in Normal and < 0 in the super conducting state, while
> 0 always, minimum value of F is
2 2 3 2 5 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 2 2
Ans: (b)
2 4 F 4 3
Solution: F 2
2 2
3 2
2 2 0

2 2 2
Putting the value, F F
2 2 min
2
Q23. A given quantity of gas is taken from the state A C reversibly, by two paths, A C
directly and A B C as shown in the figure.
P
During the process A C the work done by the gas is 100 J and the A
heat absorbed is 150 J. If during the process A B C the work

done by the gas is 30 J, the heat absorbed is
B C
(a) 20 J (b) 80 J
V
(c) 220 J (d) 280 J





fiziks

Ans: (b)
Solution: During path AC dU dQ dW 150 100 50 J
Hence internal energy is point function dU will same in all path
In path ABC dQ dU dW 50 30 80 J .
NET/JRF (JUNE-2013)
Q24. Ten grams of ice at 0C is added to a beaker containing 30 grams of water at 25C. What
is the final temperature of the system when it comes to thermal equilibrium? (The
specific heat of water is 1 cal/gm/C and latent heat of melting of ice is 80 cal/gm)
(a) 0C (b) 7.5C (c) 12.5C (d) -1.25C
Ans: (a)
Solution: The amount of heat required to melt the ice of mass 10gm at 00C is
Q m L 10 80 800Cal . Where L is the latent heat of melting of ice and m is the
mass of the ice. The amount of heat available in water of mass 30gm at 250C is
Q m Cv T 30 1 25 750Cal
Since the heat available is less than the heat required to melt the ice therefore ice will not
melt as a result the temperature of the system will be at 00C only.
Q25. A vessel has two compartments of volume V1 and V2 , containing an ideal gas at pressures
p1 and p 2 , and temperatures T1 and T2 respectively. If the wall separating the
compartments is removed, the resulting equilibrium temperature will be
p1T1 p 2T2 V1T1 V2T2
(a) (b)
p1 p 2 V1 V2
p1V1 p 2V2
(d) T1T2
1/ 2
(c)
p1V1 / T1 p 2V2 / T2
Ans: (c)





fiziks

pV p V
Solution: V V1 V2 , n n1 n2 1 1 2 2 , U1 U 2 U , n1CvT1 n2CvT2 nCvT ,
T1 T2
p1V1 p2V2
n1T1 n2T2 nT T
p1V1 p2V2

T1 T2
Q26. For temperature T1 T2 , the qualitative temperature dependence of the probability

distribution F v of the speed v of a molecule in three dimensions is correctly
represented by the following figure:
T2
T1
F(v)
F(v)
T1 T2
(a) (b)
v v
T1
T2 T1
F(v)
F(v)
T2
(c) (d)
v v
Ans: (a)
Solution: Area under the F v is conserve and the mean velocity shift towards right for higher
temperature.
Q27. A system of non-interacting spin- 1/ 2 charged particles are placed in an external magnetic
field. At low temperature T , the leading behavior of the excess energy above the ground
state energy, depends on T as: ( c is a constant)
(a) cT (b) cT 3 (c) e c / T (d) c (is independent of T )
Ans: (c)
kTB H H
B
B H e e kT
Solution: U B H tanh B H B H BH
kT e kT e kT





fiziks

Excess energy from the ground level
kTB H H
B B H H
B H
B
e e e e 2 e
B H B H ( H ) H 1 H
kT kT kT kT
B H B B B H B H B B H B H
e kT e kT e kT e kT e kT e kT

C
For lower value U e T
where C B H .
Q28. Consider a system of two Ising spins S1 and S 2 taking values 1 with interaction energy
given by JS1 S 2 , when it is in thermal equilibrium at temperature T . For large T , the
average energy of the system varies as C / k B T , with C given by
(a) 2J 2 (b) J 2 (c) J 2 (d) 4 J

Ans: (b)
Solution: The interaction energy is given by E J S1 S 2 where S1 and S 2 taking values 1 .
Possible values of the Energy of the system are
E1 J 11 J , E 2 J 1 1 J
E3 J 1 1 J , E 4 J 1 1 J

Er
J J
Er g r e kT
2 Je
J
2 Je

J
kTJ
e e

J
kT
1 kT 1
kT

J J J
kT kT
U r
J
E
r
J

J
e kT e kT J J
g e
r
r
kT
2e kT
2e kT
1
kT
1

kT
J2 J
U C J 2 (For large T , 1 )
kT kT
Q29. Consider two different systems each with three identical non-interacting particles. Both
have single particle states with energies 0 ,3 0 and 5 0 , 0 0 . One system is populated
1
by spin fermions and the other by bosons. What is the value of E F E B where E F
2
and EB are the ground state energies of the fermionic and bosonic systems respectively?
(a) 6 0 (b) 2 0 (c) 4 0 (d) 0

Ans: (b)
Solution: Energy of Fermion = 2 1 0 3 0 5 0





fiziks

Energy of boson = 3 1 0 3 0
E F E B = 5 0 3 0 2 0
NET/JRF (DEC-2013)
1
Q30. Three identical spin- fermions are to be distributed in two non-degenerate distinct
2
energy levels. The number of ways this can be done is
(a) 8 (b) 4 (c) 3 (d) 2
Ans: (b)
Solution: Total number of degeneracy
g (No. of energy state (n)) (No. of degeneracy due to spin ( 2 s 1 ))
1 1
n 2, s , g 2 (2. 1) 4
2 2
No. of particle N 3 so no. of ways g
cN 4 c3 4
Q31. Consider the melting transition of ice into water at constant pressure. Which of the
following thermodynamic quantities does not exhibit a discontinuous change across the
phase transition?
(a) Internal energy (b) Helmholtz free energy (c) Gibbs free energy (d) entropy
Ans: (c)
Solution: Ice to water: 1st order place transition
So Gibbs free energy is continuous so it doesnt exhibit discontinuous change.
Q32. Two different thermodynamic systems are described by the following equations of state:
1 3RN 1 1 5 RN 2
1 1 and 2 2 where T
1, 2
, N 1, 2 and U 1, 2 are respectively, the
T 2U T 2U
temperatures, the mole numbers and the internal energies of the two systems, and R is
the gas constant. Let U tot denote the total energy when these two systems are put in
U 1
contact and attain thermal equilibrium. The ratio is
U tot
5 N 2 3N 1 N 1 N 2
(a) (b) (c) 1 (d) 1
3N 1 5 N 2 3N 1 5 N 2 N N 2 N N 2





fiziks

Ans: (b)
1 3RN 1 1 5RN 2
Solution: and
T 1 2U 1 T 2 2U 2
3 5
Now utot U (1) U 2 RN 1T 1 RN 2T 2
2 2
1
3RN 1T 1
U 1 2 3 N 1T 1

U tot 1 3N 1T 1 5 RN 2T 2 3N 1T 1 5 N 2T 2
2
1 2 3N 1
At thermal equilibrium T T , thus
3N 1 5 N 2
Q33. The speed v of the molecules of mass m of an ideal gas obeys Maxwells velocity
distribution law at an equilibrium temperature T . Let v x , v y v z denote the components

2
of the velocity and k B the Boltzmann constant. The average value of vx v y , where
and are constants, is

(a) 2 2 k B T / m (b) 2 2 k B T / m
(c) k B T / m (d) k B T / m
2 2
Ans: (c)
Solution: Ideal gas obeys Maxwell velocity distribution law at equilibrium temperature. Then

2
average value of vx v y
v
2
Now x vy 2 v x2 2 v y2 2 v x v y
k BT
v x 0, v y 0 and vx2 v y2 vz2
m
v
2
Then x v y 2 v x2 2 v y2 2 v x v y
v x v y
2
2
k BT
m
k T
2 B 2 2
m m

kT





fiziks

Q34. The entropy S of a thermodynamic system as a function of energy E is given by the
following graph S
C
B
A
E
The temperatures of the phases A, B and C , denoted by T A , TB and TC , respectively,
satisfy the following inequalities:
(a) TC TB T A (b) T A TC TB (c) TB TC T A (d) TB T A TC
Ans: (c)
Solution: Now temperature of phase TA , TB , TC C
S
dS 1 B
Now
dE T A
dS
Now will be slope then it will be zero for B - phase
dE E
So TB and in C and A phases internal energy of C phase is more so TC T A
Now TB TC T A
Q35. A system of N classical non-interacting particles, each of mass m , is at a temperature T

1 2
and is confined by the external potential V r Ar (where A is a constant) in three
2
dimensions. The internal energy of the system is
3 A k BT
(c) N 2mA
3/ 2
(a) 3 Nk B T (b) Nk B T k BT (d) N ln
2 m m
Ans: (a)





fiziks

1
2
1

Solution: V r Ar 2 A x 2 y 2 z 2 it is harmonic oscillator so it partition function will
2
3N
1 kT
be z N
N
ln Z N
Internal energy U kT 2 then internal energy will be 3 NkT
T
Q36. A Carnot cycle operates as a heat engine between two bodies of equal heat capacity until
their temperatures become equal. If the initial temperatures of the bodies are T1 and T2 ,
respectively and T1 T2 then their common final temperature is
1
(a) T12 / T2 (b) T22 / T1 (c) T1T2 (d) T1 T2
2
Ans: (c)
Solution: For heat Carnot engine the change in entropy for source and sink
TF dT T TF dT T
dS1 log F and dS 2 log F
T1 T T1 T1 T
T2
TF T
S dS1 dS 2 log log F .
T1 T2
T
2
Hence carnot engine is reversible in nature log F 0 TF T1T2

T1T2





fiziks

NET/JRF (JUNE-2014)
Q37. Which of the graphs below gives the correct qualitative behaviour of the energy density
E r of blackbody radiation of wavelength at two temperatures T1 and T2 T1 T2 ?
(a) (b)
T2
T2
Er
Er
T1

(c) (d)
T2
T2
Er Er
T1
T1
Ans: (c)
Q38. A system can have three energy levels: E 0, . The level E 0 is doubly
degenerate, while the others are non-degenerate. The average energy at inverse
temperature is
e e
(a) tanh (b)
1 e
e

(c) zero (d) tanh
2
Ans: (d)
Solution: E 0, , E 0 doubly degenerate
z gi e Ei 2 e 0 e e
z 2 e e ln z ln 2 e e





fiziks

1
Now E ln z ln 2 e e e e

2 e e

e 2
e 2

e e
E E tanh
2
2
e 2 e 2 e e 2
2

Q39. The free energy F of a system depends on a thermodynamic variable as
F a 2 b 6
with a, b 0 . The value of , when the system is in thermodynamic equilibrium, is
(b) a / 6b (c) a / 3b (d) a / b

1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 4
(a) zero
Ans: (c)
Solution: Frequency F a 2 b 6 a, b 0
2 F
F is equilibrium i.e. 0
2
F
Now 2a 6b 5

1/ 4
F a a
0 2a 6b 5 4
3b 3b
Q40. For a particular thermodynamic system the entropy S is related to the internal energy U
and volume V by
S cU 3 / 4V 1 / 4
where c is a constant. The Gibbs potential G U TS pV for this system is
3 pU cU US
(a) (b) (c) zero (d)
4T 3 4V
Ans: (c)





fiziks

Solution: S cU V , dU TdS pdV
3/4 1/4
S 1 S 1 c 3 1/ 4 1/ 4 4 U 1/ 4
U V T
U V T U V T 4 3c V 1/ 4
1
U S V 5 / 4U 4 S V 5/ 4 1/ 4
P P U
V S c 3 c 3
4 U 1/ 4 S V 5/ 4 1/4 4 1
G U 1/ 4
cU 3/ 4 1/ 4
V U V G U U U 0
3c V c 3 3 3
Q41. The pressure of a nonrelativistic free Fermi gas in three-dimensions depends, at T 0 ,
on the density of fermions n as
(a) n 5 / 3 (b) n1 / 3 (c) n 2 / 3 (d) n 4 / 3
Ans: (a)
2
Pressure P nEF
3
EF n 2 / 3 at T 0
2 2
P n n 2 / 3 P n 5 / 3 P n5 / 3
3 3
Q42. The van der Waals equation of state for a gas is given by
a
P 2 V b RT
V
where P, V and T represent the pressure, volume and temperature respectively, and a
and b are constant parameters. At the critical point, where all the roots of the above
cubic equation are degenerate, the volume is given by
a a 8a
(a) (b) (c) (d) 3b
9b 27b 2 27bR
Ans: (d)
a
Solution: P 2 V b RT
V





fiziks

P P
2
For critical volume 0, 2 0
V V
a ab
PV pb 2 RT
V V
P a 2ab 2 P 2a 6ab 2a 6ab
0 P 2 3 0, 0 3 4 0 3 4 Vc 3b
V V V V 2
V V V V
NET/JRF (DEC-2014)
Q43. The pressure P of a fluid is related to its number density by the equation of state
P a b 2
where a and b are constants. If the initial volume of the fluid is V0 , the work done on
the system when it is compressed so as to increase the number density from an initial
value of 0 to 2 0 is
(a) a 0V0 (b) a b 0 0V0
3a 7 b
(c) 0 0V0 (d) a ln 2 b 0 0V0
2 3
Ans: (d)
n n2 n
Solution: P a b 2 P a b 2
V V V
V2 dV V2 dV n n
W P dV an bn 2 where V1 , V2
V1 V V1 V 2 0 2 0
W n a ln 2 b 0 0V0 a ln 2 b0 n 0V0
Work done on the system W a ln 2 b0 0V0





fiziks

Q44. An ideal Bose gas is confined inside a container that is connected to a particle reservoir.
Each particle can occupy a discrete set of single-particle quantum states. If the probability
that a particular quantum state is unoccupied is 0.1 , then the average number of bosons
in that state is
(a) 8 (b) 9 (c) 10 (d) 11
Ans: (b)
Q45. In low density oxygen gas at low temperature, only the translational and rotational modes
of the molecules are excited. The specific heat per molecule of the gas is
1 3 5
(a) kB (b) k B (c) kB (d) kB
2 2 2
Ans: (d)
Solution: Total D.O.F. = 3 transition + 2 rotation i.e. f 5
k B T 5k B T U 5
U f CV kB
2 2 T 2
Q46. When a gas expands adiabatically from volume V1 to V2 by a quasi-static reversible
process, it cools from temperature T1 to T2 . If now the same process is carried out
adiabatically and irreversibly, and T2 is the temperature of the gas when it has
equilibrated, then
(a) T2 T2 (b) T2 T2
V V T2V1
(c) T2 T2 2 1 (d) T2
V2 V2
Ans: (b)
Q47. A random walker takes a step of unit length in the positive direction with probability 2 / 3
and a step of unit length in the negative direction with probability 1 / 3 . The mean
displacement of the walker after n steps is
(a) n / 3 (b) n / 8 (c) 2n / 3 (d) 0
Ans: (a)





fiziks

2 1
Solution: P 1 P 1
3 3
2 1 1 n
For one step 1 , for n step
3 3 3 3
Q48. A collection N of non-interacting spins S i , i 1, 2, ....., N , S i 1 is kept in an
external magnetic field B at a temperature T . The Hamiltonian of the system is
B
H B i S i . What should be the minimum value of for which the mean value
k BT
1
Si ?
3
1 1
(a) N ln 2 (b) 2 ln 2 (c) ln 2 (d) N ln 2
2 2
Ans: (c)
B B

e kT
e kT
Solution: P Si 1 B B
, P Si 1 B B

e kT
e kT e kT
e kT
B B

1e kT
e kT
B
Si Si tanh

B B
kT
e kT
e kT
B
For N particle Si N tanh
kT
According to question
Si 1 B 1 B 1
tanh ln 2
N 3 kT 3 kT 2
NET/JRF (JUNE-2015)
Q49. A system of N non-interacting classical particles, each of mass m is in a two
dimensional harmonic potential of the form V r x 2 y 2 where is a positive
1
constant. The canonical partition function of the system at temperature T is :
k BT





fiziks

N
2 2m
2N
(a) (b)
2m
N N
2m 2
(c) (d) 2
2m
Ans. (d)
Solution: V r x 2 y 2
px2 p 2y x 2 y 2
1
z1 2
h
e 2 mkT
dpx e

2 mkT
dp y e

kT
dx e

kT
dy
2 mkT 2 mkT 1 1 1
z1 . .2 x .2
h 2
h 2
2 2
kT kT
N
2 2 m 2 2 m
z1 2 kT z N 2
2

h h
Q50. A system of N distinguishable particles, each of which can be in one of the two energy
levels 0 and , has a total energy n , where n is an integer. The entropy of the system
is proportional to
(a) N ln n (b) n ln N
N ! N!
(c) ln (d) ln
n! n ! N n !

Ans. (d)
Solution: No of ways for above configuration is N Cn
N
W
n N n
N
Entropy=k ln
n N n





fiziks

Q51. The condition for the liquid and vapour phases of a fluid to be in equilibrium is given by
dP Q
the approximate equation 1 (Clausius-Clayperon equation) where vvap is the
dT Tvvap
volume per particle in the vapour phase, and Q1 is the latent heat, which may be taken to
be a constant. If the vapour obeys ideal gas law, which of the following plots is correct?
(a) ln P (b) ln P
O T O T
(c) ln P (d) ln P
O T O T
Ans. (c)
dP Q
Solution: l
dT Tvap
RT dP Ql P dP Ql dT
vap
P

dT RT 2

P

R T 2
C
ln P
T
Q52. Consider three Ising spins at the vertices of a triangle which interact with each other with
a ferromagnetic Ising interaction of strength J . The partition function of the system at
1
temperature T is given by :
k BT
(a) 2e3 J 6e J (b) 2e 3 J 6e J
(d) 2 cosh J
3
(c) 2e3 J 6e 3 J 3e J 3e J





fiziks

Ans. (b)
Solution: H J S1S 2 S1S3 S 2 S3
S1 S2 S3 E
1 1 1 3J
1 1 1

1 1 1 J
1 1 1
1 11

1 1 1 J
1 1 1
1 1 1 3J
z 2e3 J 6e J
Q53. A large number N of Brownian particles in one dimension start their diffusive motion
from the origin at time t 0 . The diffusion coefficient is D . The number of particles
crossing a point at a distance L from the origin, per unit time, depends on L and time t
as
L2 4 Dt
N NL
(a) e 4 Dt (b) e L2
4 Dt 4 Dt
L2 4 Dt
N 4 Dt L2
(c) e (d) Ne
16 Dt 3
Ans. (a)
Solution: From Einstein Smoluchowski theory
dx x2
p x dx exp
4 Dt 4 Dt
N L2
No of particle passing from point L at origin .exp
4 Dt 4 Dt





fiziks

Q54. An ideal Bose gas in d -dimensions obeys the dispersion relation k Ak s , where A
and s are constants. For Bose-Einstein condensation to occur, the occupancy of excited
states
d s

s
Ne c 1
d
0 e
where c is a constant, should remain finite even for 0 . This can happen if
d 1 1 d 1
(a) (b)
s 4 4 s 2
d 1 d
(c) 1 (d) 1
s 2 s
Ans. (c)
d s
s
Solution: Ne c d
0
e 1
B.E. condensation is possible in 3-D
1
d S 1 d 3
For materlistic particle g 2
S 2 S 2
d S d
For massless particle g 2 2 3
S S
d
In both case 1
S





fiziks

NET/JRF (DEC-2015)
Q55. The heat capacity of (the interior of a refrigerator is 4.2 kJ / K . The minimum work that
must be done to lower the internal temperature from 18o C to 17o C when the outside
temperature is 27o C will be

(a) 2.20 kJ (b) 0.80 kJ (c) 0.30 kJ (d) 0.14 kJ
Ans.: (b)
Q56. For a system of independent non interacting one-dimensional oscillators, the value of the
free energy per oscillator, in the limit T 0 , is
1 3
(a) (b) (c) (d) 0
2 2
Ans.: (a)
N

Solution: For the given system Z N 2sinh F kT ln Z N NkT ln 2sinh
2kT 2kT

2e e
2 kT 2 kT

NkT ln NkT ln e 2 kT
1 e kT
NkT ln e 2 kT
NkT ln 1 e kT

2

F F
kT ln 1 e kT 0 kT 0
N 2 N 2
F

N 2
Q57. The partition function of a system of N Ising spins is Z 1N 2N where 1 and 2 are
functions of temperature, but are independent of N . If 1 2 , the free energy per spin
in the limit N is

(a) k BT ln 1 (b) k BT ln 2 (c) k BT ln 12 (d) k BT ln 1
2





fiziks

Ans.: (d)
Solution: Z 1N 2N

F kT ln 1N 2N it is given 1 2
N 2
F kT ln 1N 1 2 0
1 1

F
F kT ln 1N F NkT ln 1 kT ln 1
N
1
Q58. The Hamiltonian of a system of N non interacting spin - particles is H 0 B i Siz ,
2
where Siz 1 are components of i th spin along an external magnetic field B . At a
0 B
temperature T such that e kBT 2 . the specific heat per particle is

16 8 16
(c) k B ln 2 k B ln 2
2 2
(a) kB (b) k B ln 2 (d)
25 25 25
Ans.: (d)
0 B
Solution: For the given system E 0 B tanh
kT
2
B B
CV 0 Nk sec 2 h 0
kT kT
2 0 B
CV 0 B 4 0 B
k 2
e kT 2 ln 2
N kT 0 B B
0 kT
e e kT
kT

2 2
CV 0 B 4 B 16 2 16k
k 2
0 k ln 2
N kT 1 kT 25 25
2
2
CV 16
k ln 2
2

N 25





fiziks

1
Q59. An ensemble of non-interacting spin - particles is in contact with a heat bath at
2
temperature T and is subjected to an external magnetic field. Each particle can be in one
of the two quantum states of energies 0 . If the mean energy per particle is 0 / 2 ,
then the free energy per particle is
(a) 2 0

ln 4 / 3 (b) 0 ln 3 / 2 (c) 2 0 ln 2 (d) 0
ln 2
ln 3 ln 3
Ans.: (a)
Solution: For the given system portion function
0
Z n 2 N cosh
kT
0
mean energy per unit partical is 0 tanh 0
2 kT
0 1 e e 1
put tanh
kT 2 e e 2
1 1 2 0
e 2 3 ln 3 0 ln 3 kT
2 kT 2 ln 3
F
it is given kT ln 2 cosh 0
N kT
F e e
kT ln 2 cosh 8
N 8
e e
kT ln 2
2
kT ln e e 1
2

kT ln e 3 1 kT ln e 4 kT ln e ln 4
kT kT ln 4
F 2
kT 0 kT ln 4 0 30 ln 4
N kT ln





fiziks

3 16
ln ln 3
ln 3 2 ln 4 16
0 0 0
ln 3 ln 3 ln 3

4 2 4
ln ln
0
3
2 0
3
ln 3 ln 3

4
ln
F
2 0
3

N ln 3
Q60. Which of the following graphs shows the qualitative dependence of the free energy
f h, T of a ferromagnet in an external magnetic field h , and at a fixed temperature
T TC , where TC is the critical temperature?

f
(a) f (b)
h
h
f f
(c) (d)
h h
Ans.: (c)
Solution: For super conductor state one will find two local minima
f
h Option (c) is correct.





fiziks

NET/JRF (JUNE-2016)
Q61. The specific heat per molecule of a gas of diatomic molecules at high temperatures is
(a) 8k B (b) 3.5k B (c) 4.5 k B (d) 3k B
Ans: (b)
Solution: For high temperature all number are excited so degree at freedom for diatomic
molecule is 7
fk BT
Internal energy is
2
7 k BT
U
2
U
CV 3.5k B
T V
Q62. When an ideal monatomic gas is expanded adiabatically from an initial volume V0 to
T
3V0 , its temperature changes from T0 to T . Then the ratio is
T0
2 1
1 1 3 1 3
(a) (b) (c) (d) 3
3 3 3
Ans: (b)
Solution: For adiabatic process PV k T0V0 1 k
1 v 1
V 1
T 3V0
1 1
T0V0 T T0 0 T T0
3V0 3
5
For monoatomic gas
3
5 2
1
1 3 1 3
T T0 T0
3 3





fiziks

Q63. A box of volume V containing N molecules of an ideal gas, is divided by a wall with a
V
hole into two compartments. If the volume of the smaller compartment is , the
3
variance of the number of particles in it, is
N 2N N
(a) (b) (c) N (d)
3 9 3
Ans: (b)
V 1 1
Solution: probability that one particle in compartment is so p
3 3 3
There are only two options either particle is in left half or right half, so for one particle
distribution is Bernoulli for Bernoullis distribution
2 p 1 p . For N particle distribution is Binomial so
1 1 2N
2 Np 1 p N 1 2
3 3 9
Q64. A gas of non-relativistic classical particles in one dimension is subjected to a potential
1
V x x (where is a constant). The partition function is
k BT
4m 2m 8m 3m
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2
Ans: (c)
p2 x x
1 x 1
Solution: z e 2 mkT dpx e kT dx 2 mkT e kT dx
1/ 2
h
h
1/ 2 x
2 mkT

h
2

e kT
dx
x 0 x x
kT kT 2kT
e

kT
dx e

kT
dx e
0
kT
dx

1/ 2
2 mkT 2kT 1
z put

2
h kT





fiziks

1
8 m 2
z 2 3 2
h
Q65. The internal energy E T of a system at a fixed volume is found to depend on the
temperature T as E T aT 2 bT 4 . Then the entropy S T , as a function of
temperature, is
1 2 1 4
(a) aT bT (b) 2aT 2 4bT 4
2 4
4
(c) 2aT bT 3 (d) 2aT 2bT 3
3
Ans: (c)
Solution: From Law of thermodynamics
TdS dE PdV dE TdS PdV
it is given dV 0
1
dE TdS dS dE
T
E aT 2 bT 4 dE 2aTdT 4bT 3 dT
1 4bT 3
dS
T
2 aTdT 4bT 3
dT 2 adT 4bT 2
dT 2 aT
3
Q66. Consider a gas of Cs atoms at a number density of 1012 atoms/cc. when the typical inter-
particle distance is equal to the thermal de Broglie wavelength of the particles, the
temperature of the gas is nearest to (Take the mass of a Cs atom to be 22.7 1026 kg )
(a) 1109 K (b) 7 105 K (c) 1103 K (d) 2 108 K

Ans: (d)
Solution: When de Broglie wavelength = thermal wavelength
g3 / 2 z 2.61
2/3
N h3 N h2
2 mkT 3 / 2 2 mkT
V 2.61 V 2.612 / 3





fiziks

2/3 2
1 h2 1 1012 6.6 1034
T n 2/3

2 mk 2.612 / 3 2 3.14 22.7 1026 1.38 1023 2.612 / 3
6.6 2 108 1064 1049 6.6 2 107

6.28 22.7 1.38 2.61 6.28 22.7 1.38 2.61
2/3 2/3
0.221107 0.221
107 0.116 107 1.16 108
2.61 2/3
1.895
NET/JRF (DEC-2016)
Q67. The partition function of a two-level system governed by the Hamiltonian

H

is

(a) 2sinh 2 2
(b) 2 cosh 2 2
(c) cosh sinh

1 2 2
2 2
2
(d) cosh sinh
1 2 2
2 2
2
Ans.: (b)

Solution: H

The eigen value is given by
E1 2 2 and E2 2 2
Z trace e H e E1 e E2 e 2 2
e

2 2
Z 2 cosh 2 2





fiziks

Q68. Consider a gas of N classical particles in a two-dimensional square box of side L . If the
total energy of the gas is E , the entropy (apart from an additive constant) is
L2 E LE
(a) Nk B ln (b) Nk B ln
N N
L E E
(c) 2 Nk B ln (d) L2 k B ln
N N
Ans. : (c)
N
1 2 mkTL2 E
Solution: Z N KT
N h2 N
N
1 L2 E 2 m
ZN Assume 1
N N h2
L2 E L2 E
ln Z ln N N ln N ln N N N ln
N N
L2 E
F KT ln Z NKT ln N NKT NKT ln
N
E NKT
U F EF L2 E
S NK NK ln N NK NK ln
T T N
2
L2 E L E L E
NK ln 2 NK ln 2 NK ln
N N N





fiziks

Q69. Consider a random walk on an infinite two-dimensional triangular lattice, a part of which
is shown in the figure below.
If the probabilities of moving to any of the nearest neighbour sites are equal, what is the
probability that the walker returns to the starting position at the end of exactly three
steps?
1 1 1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
36 216 18 12
Ans. : (c)
Solution: For walker to return to starting position it must move along an equivalent triangle in
three steps.
For steps one any movement can result in equilateral triangle.
For step two, two out of six options will form equilateral triangle.
For step three, only one out of six options will form equilateral triangle
6 2 1 1
Total probability
6 6 6 18
Q70. An atom has a non-degenerate ground-state and a doubly-degenerate excited state. The
energy difference between the two states is . The specific heat at very low temperatures
1 is given by
(a) k B (b) k B e
(c) 2k B e
2
(d) k B
Ans. : (c)
Solution: Assume energy at ground state is 0 and energy at first excited state is
Z 1 2e





fiziks

2 e
Energy
1 2e
V
specific heat CV
T V

1

2

2 e 2 2 e kT 2
kT 2 1 2 e kT

kT kT kT
2k e

2
kT 2

1 2e
kT
1 2e 1 2e
kT kT
2k e
2 1 2e

1 2e
2
2k e
2
Q71. The electrons in graphene can be thought of as a two-dimensional gas with a linear

energy-momentum relation E p v , where p px , p y and v is a constant. If is the
number of electrons per unit area, the energy per unit area is proportional to
(a) 3/ 2 (b) (c) 1/ 3 (d) 2
Ans. : (a)
Solution: no of k states in range to k dk .
2
L
In 2 D is given by g x dx 2 kdk
2
Since dispersion relation is E P V kV
2
L EdE
g E dE 2 2
2 V
2
The number at electron at T 00 K is

EF EF
L2 L2 N
N g Ed E EdE EF2 2 2 v 2 . 2
0
2v 2 0
2 v
2 2
L





fiziks

N
EF2 2 2V 2 2
L
The average energy at T 0 K is
EF
Eg E dE L2
EF
L2 EF3
Eav 0
N

N 2V 2
0
E 2 dE
3N 2v 2
L2 L2 2
Eav 2 V 2 V .
2 2 2 2 1/ 2
v 3/ 2
3N V
2 2
N a
E NEa v 2
2
2 v 3/ 2
L L a
E
3/ 2
L2





fiziks

ELECTRONICS SOLUTIONS
GATE-2010
Q1. The voltage resolution of a 12-bit digital to analog converter (DAC), whose output varies
from 10 V to 10 V is, approximately
(a) 1 mV (b) 5 mV (c) 20 mV (d) 100 mV
Ans: (b)
20V
Solution: Voltage resolution= 4.8 mV
212 1
Q2. The figure shows a constant current source charging a capacitor that is initially
uncharged. Vout
If the switch is closed at t = 0, which of the following plots depicts correctly the output
voltage of the circuit as a function of time?
(a) (b)
Vout Vout
t t
(c) (d)
Vout Vout
t t
Ans: (d)
CdV0 I
Solution: I 0 V0 0 t
dt C





fiziks

Q3. In one of the following circuits, negative feedback does not operate for a negative input.
Which one is it? The opamps are running from 15 V supplies.
(a) (b)

(c) (d)

Ans: (c)
Q4. For any set of inputs, A and B, the following circuits give the same output, Q, except one.
Which one is it?
(a) (b)
Q
Q
(c) (d)
Q
Q
Ans: (d)





fiziks

GATE-2011
Q5. Which of the following statements is CORRECT for a common emitter amplifier
circuit?
(a) The output is taken from the emitter
(b) There is 180o phase shift between input and output voltages
(c) There is no phase shift between input and output voltages
(d) Both p-n junctions are forward biased
Ans: (b)
Q6. For an intrinsic semiconductor, me* and mh* are respectively the effective masses of
electrons and holes near the corresponding band edges. At a finite temperature the
position of the Fermi level
(a) depends on me* but not on mh* (b) depends on mh* but not on me*
(c) depends on both me* and mh* (d) depends neither on me* nor on mh*
Ans: (c)
Q7. In the following circuit, the voltage across and the current through the 2 k resistance are
500 1k
20V 10V
2k
30V
(a) 20 V, 10 mA (b) 20 V, 5 mA (c) 10 V, 10 mA (d) 10 V, 5 mA

Ans: (d)





fiziks

Q8. In the following circuit, Tr1 and Tr2 are identical transistors having VBE = 0.7 V. The
current passing through the transistor Tr2 is
100
Tr2
5V
Tr1
(a) 57 mA (b) 50 mA (c) 48 mA (d) 43 mA

Ans: (d)
5 0.7
Solution: Current through 100 , I 43 mA
100
I I C 2 I B I C 43 mA .
Q9. The following Boolean expression
Y A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D can
be simplified to
(a) A B C A D (b) A B C A D
(c) A B C A D (d) A B C A D
Ans: (c)
CD CD CD CD
AD
AB 1 1
AB 1 1
AB
AB 1 1
AB C





fiziks

Q10. Consider the following circuit 1k 4k
10V

Vout
Vin
10V
Which of the following correctly represents the output Vout corresponding to the input
Vin?
5V 5V
(a) (b)
2V 2V
Vin Vin
2V time 2V time
5V 5V
10V
10V Vout
Vout time
- 10V
time
- 10V
(c) 5V (d)
5V
2V
Vin 2V
2V time Vin
2V time
5V
5V
10V
10V
Vout
Vout
time
time - 10V
- 10V
Ans: (a)
1 1
Solution: Vut 10 2V , Vlt 10 2V .
1 4 1 4





fiziks

GATE-2012
Q11. If the peak output voltage of a full wave rectifier is 10 V, its d.c. voltage is
(a) 10.0 V (b) 7.07 V (c) 6.36 V (d) 3.18 V
Ans: (c)
2Vm 2 10 14 10 70
Solution: Vdc 6.36V
22 / 7 22 11
Q12. A Ge semiconductor is doped with acceptor impurity concentration of 1015 atoms/cm3.
For the given hole mobility of 1800 cm2/V-s, the resistivity of the material is
(a) 0.288 cm (b) 0.694 cm (c) 3.472 cm (d) 6.944 cm
Ans: (c)
1 1 1
Solution: 15 3.47 cm
N A e u h 10 1.6 10 19 1800
Q13. Identify the CORRECT energy band diagram for silcon doped with Arsenic. Here CB,
VB, ED and EF are conduction band, valence band, impurity level and Fermi level,
respectively.
(a) (b)
CB CB
ED
ED
EF
EF
VB VB
(c) (d)
CB CB
EF EF
ED ED
VB VB
Ans: (b)
Solution: N-type material ( Si doped with AS ).





fiziks

10V
Q14. Consider the following OP-AMP circuit
Which one of the following correctly represents the Vin
output Vout corresponding to the input Vin? 5V Vout

4k
- 10V
1k
(a) (b)
5V 5V
Vin Vin
1V 1V
0V t 0V t
10V 10V
Vout Vout
t t
10V 10V
(c) (d)
5V 5V
Vin Vin
0V t 0V t
10V 10V
Vout Vout
t t
10V 10V
Ans: (a)
1
Solution: Voltage at inverting input V2 5 1V .
1 4
When vin 1V , v0 VCC and when vin 1V , v0 VCC





fiziks

Q15. In the following circuit, for the output voltage to be V0 V1 V2 / 2 the ratio R1/R2 is
(a) 1/2 R
(b) 1 VCC
R
(c) 2 V1
Vo
(d) 3
V2
R1
- VCC
Ans: (d) R2
Solution: When V2 0, v01 V1
R R2
when V1 0, v02 1 V2
R R1 R2
V2 R2 1 R
Since V0 V1 2 1 3
2 R1 R2 2 R2
Q16. In the following circuit, the voltage drop across the ideal diode in forward bias condition
is 0.7V. The current passing through the diode is
(a) 0.5 mA
12k
(b) 1.0 mA
24 Volt
(c) 1.5 mA
(d) 2.0 mA 6k 3.3 k
Ans: (b)
Solution: Let current through 12k is I and through diode is I D
Then 0 .7 I D 3 .3 I I D 6 (1)
and 24 I 12 I I D 6 0 (2)
From (1) and (2) I D 1mA.





fiziks

Q17. Consider the following circuit in which the current gain dc of the transistor is 100.
15 V
100 k 900
100
Which one of the following correctly represents the load line (collector current IC with
respect to collector-emitter voltage VCE) and Q-point of this circuit?
(a) (b)
15 mA Q - point 13 mA Q - point
(2 V, 13 mA) (2 V, 10 mA)
IC
IC
VCE 15 V VCE 15 V
(c) (d)
15 mA 13 mA
Q - point Q - point
(7.5 V, 7.5 mA) (7.5 V, 6.5 mA)
IC
IC
VCE 15 V VCE 15 V
Ans: (a)
VCC V BE 15 0.7 14.3
Solution: I B mA.
RB RE 100 10 100 100
3
I C I B 14.3mA 13mA , VCE VCC I C RC RE 15 900 100 13 10 3 2V .
VCC 15
I C , Sat 15 mA.
R C R E 1000





fiziks

GATE-2013
Q18. What should be the clock frequency of a 6 bit A / D converter so that its maximum
conserved time is 32s ?
(a) 1 MHz (b) 2 MHz (c) 0.5 MHz (d) 4 MHz
Ans: (c)
Q19. A phosphorous doped silicon semiconductor (doping density: 1017/cm3) is heated from
100C to 200C. Which one of the following statements is CORRECT?
(a) Position of Fermi level moves towards conduction band
(b) Position of dopant level moves towards conduction band
(c) Position of Fermi level moves towards middle of energy gap
(d) Position of dopant level moves towards middle of energy gap
Ans: (c)

Consider the following circuit
Q20. For this circuit the frequency above which the gain will decrease by 20 dB per decade is
(a) 15.9 kHz (b) 1.2kHz 10 k
Vin
(c) 5.6 kHz (d) 22.5 kHz
Vout
1000pF
Ans: (a)
1 1 k
Solution: f H 16kHz
2RC
2 k
Q21. At 1.2 kHz the closed loop gain is
(a) 1 (b) 1.5 (c) 3 (d) 0.5
1 R F
v0 R1

Ans: (b) 1 .5
v in 2
1 f

fH





fiziks

GATE-2014
Q22. The input given to an ideal OP-AMP integrator circuit is
V
V0
t
t0
The correct output of the integrator circuit is
(a) V (b) V
V0 V0
t0 t t0 t
(c) V (d) V
V0
V0
t0 t
t0 t
Ans: (a)
Q23. The minimum number of flip-flops required to construct a mod-75 counter is
__________
Ans: 7
Q24. The donor concentration in a sample of n -type silicon is increased by a factor of 100.
The shift in the position of the Fermi level at 300K, assuming the sample to non
degenerate is ________ meV
k BT 25meV at 300 K
Ans: 115.15
N Nc Nc
Solution: EC EF kT ln c and EC EF kT ln kT ln kT ln 100
Nd 100 N d Nd
Thus shift is E kT ln 100 25ln 100 meV 115.15 meV





fiziks

Q25. The current gain of the transistor in the following circuit is dc 100 . The value of
collector current I C is_________ mA 12V
3k 20 F
V0
150 k
Vi
20 F
3k
Ans: 1.6
VCC VBE 12 0
Solution: I B 0.016 mA I C I B 1.6 mA
RB RC RE 150 100 3 3
Q26. In order to measure a maximum of 1V with a resolution of 1mV using a n bit

A
converter working under the principle of ladder network the minimum value of n is
D
___________
Ans: 10
1
Solution: 1103 n 10
2 1 n
Q27. A low pass fliter is formed by a resistance R and a capacitance C . At the cut-off angular
1
frequency C the voltage gain and the phase of the output voltage relative to the
RC
input voltage respectively are
(a) 0.71and 45 o (b) 0.71and 45 o (c) 0.5 and 90 o (d) 0.5 and 90 o
Ans: (b)
v0 XC 1 1
Solution:
1 1 jCR
vin R X C R
XC
1 v 1 1 1 j 450
At C 0 0 e
RC vin 1 j 2e j 45 2





fiziks

GATE-2015
Q28. The band gap of an intrinsic semiconductor is E g 0.72 eV and mn* 6m*g . At 300 K ,
the Fermi level with respect to the edge of the valence band (in eV ) is at _______(upto
three decimal places) k B 1.38 10 23 JK 1
Ans.: 0.395
Ec E 3 m*
Solution: Ei kT ln h*
2 4 mn
Ei Ev / kT Eg / 2 kT
ni NV e Nc Nv e
Ei Ev / kT N c Eg / 2 kT N v Eg / 2 kT
e i v
E E / kT
e e e
Nv Nc
3
Ei Ev N v Eg mh* 4 Eg 3 E
ln ln * Ei Ev kT ln 6 g
kT N c 2kT me 2kT 4 2
3 0.72
Ei Ev 0.026 1.7917 0.3949eV 0.395 eV
4 2
Q29. Which one of the following DOES NOT represent an exclusive OR operation for inputs
A and B ?
(a) A B AB (b) AB BA
(c) A B A B (d) A B AB
Ans.: (d)
Solution: (a) ( A B) AB ( A B)( A B) AB AB
(b) AB AB
(c) AB AB
(d) A B AB AB





fiziks

Q30. Consider the circuit shown in the figure, where RC 1 . For an input signal Vi shown
below, choose the correct V0 from the options:

R
Vi
C
Vi
V0 1

R
1 2 3 t
V0 V0
(a) (b)
1 1
1 2 3 t 1 2 3 t
1 1
(c) V0 (d) V
i
0 .1
1
1 2 3 t
0 .1 3 t
1 2
Ans.: (b)
dvi 0 v0 dv dv
Solution: C v0 RC in in
dt R dt dt
vin t v0 1V and vin t v0 1V





fiziks

Q31. In the simple current source shown in the figure, Q1 and Q2 are identical transistors with
current gain 100 and VBE 0.7 V
Vice 30 V
5 k I0
Q1 Q2
The current I 0 in mA is __________ (upto two decimal places)

Ans.: 5.86
Solution: VCC I C RC VBE 0
30 0.7 29.3
IC 5.86 mA
5 5
Q32. In the given circuit, if the open loop gain A 10 5 the feedback configurations and the
closed loop gain A f are Vi
V0

9 k
1 k RL
(a) series-shunt, A f 9 (b) series-series, A f 10
(c) series-shunt, A f 10 (d) shunt-shunt, A f 10
Ans.: (c)
R
Solution: AF 1 F 1 9 10.
R1





fiziks

Q33. In the given circuit, the voltage across the source resistor is 1 V . The drain voltage (in V )
is ___________ 25V
5k
2 M
500
Ans.: 15
1 1
Solution: VS I D RS I D A VD VDD I D RD 25 5000 VD 15V
500 500
GATE-2016
Q34. The number density of electrons in the conduction band of a semiconductor at a given
temperature is 2 1019 m 3 . Upon lightly doping this semiconductor with donor
impurities, the number density of conduction electrons at the same temperature
becomes 4 10 20 m 3 . The ratio of majority to minority charge carrier concentration is
________.
Ans : 400
Solution: Intrinsic carrier concentration is ni 2 1019 m 3
Majority carrier concentration is n 4 1020 m 3
ni2 2 10
19 2
Minority carrier concentration is p 1018 m 3

n 4 10 20
n 4 1020
The ratio of majority to minority charge carrier concentration is 400
p 1018





fiziks

Q35. For the digital circuit given below, the output X is
X
B
C
(a) A B.C (b) A . B C (c) A . B C (d) A B.C

Ans.: (b)
Q36. For the transistor shown in the figure, assume V BE 0.7V and dc 100 . If Vin 5V , Vout
(in Volts) is _________. (Give your answer upto one decimal place)
10V
3 k
Vin Vout
200 k
1k
Ans.: 5.7
Vin VBE 5 0.7 4.3
Solution: I B mA I C I B 1.433 mA
RB RE 200 100 300
Vout VCC I C RC Vout 10 1.433 3 5.7 V





fiziks

GATE-2017
Q37. The best resolution that a 7 bit A/D convertor with 5V full scale can achieve
is mV . (up to two decimal places)
Ans. : 39.37
5
Solution: Resolution 39.37 mV
2 1
7
Q38. In the figure given below, the input to the primary of the transformer is a voltage varying
sinusoidally with time. The resistor R is connected to the centre tap of the secondary.
Which one of the following plots represents the voltage across the resistor R as a
function of time?
C
V V
(a) 0 (b) 0
t t
(c) V (d) V
0 0
t t
Ans. : (a)
Solution: Full wave rectifier with RC filter.
Q39. The minimum number of NAND gates required to construct an OR gate is:
(a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 5 (d) 3
Ans. : (d)





fiziks

Q40. For the transistor amplifier circuit shown below with R1 10 k , R2 10 k , R3 1 k ,
and 99 . Neglecting the emitter diode resistance, the input impedance of the amplifier
looking into the base for small ac signal is. k . (up to two decimal places)
VCC
R1
C
Vin B
E Vout
R2 R3
Ans. : 4.75
Solution: Z i Z b R where Z b R3 99k and R R1 R2 5k
Z i Z b R 4.75k
Q41. Consider an ideal operational amplifier as shown in the figure below with
R1 5 k , R2 1 k , RL 100 k . For an applied input voltage V 10 mV , the current
passing through R2 is.. A . (up to two decimal places)

R1
V
RL
R2
Ans. : 10.0
V 10
Solution: I 2 10 A
R2 1





fiziks

ELECTRONICS AND EXPERIMENTAL METHODS
NET/JRF (JUNE-2011)
Q1. A signal of frequency 10 kHz is being digitized by an A/D converter. A possible

sampling time which can be used is
(a) 100 s (b) 40 s (c) 60 s (d) 200 s
Ans: (b)
1 1
Solution: f S 2 f TS 50 s TS 50 s
2 f 20 103
Q2. Consider the digital circuit shown below in which the input C is always high (1).
A
B Z
C
(high)
The truth table for the circuit can be written as
A B Z
0 0
0 1
1 0
1 1
The entries in the Z column (vertically) are

(a) 1010 (b) 0100 (c) 1111 (d) 1011
Ans: (d)
Solution: Z A.B B 1





fiziks

Q3. A time varying signal Vin is fed to an op-amp circuit with output signal V0 as shown in
the figure below. 10K
The circuit implements a

(a) high pass filter with cutoff frequency 16 Hz 1K

(b) high pass filter with cutoff frequency 100 Hz Vo
Vin
(c) low pass filter with cutoff frequency 16 Hz 1K 10K
10K
(d) low pass filter with cutoff frequency 100 Hz 1 F
Ans: (c)
Solution: Since circuit has R and C combination, its a Low Pass filter and cutoff frequency
1
16 Hz.
2RC
NET/JRF (DEC-2011)
Q4. In the operational amplifier circuit below, the voltage at point A is
5V
1K A
1V
1V
1K
1K 5V
(a) 1.0 V (b) 0.5 V (c) 0 V (d) 5.0 V

Ans: (b)
1
Solution: V A 1 0.5V .
11





fiziks

Q5. A counter consists of four flip-flops connected as shown in the figure:
A0 A1 A2 A3
J Q J Q J Q J Q
CLK
K Q K Q K Q K Q
If the counter is initialized as A0 A1 A2 A3 = 0110, the state after the next clock pulse is
(a) 1000 (b) 0001 (c) 0011 (d) 1100
Ans: (b) A 0 0 A1 1 A 2 1 A 3 0
0 J Q J Q 0 J Q J Q
CLK
1 K Q K Q 0 1 K Q K Q
1 0 1
Q6. The pins 0, 1, 2 and 3 of part A of a microcontroller are connected with resistors to drive
an LED at various intensities as shown in the figure. For V CC
VCC = 4.2 V and a voltage drop of 1.2 V across the LED,
the range (maximum current) and resolution (step size)
A3
of the drive current are, respectively, 0 . 75 k
A2
(a) 4.0 mA and 1.0 mA C 1 .5 k
A1
(b) 15.0 mA and 1.0 mA 3k
(c) 7.5 mA and 0.5 mA A0
6k
(d) 4.0 mA and 0.5 mA
Ans: (c)
A3 , A2 , A1 , A0
For Maximum current
0, 0, 0, 0





fiziks

4.2 1.2 4.2 1.2 4.2 1.2 4.2 1.2
Thus I max 7.5mA
0.75k 1.5k 3k 6k
A3 , A2 , A1 , A0 4.2 1.2
For Step size . Thus I 0 0.5mA
0, 0, 0, 1 6k
Q7. The figure below shows a voltage regulator utilizing a Zener diode of breakdown voltage
5 V and a positive triangular wave input of amplitude 10 V.
500 12
Vi 10
i 8
i(mA)
6
1K 4
2
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
t ( s)
For Vi > 5V, the Zener regulates the output voltage by channeling the excess current
through itself. Which of the following waveforms shows the current i passing through the
Zener diode?
(a) 12 (b) 12
10
10
8
i(mA)
8
6
i(mA)
6
4
4
2
2
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
t ( s) t ( s)
(c) 12 (d) 12
10 10
8 8
i(mA)
i(mA)
6 6
4 4
2 2
0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
t ( s) t ( s)
Ans: (a)
Solution: When zener is OFF zener current is zero when zener is ON zener current will flow.





fiziks

NET/JRF (JUNE-2012)
Q8. In the op-amp circuit shown in the figure below, the input voltage is 1V. The value of the
1K
output V0 is
1K
1K Vo
Vi 1V

1K
(a) -0.33 V (b) -0.50 V (c) -1.00 V (d) -0.25 V

Ans: (b)
R F Vin 1 11 1
Solution: V0 V 0.05 where R F K and R1 1K .
R1 2 11 2
Q9. An LED operates at 1.5 V and 5 mA in forward bias. Assuming an 80% external
efficiency of the LED, how many photons are emitted per second?
(a) 5.0 x 1016 (b) 1.5 x 1016 (c) 0.8 x 1016 (d) 2.5 x 1016
Ans: (d)
i P i 5 10 3
Solution: Pin int hf , number of photon in int .8 19
2.5 1016
e hf e 1.6 10
Q10. The transistor in the given circuit has hfe = 35 and hie = 1000. If the load resistance
RL = 1000, the voltage and current gain are, respectively.
(a) -35 and + 35 VO
RL
(b) 35 and - 35

(c) 35 and 0.97
VI
(d) 0.98 and - 35
Ans: (a)





fiziks

Q11. The output, O, of the given circuit in cases I and II, where
Case I: A, B = 1; C, D = 0; E, F = 1 and G = 0
Case II: A, B = 0; C, D = 0: E, F = 0 and G = 1
are respectively

(a) 1, 0
(b) 0, 1 C
D
(c) 0, 0
(d) 1, 1
Ans: (d) O

Solution: O AB CD E F G E F
G
NET/JRF (DEC-2012)
Q12. A live music broadcast consists of a radio-wave of frequency 7 MHz, amplitude-
modulated by a microphone output consisting of signals with a maximum frequency of
10 kHz. The spectrum of modulated output will be zero outside the frequency band
(a) 7.00 MHz to 7.01 MHz (b) 6.99 MHz to 7.01 MHz
(c) 6.99 MHz to 7.00 MHz (d) 6.995 MHz to 7.005 MHz
Ans: (b)
Solution: Spectrum consists of f c f m and f c f m .
Q13. In the op-amp circuit shown in the figure, Vi is a sinusoidal input signal of frequency 10
Hz and V0 is the output signal. The magnitude of the gain and the phase shift,
0.01F
respectively, close to the values
(a) 5 2 and / 2
10 K
(b) 5 2 and / 2 1K
Vi
(c) 10 and zero Vo

(d) 10 and
Ans: (d)





fiziks

v X C RF v
Solution: 0 0 10
vin R1 R1 RF vin
Q14. The logic circuit shown in the figure below Implements the Boolean expression
A
HIGH y
(a) y A B (b) y A B (c) y A B (d) y A B

Ans: (a)
Solution: Output of each Ex-OR gate is A and B . Thus y A B A B

Q15. A diode D as shown in the circuit has an i-v relation that can be approximated by
v 2 2v D , for v D 0
iD D
0, for v D 0 1
The value of v D in the circuit is iD

(a) 1 11 V (b) 8 V 10 V

D vD
(c) 5 V (d) 2 V
Ans: (d)
Solution: 10 v D2 2v D 1 v D 0 v D 2V
Q16. Band-pass and band-reject filters can be implemented by combining a low pass and a
high pass filter in series and in parallel, respectively. If the cut-off frequencies of the low
pass and high pass filters are 0LP and 0HP , respectively, the condition required to
implement the band-pass and band-reject filters are, respectively,
(a) 0HP 0LP and 0HP 0LP (b) 0HP 0LP and 0HP 0LP
(c) 0HP 0LP and 0HP 0LP (d) 0HP 0LP and 0HP 0LP
Ans: (b)





fiziks

NET/JRF (JUNE-2013)
Q17. A silicon transistor with built-in voltage 0.7 V is used in the circuit shown, with
V BB 9.7V , R B 300k, VCC 12V and RC 2k . Which of the following figures
correctly represents the load line and quiescent Q point?
RC
RB

V CC
V BB

iC iC
mA
32 35 6 35
(a) 32 (b) 32
Q
30 Q
30
0 9 .7 VCE V 0 12 VCE V
iC iC
mA A
6 35 32 Q 35
(c) Q
32 (d) 32
30 30
0 12 VCE V 0 9 .7 VCE V
Ans: (b)
VCC V BE 9.7 0.7 VCC 12
Solution: I B 30 A and I C , sat 6mA
RB 300 10 3
RC 2 10 3
Q18. If the analog input to an 8-bit successive approximation ADC is increased from 1.0 V to
2.0 V, then the conversion time will
(a) remain unchanged (b) double
(c) decrease to half its original value (d) increase four times
Ans: (a)





fiziks

Q19. The input to a lock-in amplifier has the form Vi t Vi sin t i where Vi , , i are the
amplitude, frequency and phase of the input signal respectively. This signal is multiplied
by a reference signal of the same frequency , amplitude Vr and phase r . If the
multiplied signal is fed to a low pass filter of cut-off frequency , the final output signal
is
1 1
(a) ViVr cos i r (b) ViVr cos i r cos t i r
2 2
1
(c) ViVr sin i r (d) ViVr cos i r cos t i r
2
Ans: (a)
Vi V r
Solution: V Vr sin t r Vi sin t i cos i r cos2 t i r
2
Vi V r
Output of low pass filter= cos i r
2
Q20. Four digital outputs V , P, T and H monitor the speed v , tyre pressure p , temperature t
and relative humidity h of a car. These outputs switch from 0 to 1 when the values of the
parameters exceed 85 km/hr, 2 bar, 40 0 C and 50%, respectively. A logic circuit that is
used to switch ON a lamp at the output E is shown below.
Which of the following condition will not switch the lamp ON?
(a) v 85km / hr , p 2 bar , t 40 0 C , h 50%
V
(b) v 85km / hr , p 2 bar , t 40 C , h 50% 0
P
(c) v 85km / hr , p 2 bar , t 40 0 C , h 50% E
(d) v 85km / hr , p 2 bar , t 400 C , h 50% T
H
Ans: (d)





fiziks

JRF/NET-(DEC-2013)
Q21. Consider the op-amp circuit shown in the figure.
If the input is a sinusoidal wave Vi 5 sin 1000t , then 1 F
the amplitude of the output V0 is

1K
5 1K
(a) (b) 5 Vi Vo
2
5 2
(c) (d) 5 2
2
Ans: (c)
vo X RF X C 10 3 1
F , XF where R F 1 10 3 , X C
vin R1 RF X C 1 j j 10 10 6
3
vo 10 3 1 1 5 5 2
3 vo sin t sin t
vin 2 10 2 2 2
Q22. If one of the inputs of a J-K flip flop is high and the other is low, then the outputs Q and
Q
(a) oscillate between low and high in race around condition
(b) toggle and the circuit acts like a T flip flop
(c) are opposite to the inputs
(d) follow the inputs and the circuit acts like an R S flip flop
Ans: (d)
Q23. A sample of Si has electron and hole mobilities of 0.13 and 0.05 m 2 /V- s respectively at
300 K. It is doped with P and Al with doping densities of 1.5 10 21 / m 3 and
2.5 10 21 / m 3 respectively. The conductivity of the doped Si sample at 300 K is
(a) 8 1 m 1 (b) 32 1 m 1 (c) 20.8 1 m 1 (d) 83.2 1 m 1
Ans: (a)
Solution: Resulting doped crystal is p-type and p p 2.5 1.5 10 21 / m 3 1 10 21 / m 3
en p n p p p ep p p 1.6 10 19 1 10 21 0.05 8 1 m 1





fiziks

Q24. Two identical Zener diodes are placed back to back in series and are connected to a
variable DC power supply. The best representation of the I-V characteristics of the circuit
is
(a) I (b) I
V V
(c) I (d) I
V V
Ans: (d)
Q25. A 4-variable switching function is given by f 5, 7, 8, 10, 13, 15 d 0, 1, 2 , where
d is the do-not-care-condition. The minimized form of f in sum of products (SOP) form

is
(a) A C B D (b) AB CD (c) AD BC (d) B D BD
Ans: (d) CD CD CD CD
AB BD
AB 1 1 BD
AB 1 1
AB 1 1





fiziks

NET/JRF (JUNE-2014)
Q26. The inner shield of a triaxial conductor is driven by an (ideal) op-amp follower circuit as
shown. The effective capacitance between the signal-carrying conductor and ground is
Signal
(a) unaffected (b) doubled (c) halved (d) made zero

Ans: (a)
Q27. An op-amp based voltage follower
(a) is useful for converting a low impedance source into a high impedance source.
(b) is useful for converting a high impedance source into a low impedance source.
(c) has infinitely high closed loop output impedance
(d) has infinitely high closed loop gain
Ans: (b)
Q28. An RC network produces a phase-shift of 30 o . How many such RC networks should be
cascaded together and connected to a Common Emitter amplifier so that the final circuit
behaves as an oscillator?
(a) 6 (b) 12 (c) 9 (d) 3
Ans: (a)
Solution: Total phase shift must be 0 or 3600. Common Emitter amplifier has phase change of
1800 so we need 6 RC network for next 1800 phase shift.





fiziks

Q29. For the logic circuit shown in the below
X
B
A simplified equivalent circuit is A

(a) A (b) B
B X X
C
C
A A
(c) (d)
B B
X X
C C
Ans: (d)
A A
A.B A B AC
B X
B
C
C
ABC
X A B AC ABC AC ABC ABC AC AB A B C





fiziks

NET/JRF (DEC-2014)
Q30. Consider the amplifier circuit comprising of the two op-amps A1 and A2 as shown in the
figure. 1M
R
10 K

r
A1 V0
A2
If the input ac signal source has an impedance of 50 k , which of the following

statements is true?
(a) A1 is required in the circuit because the source impedance is much greater than r
(b) A1 is required in the circuit because the source impedance is much less than R
(c) A1 can be eliminated from the circuit without affecting the overall gain
(d) A1 is required in the circuit if the output has to follow the phase of the input signal
Ans: (c)
Solution: A1 is required in the circuit because the source impedance is much greater than r
Q31. The I V characteristics of the diode in the circuit below is given by
V 0.7 / 500 for V 0.7
I
0 for V 0.7
where V is measured in volts and I is measured in amperes.
1K I
10 V
The current I in the circuit is

(a) 10.0 mA (b) 9.3 mA (c) 6.2 mA (d) 6.7 mA
Ans: (c)
Solution: Applying K.V.L. 10 1000 I V 0 10 1000 V 0.7 / 500 V 0





fiziks

10 2 V 0.7 V 0 3V 11.4 V 3.8 Volts
Thus I V 0.7 / 500 3.8 0.7 / 500 3.1/ 500 6.2 mA
Q32. In a measurement of the viscous drag force experienced by spherical particles in a liquid,
the force is found to be proportional to V 1 / 3 where V is the measured volume of each
particle. If V is measured to be 30 mm 3 , with an uncertainty of 2.7 mm 3 , the resulting
relative percentage uncertainty in the measured force is
(a) 2.08 (b) 0.09 (c) 6 (d) 3
Ans: (b)
2
F 2
Solution: The relative percentage uncertainty in the measure force is 2
V V F
F
F V where V is the uncertainty in the measurement of volume.
V
F 1 2 / 3
F V 1/3 V
V 3
1 1 1 1
F V 2.7 2.7 2.7 F 0.09
3 30 3 900 3 9.7
2/3 2/3 1/ 3
3V
Q33. Consider a Low Pass (LP) and a High Pass (HP) filter with cut-off frequencies f LP and
f HP , respectively, connected in series or in parallel configurations as shown in the
Figures A and B below.
fHP
(A) Input L Output (B) Input Output
fHP fLP
L
Which of the following statements is correct? fLP
(a) For f HP f LP , A acts as a Band Pass filter and B acts as a band Reject filter
(b) For f HP f LP , A stops the signal from passing through and B passes the signal
without filtering
(c) For f HP f LP , A acts as a Band Pass filter and B passes the signal without filtering
(d) For f HP f LP , A passes the signal without filtering and B acts as a Band Reject filter
Ans: (c)





fiziks

Q34. The power density of sunlight incident on a solar cell is 100 mW / cm 2 . Its short circuit
current density is 30 mA / cm 2 and the open circuit voltage is 0.7 V . If the fill factor of
the solar cell decreases from 0.8 to 0.5 then the percentage efficiency will decrease from
(a) 42.0 to 26.2 (b) 24.0 to 16.8 (c) 21.0 to 10.5 (d) 16.8 to 10.5
Ans: (d)
Solution: The efficiency of a solar cell is determined as the fraction of incident power which is
converted to electricity and is defined as
Voc I sc FF
and Pmax Voc I sc FF
Pin
where Voc is the open circuit voltage, I sc is the short circuit current density , FF is the
Fill factor, Pin is the input power and is the efficiency of the solar cell.
Given Pin 100 mW / cm 2 , I sc 30 mA / cm 2 , Voc 0.7 V
Let 1 is the efficiency of solar cell when FF 0.8
0.7 V 30 103 A / cm2 0.8 16.8

1 3
1 0.168
100 10 W / cm 2
100
Let 2 is the efficiency of solar cell when FF 0.5
0.7 V 30 103 A / cm2 0.5 10.5

2 3
2 0.105
100 10 W / cm 2
100
Thus efficiency decreases from 1 16.8% to 2 10.5%





fiziks

NET/JRF (JUNE-2015)
Q35. The concentration of electrons, n and holes p , for an intrinsic semiconductor at a
3
E
temperature T can be expressed as n p AT 2 exp g , where Eg is the band
2 k BT
3
gap and A is a constant. If the mobility of both types of carries is proportional to T 2
,
then the log of the conductivity is a linear function of T 1 , with slope
Eg Eg Eg Eg
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2k B kB 2k B kB
Ans. (c)
3
Eg
Eg
Solution: i ni e e p T 2 exp T 2
i C exp
2k B T 2k B T
Eg Eg
ln i ln C slope is
2 k BT 2k B
Pa 4
Q36. The viscosity of a liquid is given by Poiseuilles formula . Assume that
8lV
l and V can be measured very accurately, but the pressure P has an rms error of 1% and
the radius a has an independent rms error of 3% . The rms error of the viscosity is
closest to
(a) 2% (b) 4% (c) 12% (d) 13%
Ans. (d)
pa 4
Solution: k pa 4 (where k is a constant)
8lv
ln ln p 4 ln a ln k
p a
4 0 1% 4 3% 13%
p a





fiziks

Q37. Consider the circuits shown in figures (a) and (b) below
2K 1K
10 K 10 K
10V 10V
10.7 V 5V
(a) (b)
If the transistors in Figures (a) and (b) have current gain dc of 100 and 10
respectively, then they operate in the

(a) active region and saturation region respectively
(b) saturation region and active region respectively
(c) saturation region in both cases
(d) active region in both cases
Ans. (b)
Solution: In both case input section is F.B.
10.7 0.7
For figure (a) I B 1 mA I C BI B 100 mA
10
Thus VCB VC VB 10 2 100 0.7 ve
output section is F.B.

since both section are F.B. so it is in saturation region.
5 0.7
For Figure (b) I B 0.43 mA I C BI B 4.3 mA
10
Thus VCB VC VB 10 4.3 0.7) ve
out put section is R.B.

Thus it is in active region





fiziks

Q38. In the circuit given below, the thermistor has a resistance 3 k at 250 C . Its resistance
decreases by 150 per 0 C upon heating. The output voltage of the circuit at 300 C is
T
1V

1K
Vout
(a) 3.75 V (b) 2.25 V (c) 2.25 V (d) 3.75 V

Ans. (c)
Solution: At 300 C Resistance
3000 150 5 2250
RF 2250
V0 vi 1 V0 2.25 volts
R1 1000
NET/JRF (DEC-2015)
Q39. If the reverse bias voltage of a silicon varactor is increased by a factor of 2 , the
corresponding transition capacitance
(a) increases by a factor of 2 (b) increases by a factor of 2
(c) decreases h a factor of 2 (d) decreases by a factor of 2
Ans.: (c)
1 CT V C V 1
Solution: CT T CT CT
V CT V CT 2V 2





fiziks

Q40. If the parameters y and x are related by y log x , then the circuit that can be used to
produce an output voltage V0 varying linearly with x is
(a) y (b) y

Vo Vo

(c) (d)
y y
Vo Vo

Ans.: (c)
Solution: (1) Integrator (2) Logarithmic Ampere V0 log y
(3) Anti-log V0 e y x (4) Differentiator
Q41. The state diagram corresponding to the following circuit is
x D A
y
CLOCK
Flip Flop
00, 01,10 01,11
(a) 11 00 (b) 00,10 00,10
0 1 0 1
01,10,11 01,11
00,11 00, 01,10

(c) 01,10 00,10 (d) 11 11
0 1 0 1
00,11
00, 01,10




fiziks

Ans.: (d)
Solution:
DA xy A
Input Present Flip-Flop Next State

x y State A Input DA A
0 0 0 1 1
0 0 1 0 0
0 1 0 1 1
0 1 1 0 0
1 0 0 1 1
1 0 1 0 0
1 1 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1
Q42. A sinusoidal signal of peak to peak amplitude 1V and unknown time period is input to
the following circuit for 5 seconds duration. If the counter measures a value 3E 8 H in
hexadecimal then the time period of the input signal is

0.1 F
10 bit
Vi counter
1K 10 K
(a) 2.5 ms (b) 4 ms (c) 10 ms (d) 5 ms

Ans.: (d)





fiziks

Solution: 3E 8 H 3 16 14 16 8 1 1000 10
2
In 5 sec, number of counts is 1000

Then count per sec is 200 count/sec
1
So T sec 5ms
200





fiziks

NET/JRF (JUNE-2016)
Q43. The dependence of current I on the voltage V of a certain device is given by
2
V
I I 0 1
V0
where I 0 and V0 are constants. In an experiment the current I is measured as the voltage
V applied across the device is increased. The parameters V0 and I 0 can be graphically
determined as
(a) the slope and the y -intercept of the I V 2 graph
(b) the negative of the ratio of the y -intercept and the slope, and the y -intercept of the
I V 2 graph
(c) the slope and the y -intercept of the I V graph
(d) the negative of the ratio of the y -intercept and the slope, and the y -intercept of the
I V graph
Ans: (d)
2
V V I0 I
Solution: I I 0 1 I I 0 1 I V I0
V0 V0 V0
I0 I0
Slope V0
V0 I0 V
V0
Intercept on y -axis I 0
Q44. In the schematic figure given below, assume that the propagation delay of each logic gate
is tgate . 5 V





fiziks

The propagation delay of the circuit will be maximum when the logic inputs A and B
make the transition
(a) 0,1 1,1 (b) 1,1 0,1
(c) 0, 0 1,1 (d) 0, 0 0,1
Ans: (d)
Solution:
Input Output
A B NOT OR AND OR
0 1 0 0 0 0
3t
1 1 0 1 1 1
1 1 0 1 1 1
3t
0 1 0 0 0 0
0 0 1 1 1 1
t
1 1 0 1 1 1
0 0 1 1 1 1
4t
0 1 0 0 0 0





fiziks

Q45. Given the input voltage Vi , which of the following waveforms correctly represents the
output voltage V0 in the circuit shown below?
0.5 10 K
5K
Vi 0 Vi
t
V0
0.5V
5K 10 K
0.5
0
3.0
(a) 2.5
2.0 t
V0 1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
0
(b)
3.0
2.5
2.0
V0 1.5
1.0 t
0.5
0.0
0





fiziks

3.0
2.5
(c)
2.0
V0 1.5
1.0 t
0.5
0.0
0
3.0
(d)
2.5
2.0 t
V0 1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
0
Ans: (b)
10 10 10
Solution: V0 1 0.5 Vi V0 1 2Vi
5 15 5
when Vi 0 V0 1V
when Vi 0.1V V0 0.8 V
when Vi 0.5V V0 0V
Q46. The decay constants f p of the heavy pseudo-scalar mesons, in the heavy quark limit, are
a
related to their masses m p by the relation f p , where a is an empirical parameter
mp
to be determined. The values m p 6400 160 MeV and f p 180 15 MeV correspond
to uncorrelated measurements of a meson. The error on the estimate of a is

3 3 3 3
(a) 175 MeV 2 (b) 900 MeV 2 (c) 1200 MeV 2 (d) 2400 MeV 2





fiziks

Ans: (c)
Solution: a f p m1/p 2
2 2
a 2 a 2 a a f

2
f p m p m1/p 2 and p1
f p
a
m p f p m p
2m p2
1
f 2
f
2
2
mp
2
f
2
mp
2
a2 m p 2f p p
m2 p a a p
2m p 2m p
a
4m p p
a fp

2
f p

a f p m1/p 2 180 MeV 6400 MeV 180 80 MeV

1/ 2 3/ 2
2 2
fp 15 2 3
m 160 2 4
6.9 10 and p
2m p 1.56 10
fp 180 2 6400
MeV
1/ 2
a 180 80 MeV
3/ 2 1/ 2 3/ 2
6.9 103 1.56 104 180 80 7 103
a 1204 MeV
3/ 2





fiziks

NET/JRF (DEC-2016)
Q47. Which of the following circuits implements the Boolean function
F A, B, C 1, 2, 4, 6 ?
C I0 C I0
(a) I1 4 1 (b) I1 4 1
I MUX
2
F I MUX
2
F
I 3 S1 S0 I 3 S1 S0
A B A B
C I0 0 I0
(c) I1 4 1 (d) I1 4 1
1
I MUX
2
F I MUX
2
F
I 3 S1 S0 C I 3 S1 S0
A B A B
Ans.: (b)
Solution:
A B C F
0 0 0 0
0 0 1 1 F C
0 1 0 1
0 1 1 0 F C
1 0 0 1
1 0 1 0 F C
1 1 0 1
1 1 1 0 F C





fiziks

aV
Q48. The I V characteristics of a device can be expressed as I I s exp 1 , where T
T
is the temperature and a and I s are constants independent of T and V . Which one of
the following plots is correct for a fixed applied voltage V ?
3 2
1
2
(a) (b) 0
log I
log I
1 1
2
0 3
1 2 3 0 1 2 3
aV / T aV / T
2 4
3
1
2
(c) 0 (d) 1
log I
log I
1 0
1
2 2
3 3 3 3
0 1 2 0 1 2
aV / T aV / T
Ans. : (d)
av
Solution: Let x For large x ; I I s ex
T
log eI log eI s x
log e I log e Is x log e I x
Q49. The active medium in a blue LED (light emitting diode) is a Gax In1 x N alloy. The band
gaps of GaN and InN are 3.5 eV and 1.5 eV respectively. If the band gap of Gax In1 x N
varies approximately linearly with x , the value of x required for the emission of blue
light of wavelength 400 nm is (take hc 1200 eV -nm )
(a) 0.95 (b) 0.75 (c) 0.50 (d) 0.33





fiziks

Ans.: (b)
Solution: EgGaN 3.5eV and EgInN 1.5eV

E eV
Band Gap energy of Gax In1 x N is E x .
3.5
3.0
For blue light of wavelength 400nm , the band gap 1.5

hc 1200 eV .nm
energy is 3.0 eV . 0 x? 1
x
400nm
3.5 1.5 3.0 1.5
Thus equating slopes we get; 2x 1.5 x 0.75
1 0 x 0
Q50. In the circuit below, the input voltage Vi is 2V ,Vcc 16 V , R2 2k and RL 10 k
VCC
Vi R1 RL
R2
The value of R1 required to deliver 10 mW of power across RL is
(a) 12k (b) 4k (c) 8k (d) 14 k

Ans.: (c)
0 vi vi v0 v0 0
Solution: Apply kCL ; I 2 I1 I L
R2 R1 RL
v02
pL 10mW v0 10V
RL Vo

Vi I1
0 2 2 10 10V Vi
R1
2 R1 10k I2 R2 RL
IL
8
1 R1 8 k
R1





fiziks

Q51. Two sinusoidal signals are sent to an analog multiplier of scale factor 1V 1 followed by a
low pass filter (LPF).
V1 5cos 100t
LPF
Multiplier fC 5Hz
Vout
V2 20 cos 100t / 3
If the roll-off frequency of the LPF is f c 5 Hz , the output voltage Vout is
(a) 5V (b) 25V (c) 100 V (d) 50V

Ans.: (b)
Solution: After multiplying
1
5cos 100t 20 cos 100t 1V 1 100 cos 200t cos
3 2 3 3
1
50 cos 200t
3 2
After pass L.P.F
1
v0 50 25V
2
Q52. The resistance of a sample is measured as a function of temperature, and the data are
shown below.
T 0C 2 4 6 8
R 90 105 110 115
The slope of R vs T graph, using a linear least-squares fit to the data, will be
6 4 2 8
(a) 0
(b) 0
(c) 0
(d) 0
C C C C
Ans. : (b)





fiziks

ATOMIC AND MOLECULAR PHYSICS SOLUTIONS
GATE-2010
Q1. To detect trace amounts of gaseous species in a mixture of gases, the preferred probing
tool is
(a) Ionization spectroscopy with X-rays (b) NMR spectroscopy
(c) ESR spectroscopy (d) Laser spectroscopy
Ans: (a)
Q2. A collection of N atoms is exposed to a strong resonant electromagnetic radiation with Ng
atoms in the ground state and Ne atoms in the excited state, such that
Ng+Ne=N. This collection of two-level atoms will have the following population
distribution:
(a) Ng << Ne (b) Ng >> Ne (c) Ng Ne N/2 (d) Ng Ne N/2
Ans: (c)
Solution: In two level lair population inversion is possible to achieve at any power level. The
N
maximum possible situation can be N g N e
2
Q3. Two states of an atom have definite parities. An electric dipole transition between these
states is
(a) Allowed if both the sates have even parity
(b) Allowed if both the states have odd parity
(c) Allowed if the two states have opposite parities
(d) Not allowed unless a static electric field is applied
Ans: (c)
Q4. The spectrum of radiation emitted by a black body at a temperature 1000 K peaks in the
(a) Visible range of frequencies (b) Infrared range of frequencies
(c) Ultraviolet range of frequencies (d) Microwave range of frequencies
Ans: (a)





fiziks

Q5. The three principal moments of inertia of a methanol (CH3OH) molecule have the
property Ix = Iy = I and Iz I. The rotation energy eigenvalues are
2 2 m12 1 1 2
(a) l l 1 (b) l l 1
2I 2 I I z I 2I
2 m12 1 1 2 2 m12 1 1
(c) (d) l l 1
2 I I z I 2I 2 I z I
Ans: (a)
Solution: CH 3 OH is example of symmetric rotar where I x I y I z ( I x I y I and I z I )
The classical expression for energy is E

1 2
2I

J x J y2
1 2
2I z

Jz
This can be expressed in term of J 2 J x2 J y2 J z2 by adding and subtracting J z2
1 2 1 1
E J J z2 .
2I 2I z 2I
2 2 m J2 1 1
Quantum mechanically E J J 1
2I 2 I z I
Q6. Match the typical spectra of stable molecules with the corresponding wave-number range
1. Electronic spectra (i) 106 cm-1 and above
2. Rotational spectra (ii) 105 106 cm-1
3. Molecule dissociation (iii) 108 102 cm-1
(a) 1 ii, 2 i, 3 iii (b) 1 ii, 2 iii, 3 i
(b) 1 iii, 2 ii, 3 i (d) 1 i, 2 ii, 3 iii
Ans: (b)
Q7. Consider the operations P : r r (parity) and T: t - t (time reversal). For the electric
and magnetic fields E and B , which of the following set of transformations is correct?
(a) P : E E , B B; (b) P : E E , B B;
T : E E, B B T : E E, B B
(c) P : E E , B B; (d) P : E E , B B;





fiziks

T : E E, B B T : E E, B B
Ans: (b)
Common Data Questions 8 and 9:
In the presence of a weak magnetic field, atomic hydrogen undergoes the transition:
2
P1 / 2 1S1 / 2 , by emission of radiation
Q8. The number of distinct spectral lines that are observed in the resultant Zeeman spectrum
is
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 6
Ans: (c)
Solution: 2 p1 / 2 2 S 1 / 2 is sodium D1 lines and it has total 4 zeeman components.
Q9. The spectral line corresponding to the transition
1 1
2
P1 m j 1S1 / 2 m j
2 2 2
is observed along the direction of the applied magnetic field. The emitted electromagnetic
field is
(a) Circularly polarized (b) Linearly polarized
(c) Unpolarized (d) Not emitted along the magnetic field direction
Ans: (a)
1 1
Solution: For 2
P1 m j 1S1 / 2 m j
2 2 2
Here m j 1 gives component. In longitudinal observation is circularly
polarized.
GATE-2011
Q10. The population inversion in a two layer material CANNOT be achieved by optical
pumping because
(a) the rate of upward transitions is equal to the rate of downward transitions
(b) the upward transitions are forbidden but downward transitions are allowed
(c) the upward transitions are allowed but downward transitions are forbidden





fiziks

(d) the spontaneous decay rate of the higher level is very low
Ans: (a)
Q11. A heavy symmetrical top is rotating about its own axis of symmetry (the z-axis). If I1, I2
and I3 are the principal moments of inertia along x, y and z axes respectively, then
(a) I2 = I3; I1 I2 (b) I1 = I3; I1 I2 (c) I1 = I2; I1 I3 (d) I1 I2 I3
Ans: (c)
Q12. A neutron passing through a detector is detected because of
(a) the ionization it produces (b) the scintillation light it produces
(c) the electron-hole pairs it produces
(d) the secondary particles produced in a nuclear reaction in the detector medium
Ans: (b)
Q13. An atom with one outer electron having orbital angular momentum l is placed in a weak
magnetic field. The number of energy levels into which the higher total angular
momentum state splits, is
(a) 2l + 2 (b) 2l + 1 (c) 2l (d) 2l 1
Ans: (b)
Q14. For a multi-electron atom l, L and S specify the one-electron orbital angular momentum,
total orbital angular momentum and total spin angular momentum, respectively. The
selection rules for electric dipole transition between the two electronic energy levels,
specified by l, L and S are
(a) L = 0, 1; S = 0; l = 0, 1 (b) L = 0, 1; S = 0; l = 1
(c) L = 0, 1; S = 1; l = 0, 1 (d) L = 0, 1; S = 1; l = 1
Ans: (b)
Q15. The lifetime of an atomic state is 1 nanosecond. The natural line width of the spectral line
in the emission spectrum of this state is of the order of
(a) 10-10 eV (b) 10-9 eV (c) 10-6 eV (d) 10-4 eV
Ans: (c)
h 6.625 10 34 J S 6.625 10 25
Solution: E h 9
19
eV 4.14 10 6 eV
t 10 1.6 10





fiziks

Q16. The degeneracy of an excited state of nitrogen atom having electronic configuration
1s22s22p23d1 is
(a) 6 (b) 10 (c) 15 (d) 150
Ans: (b)
Solution: Degeneracy = 2 (2l + 1)
Q17. The far infrared rotational absorption spectrum of a diatomic molecule shows equilibrium
lines with spacing 20 cm-1. The position of the first Stokes line in the rotational Raman
spectrum of this molecule is
(a) 20 cm-1 (b) 40 cm-1 (c) 60 cm-1 (d) 120 cm-1
Ans: (c)
Solution: Given 2B = 20 cm-1 B = 10 cm-1
The position of the first stokes line in the rotational Raman spectrum = 6B
6 B 6 10 60 cm 1 .
GATE-2012
Q18. The ground state of sodium atom ( 11 Na ) is a 2 S1 / 2 state. The difference in energy levels
arising in the presence of a weak external magnetic field B, given in terms of Bohr
magnet on, B , is
(a) B B (b) 2 B B (c) 4 B B (d) 6 B B
Ans: (b)
Solution: The energy separation in the Zeeman level is E gM J B B
1
For 2 S1 / 2 state; g 2 and M J . Therefore E1 B B and E 2 B B .
2
Thus E 2 B B
Q19. The first Stokes line of a rotational Raman spectrum is observed at 12.96 cm-1.
Considering the rigid rotor approximation, the rotational constant is given by
(a) 6.48 cm-1 (b) 3.24 cm-1 (c) 2.16 cm-1 (d) 1.62 cm-1
Ans: (c)
Solution: The first Stoke line of the Rotational Raman spectrum lies at = 6B





fiziks

1 1
Thus 6 B 12.96 cm B 1.16 cm .
Q20. Match the typical spectroscopic regions specified in Group I with the corresponding type
of transitions in Group II.
Group I Group II
(P) Infra-red region (i) electronic transitions involving valence electrons
(Q) Ultraviolet-visible region (ii) nuclear transitions
(R) X-ray region (iii) vibrational transitions of molecules
(S) -ray region (iv) transitions involving inner shell electrons
(a) (P, i); (Q, iii); (R, ii); (S, iv) (b) (P, ii); (Q, iv); (R, i); (S, iii)
(c) (P, iii); (Q, i); (R, iv); (S, ii) (d) (P, iv); (Q, i); (R, ii); (S, iii)
Ans: (c)
Q21. The term j1 , j 2 J arising from 2s1 3d 1 electronic in j-j coupling scheme are
1 3 1 5 1 1 1 3
(a) , and , (b) , and ,
2 2 2,1 2 2 3, 2 2 2 1, 0 2 2 2,1
1 1 1 5 3 1 1 5
(c) , and , (d) , and ,
2 2 1,0 2 2 3, 2 2 2 2,1 2 2 3, 2
Ans: (c)
Q22. The equilibrium vibration frequency for an oscillator is observed at 2990 cm-1. The ratio
of the frequencies corresponding to the first and the fundamental spectral lines is 1.96.
Considering the oscillator to be anharmonic, the anharmonicity constant is
(a) 0.005 (b) 0.02 (c) 0.05 (d) 0.1
Ans: (b)
2 e 1 3 xe 1 3xe
Solution: e 1 2 xe 2990cm 1 and 1.96cm 1 0.98cm 1
e 1 2 xe 1 2 xe
xe 0.02 .





fiziks

GATE-2013
Q23. The number of spectral lines allowed in the spectrum for the 3 2 D 3 2 P transition in
sodium is _____________.
Ans: 28
Solution: The numbers of Zeeman components for 2D5/2 2P3/2 transition = 12
The numbers of Zeeman components for 2D3/2 2P3/2 transition = 10
The numbers of Zeeman components for 2D3/2 2P1/2 transition = 6
Q24. In a normal Zeeman Effect experiment, spectral splitting of the line at the wavelength
643.8 nm corresponding to the transition 5 1 D2 5 1 P1 of cadmium atoms is to be
observed. The spectrometer has a resolution of 0.01 nm. Minimum magnetic field needed

to observe this is me 9.1 10 31 kg , e 1.6 19 C , c 3 10 8 m / s
(a) 0.26T (b) 0.52T (c) 2.6T (d) 5.2T
Ans: (b)
Solution: Separation of Zeeman Components
eB 2 2 eB

4m c c 4m
4mc 4 3.14 9.1 10 31 3 10 8 0.01 10 9
B 0.514T
e 2 1.6 10 19 643.8 10 9
2

Q25. The spacing between vibrational energy levels in CO molecule is found to
be 8.44 10 2 eV . Given that the reduced mass of CO is 1.14 10 26 kg , Plancks constant
is 6.626 10 34 Js and 1 eV 1.6 10 19 J . The force constant of the bond in CO

molecule is
(a) 1.87 N/m (b) 18.7 N/m (c) 187 N/m (d) 1870 N/m
Ans: (c)
Solution: The energy of the quantum harmonic oscillator is
1
E h n , n 0,1,2,........
2
1 k
The frequency of oscillation is .
2





fiziks

Where k = Spring constant and = reduced mass
h k
The energy levels are equally spaced with energy separation of E h
2
2 2
2 2 3.14
k E 34
8.44 10 2 1.6 10 19 1.14 10 26 186.7 N / m
h 6.626 10
GATE-2014
Q26. The number of normal Zeeman splitting components of 1 P 1D transition is
(a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 8 (d) 9
Ans: (a)
Solution: This is singlet transition.
Q27. The moment of inertia of a rigid diatomic molecule A is 6 times that of another rigid
diatomic molecule B . If the rotational energies of the two molecules are equal, then the
corresponding values of the rotational quantum numbers J A and J B are
(a) J A 2, J B 1 (b) J A 3, J B 1
(c) J A 5, J B 0 (d) J A 6, J B 1
Ans: (b)
J A J A 1 I B I
Solution: B
J B J B 1 I A 6I B
J A 6, J B 1
Q28. The value of the magnetic field required to maintain non-relativistic protons of energy
1MeV in a circular orbit of radius 100mm is_______Tesla
(Given: m p 1.67 10 27 kg . e 1.6 10 19 C )
Ans: 1.44
mv 2 1 2mE
Solution: qvB, E mv 2 B 1.44
r 2 qr





fiziks

3
Q29. Neutrons moving with speed 10 m / s are used for the determination of crystal structure.
If the Bragg angle for the first order diffraction is 30 o the interplannar spacing of the
0
crystal is ______ A
(Given: mn 1.675 1027 kg h 6.626 1034 J .s )
Ans: 4
h 0
Solution: 2d sin d 4 A
mv
Q30. The emission wavelength for the transition D2 F3 is 3122 . The ratio of population
of the final to the initial states at a temperature 5000 K is

h 6.626 10 34
J .s, c 3 10 8 m / s k B 1.380 10 23 J / K
(a) 2.03 10 5 (b) 4.02 10 5 (c) 7.02 10 5 (d) 9.83 10 5

Ans: (c)
N F 2 J f 1 kBT 5 9.227641144
hc
Solution: e e 7.02 105

NI 2 J i 1 7
GATE-2015
Q31. In a rigid rotator of mass M , if the energy of the first excited state is ( 1 meV ), then the
fourth excited state energy (in meV ) is ____________.
Ans.: 6
Solution: E J J 1 where J 0,1, 2,3..
E4 3 3 1
E4 6 E1 6 meV where J 0,1, 2,3..
E1 11 1
Q32. The binding energy per molecule of NaCl (lattice parameter is 0.563 nm ) is 7.956 eV .
K
The repulsive term of the potential is of the form , where K is a constant. The value
r9
of the Madelung constant is ___________ (upto three decimal places)
(Electron charge e 1.6 10 19 C ; 0 8.854 10 12 C 2 N 1 m 2 )
Ans.: 1.68





fiziks

Solution: The total energy of one ion due to the presence of all others in NaCl crystal is
(considering univalent ions)
Ae2 K
U r n where A is Modelung Constant.
4 0 r r
The potential energy will be minimum at the equilibrium spacing r0 .
dU Ae 2 Kn Ae2 r0n 1
Thus n 1
0 K
dr r r0 4 0 r0 r0 4 0 n
2
Thus, Binding energy of molecule or lattice energy is
Ae 2 Ae2 r0n 1 Ae 2 n 1
U 0 U r r
0
4 0 r0 4 0 nr0n 4 0 r0 n
K
Given repulsive term of the potential is n 9
r9
Also binding energy per molecule is U 0 7.95 eV
4 0 r0 n
The Modelung constant is A U 0
e 2
n 1
Given, the lattice parameter is a 0.563 nm , thus, the interatomic separation is
a
r0 0.82 nm
2
A 7.95 1.67 0 19
J

4 3.14 8.85 1012 C 2 N 1m 2 0.282 109 9
1.67 10
2
19
J 8
7.95 4 3.14 8.85 0.282 9

A 102 A 1.68
1.67 8
Q33. Match the phrases in Group I and Group II and identify the correct option.
Group I Group II
(P) Electron spin resonance (ESR) (i) radio frequency
(Q) Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) (ii) visible range frequency
(R) Transition between vibrational states of a molecule (iii) microwave frequency
(S) Electronic transition (iv) far-infrared range





fiziks

(a) (P-i), (Q-ii), (R-iii), (S-iv) (b) (P-ii), (Q-i), (R-iv), (S-iii)
(c) (P-iii), (Q-iv), (R-i), (S-ii) (d) (P-iii), (Q-i), (R-iv), (S-ii)
Ans.: (d)
Solution: (P) Electron spin resonance (ESR) is achieved by Microwave frequency (iii)
(Q): Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) is achieved by Radio frequency (i)
(R): Transition between vibrational states of a molecule is achieved by radiation of far
infrared range (iv)
(S): Electronic transition is achieved by visible radiation (ii)
Q34. The excitation wavelength of laser in a Raman effect experiment is 546 nm . If the
Stokes line is observed at 552 nm , then the wavenumber of the anti-Stokes line (in
cm 1 ) is ___________
Ans.: 18514
Solution: Raman displacement is
1 1 1 1
AS 0 0 S or
AS 0 0 S
where AS , 0 , S are wavelength of anti-stoke, exciting & stoke line.
From above relation we can write
1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 S 0 0 S
AS
AS 0 0 S AS 0 S AS 0 S 2 S 0
AS
546 10 m 552 10 m
9 9

546 552
109 m
2 552 10 9
m 546 10 m 9
558
AS 540.129 109 m 540.129 107 cm
1 1
Anti-stoke wavenumber is AS 18514 cm 1
AS 7
540.129 10 cm





fiziks

Q35. The number of permitted transitions from 2 P3 / 2 2 S1 / 2 in the presence of a weak
magnetic field is ________________
Ans. : 6
Solution: Zeeman splitting of 2 P3 / 2 and 2 S1/ 2 is shown below
MJ
3/2
2
P3/2 1/2
1/2
3/2
2
S1/ 2 1/2
1/2
The selection rule for Zeeman transactions are

M J 0, 1 0 0 if J 0
There are total six transition in accordance with above selection rules.
GATE-2016
17
Q36. The molecule O2
(a) Raman active but not NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance) active.
(b) Infrared active and Raman active but not NMR active.
(c) Raman active and NMR active.
(d) Only NMR active.
Ans.: (c)
17
Solution: (i) Molecule O2 can not absorb infrared as there is no change in dipole moment
17
during vibration. Thus O2 is infrared inactive.
17
(ii) Molecule O2 shows change in polaraziability during rotation. Thus it is Raman
active molecule.
17 5
(iii) The nucleus of O has spin , therefore it is NMR active.
2





fiziks

Q37. There are four electrons in the 3d shell of an isolated atom. The total magnetic moment
of the atom in units of Bohr magneton is ________.
Ans.: 0
Solution: The configuration leads to S 2 and L 2
Since it is the case of less than half filled sub shell, thus according to Hunds rules, lower
J will be in ground state. M L 2 1 0 1 2

J L S 0 . Thus 0 3d 4
Q38. Which of the following transitions is NOT allowed in the case of an atom, according to
the electric dipole radiation selection rule?
(a) 2 s 1s (b) 2 p 1s (c) 2 p 2s (d) 3d 2 p
Ans.: (a)
Solution: In electron dipole transition, l 1 . Thus in transition 2s 1s, l 0 . It violate the
selection rule and hence not allowed.
Q39. The number of spectroscopic terms resulting from the L.S coupling of a 3 p electron and
a 3d electron is _______.
Ans.: 12
1 1
Solution: For 3 p1 3d 1 : s1 , s2 S 0,1
2 2
l1 1, l2 2 L 1, 2,3
S 0, L 1 J 1 Term 1P1
S 0, L 2 J 2 Term 1D2
S 0, L 3 J 3 Term 1F3
S 1, L 1 J 0,1, 2 Terms 3P0 , 3P1 , 3 P2
S 1, L 2 J 1, 2,3 Terms 3D1 , 3D2 , 3 D3
S 1, L 3 J 2,3, 4 Terms 3F2 , 3F3 , 3 F4
Thus total number of spectroscopic terms are 12.





fiziks

GATE-2017
Q40. The wavefunction of which orbital is spherically symmetric:
(a) px (b) p y (c) s (d) d xy
Ans. : (c)
Solution: For s orbital l 0
0.5 1
Q41. The total energy of an inert-gas crystal is given by E R (in eV ), where R
R12 R 6
is the inter-atomic spacing in Angstroms. The equilibrium separation between the atoms
is Angstroms. (up to two decimal places)
Ans. : 1
0.5 1
Solution: Given that E R
R12 R 6
For equilibrium separation
dE
0
dR
dE 12 0.5 6
7 0
dR R13 R
1 6
R 6 6 0 R 1
R6
Q42. Which one of the following gases of diatomic molecules is Raman, infrared, and NMR
active?
(a) 1H - 1H (b) 12C - 16O (c) 1H - 35Cl (d) 16O- 16O
Ans. : (c)
Solution: (a) 1H 1H Infrared inactive
(b) 12C 16O NMR Inactive
(c) 1H 35Cl Raman, infrared & NMR active
(d) 16
O 16O Infrared , Raman inactive





fiziks

Q43. Using Hunds rule the total angular momentum quantum number J for the electronic
ground state of the nitrogen atom is
1 3
(a) (b) (c) 0 (d) 1
2 2
Ans. : (b)
Solution: N : 7 :1s 2 2 s 2 2 p 3
For p 3 : ML 1 0 1

spectral term 251 LJ 4s3/ 2

Q44. Positronium is an atom made of an electron and a positron. Given the Bohr radius for the
ground state of the Hydrogen atom to be 0.53 Angstroms, the Bohr radius for the ground
state of positronium isAngstroms. (up to two decimal places).
Ans. : 1.06
m
Solution: rn a0 e

me me m2 m
When e e
me me 2me 2
rn 2a0 2 0.53 1.06 A0





fiziks

ATOMIC AND MOLECULAR PHYSICS
NET/JRF (JUNE-2011)
Q1. Consider the energy level diagram (as shown in the figure below) of a typical three level
ruby laser system with 1.6 1019 Chromium ions per cubic centimeter. All the atoms
excited by the 0.4 m radiation decay rapidly to level E2 which has a lifetime = 3 ms.
E3
0.4 m
E2
0.7 m
E1
A. Assuming that there is no radiation of wavelength 0.7 m present in the pumping
cycle and that the pumping rate is R atoms per cm3, the population density in the level N2
builds up as:
(a) N2 (t) = R(et/ 1) (b) N2 (t) = R(1 e-t/)
(c) N 2 t
Rt 2

1 e t /
(d) N2 (t) = R t
Ans: (b)

N 2 t R 1 e t /
B. The minimum pump power required (per cubic centimeter) to bring the system to
transparency, i.e. zero gain, is
(a) 1.52 kW (b) 2.64 kW
(c) 0.76 kW (d) 1.32 kW
Ans: (c)
Solution: The Minimum Power required to achieve zero gain is
N hv N hc 1.6 1019 6.6 10 34 3 10 8
P 754 W cm 3
2 2 2 6
0.7 10 3 10 3
P 0.76kW per cubic centimeter





fiziks

NET/JRF (DEC-2011)
Q2. Given that the ground state energy of the hydrogen atom is 13.6 eV, the ground state
energy of positronium (which is a bound state of an electron and a positron) is
(a) + 6.8 eV (b) 6.8 eV (c) 13.6 eV (d) 27.2 eV
Ans: (b)
13.6
The energy expression for Positronium atom is E n eV
2n 2
13.6
For n = 1, E1 eV 6.8eV , E1 6.8 eV
2
Q3. A laser operating at 500 nm is used to excite a molecule. If the Stokes line is observed at
770 cm-1, the approximate positions of the Stokes and the anti-Stokes lines are
(a) 481.5 nm and 520 nm (b) 481.5 nm and 500 nm
(c) 500 nm and 520 nm (d) 500 nm and 600 nm
Ans:
Solution: Given 0 500 nm 5 10 5 , v stoke 770 cm 1 v 0 20,000 cm 1
Raman shift v v 0 v stoke 19230 cm 1
Wave number of anti-stokes line is v ami stoke v v0 = 39,230 cm-1
In wavelength term anti stoke 2.549 10 7 254.9 nm and stoke 12987 nm
Q4. If the hyperfine interaction in an atom is given by H a S e S p where S e and S p denote
the electron and proton spins, respectively, the splitting between the 3 S1 and 1 S 0 state is
(a) a 2 / 2 (b) a 2 (c) a 2 / 2 (d) 2a 2

Ans: (b)
1
Solution: Total spin is S S e S p S 2 S e2 S p2 2 S e S p S e S p S 2 S e2 S p2
2

H aS e S p S 2 S e2 S p2 where S e2 S p2 S S 1 2 2
a
2
3
4
a 2 3 2 3 2 a 2 3 2
H S S
2 4 4 2 2





fiziks

For S1 : S 1 S S S 1 2 , For 1 S 0 : S 0 S 2 S S 1 2 0 2
3 2 2 2
a 3 a
H1 2 2 2 for 3 S1
2 2 4
a 3 3 2
and H 2 0 2 a for 1 S 0
2 2 4
1 3
The splitting between 3
S1 and 1 S 0 is H H 1 H 2 a 2 a 2
4 4
Q5. The ratio of intensities of the D1 and D2 lines of sodium at high temperature is
(a) 1:1 (b) 2:3 (c) 1:3 (d) 1:2
Ans: (d)
Solution: The electronic transition for D2 and D1 line is
3
1 2
I D2 2 J 2 1 2 4 2
D2 : 2 p 3 / 2 2 S1 / 2 , D21 : 2 p 3 / 2 2 S1 / 2
I D1 2 J 1 1 1 2 1
2 1
2
Q6. An atom of mass M can be excited to a state of mass M by photon capture. The
frequency of a photon which can cause this transition is
c 2 c 2 2 c 2 c 2
(a) (b) (c) (d) 2M
2h h 2Mh 2Mh
Ans: (d)
Solution: The conversation law of energy and Momentum give

Mc 2 h M c 4 p 2 c 2
2

1/ 2
and
h
c
p
M 2 c 4 h 2 2 2 Mc 2 h M 2 c 4 2 c 4 2 Mc 4 h 2 2 2Mc 2 h 2 c 4 2Mc 4
c 2 c 2
2Mc 2 h 2Mc 4 1 1 2M .
2M h 2M 2Mh





fiziks

NET/JRF (JUNE-2012)
12
Q7. The first absorption spectrum of C16O is at 3.842 cm-1 while that of 13
C16O is at
3.673 cm-1. The ratio of their moments of inertia is
(a) 1.851 (b) 1.286 (c) 1.046 (d) 1.038
Ans: (c)
Solution: For 12
C 16 O : 281 3.842 cm 1 B1 1.921 cm 1
For 13
2 B 2 3.673 cm 1
C 16 O : B 2 1.8365 cm 1
h I 2 B1 1.921
Where, B 2 1.046
8 IC I1 B2 1.8365
Q8. The spin-orbit interaction in an atom is given by H = a L.S, where L and S denote the
orbital and spin angular momenta, respectively, of the electron. The splitting between the
levels 2P3/2 and 2P1/2 is
3 2 1 2 5 2
(a) a (b) a (c) 3a 2 2 (d) a
2 2 2
Ans:

Solution: Given H aL S where J L S .
1
2
a

J 2 L2 S 2 2 L S L S J 2 L2 S 2 H J 2 L2 S 2
2

For 3 P3 / 2 : S 1 which gives S 2 S S 1 2 2 2
L = 1 which gives L2 LL 1 2 2 2
3 15 a 15
which gives J 2 J J 1 2 2 H 1 2 2 2 2
a
J
2 4 24 8
1 3
For 2 P3 / 2 : S which gives S 2 S S 1 2 2
2 4
L = 1 which gives L2 LL 1 2 2 2
1 3 a 3 3
J which gives J 2 J J 1 2 2 H 2 2 2 a 2
2 4 2 4 4
a 1 8 2 7 2
H H 1 H 2 2 a 2 a H a
8 8 8





fiziks

Q9. The spectral line corresponding to an atomic transition from J = 1 to J = 0 states splits in
a magnetic field of 1 kG into three components separated by 1.6 10-3 . If the zero field
spectral line corresponds to 1849 , what is the g-factor corresponding to the J = 1 state?
hc
(You may use 2 10 4 cm)
0
(a) 2 (b) 3/2 (c) 1 (d) 1/2
Ans: (c)
Solution: The Zeeman splitting is E gM J B B g B B for MJ = +1
2
Given, Zeeman splitting separations 1.6 10 3
c
c 3 10 8
1.6 10 1 0.1404 1010
2 1849 10 10 2
E 6.625 10 34 0.1404 1010

g 1.00 g 1 .0
B B 9.27 10 24 0.1
NET/JRF (DEC-2012)
Q10. Consider the energy level diagram shown below, which corresponds to the molecular
nitrogen laser. 2
R 21
1
1
0
20 -3 -1
If the pump rate R is 10 atoms cm s and the decay routes are as shown with
21 20 ns and 1 1s , the equilibrium populations of states 2 and 1 are, respectively,
(a) 1014 cm-3 and 2 1012 cm-3 (b) 21012 cm-3 and 1014 cm-3.
(c) 21012 cm-3 and 2 10 6 cm-3 (d) zero and 1020 cm-3
Ans: (b)
dN 2 N dN1 N 2 N 1
Solution: R 2 and .
dt 21 dt 21 1





fiziks

dN dN1
Under equilibrium condition 2 0
dt dt
N 2 21 R 20 20 10 9 2 1012 cm 3
1 N 2 10 6 2 1012 cm 3
N1 1014 cm 3
21 20 10 9
Q11. Consider a hydrogen atom undergoing a 2 P 1S transition. The lifetime tsp of the 2P
state for spontaneous emission is 1.6 ns and the energy difference between the levels is
10.2 eV. Assuming that the refractive index of the medium n0 = 1, the ratio of Einstein
coefficients for stimulated and spontaneous emission B21 / A21 is given by
(a) 0.683 1012 m3J-1s-1 (b) 0.146 10-12 Jsm-3 .
(c) 6.83 1012 m3J-1s-1 (d) 1.463 10-12 Jsm-3 .
Ans: (a)
B21 2c3 2 2 c 3
Solution: n 1 , E 10.2 eV and 0.67 1012 .
A21 n 3 3
E n0
3 3
Q12. Consider a He-Ne laser cavity consisting of two mirrors of reflectivities R1 = 1 and
R2 = 0.98. The mirrors are separated by a distance d = 20 cm and the medium in between
has a refractive index n0 = 1 and absorption coefficient = 0. The values of the
separation between the modes and the width p of each mode of the laser cavity
are:
(a) 75kHz, p 24kHz (b) 100kHz, p 100kHz
(c) 750 MHz, p 2.4 MHz (d) 2.4MHz, p 750 MHz
Ans: (a)
c
Solution: Mode separation 750 MHz
2dn0
where c 3 10 8 m / sec , c 20 10 2 m and n0 1 .





fiziks

1 2n 0 d
Width of each mode p where t c .
2t c 1
c ln
2d
1 2
R R e
Note: In this question there is no need to calculate p since in the given options there is
only one option with 750 MHz and i.e option (a). You can calculate p without
calculator so use your common sense.
NET/JRF (JUNE-2013)
Q13.
A muon from cosmic rays is trapped by a proton to form a hydrogen-like atom.
Given that a muon is approximately 200 times heavier than an electron, the longest
wavelength of the spectral line (in the analogue of the Lyman series) of such an atom will
be
o o o o
(a) 5.62 A (b) 6.67 A (c) 3.75 A (d) 13.3 A
Ans: (b)
m m p
Solution: In case of muonic atom, the reduce mass is m ' 180me
m m p
m' E E
E n' 21 180 21 where, E1 13.6eV
me n n
For ground state of muonic atom n=1, E1' 180 E1
For first excited state of muonic atom n=2, E 2' 45 E1

The longest wavelength of the photon corresponds to the transition between first and ground state
of muonic atom.
The energy difference between first excited and ground state is
E E 2' E1' 135E1 1836eV 2938 10 19 J
In term of wavelength
hc hc 6.63 10 34 3 10 8 o
E hv 6.67 10 10 m 6.67 A
E 2938 10 19





fiziks

Q14. Consider the hydrogen-deuterium molecule HD. If the mean distance between the two
atoms is 0.08 nm and the mass of the hydrogen atom is 938 MeV / c 2 , then the energy
difference E between the two lowest rotational states is approximately
(a) 10 1 eV (b) 10 2 eV (c) 2 10 2 eV (d) 10 3 eV
Ans: (b)
h2
Solution: Rotational energy expression E J J 1 BJ J 1
8 2 I
Difference between two lowest energy levels is E 2 B
h2 2
where B and I r 2
8 I 2
2I
MHMD M 2M H 2 2
Here, H MH , 938 MeV/c2
M H M D M H 2M H 3 3
1
1.01 10 34 J sec 1.01 10 34 1019 eV sec 6.3 10 16 eV sec
1.6
E
2

6.3 10 16 eV sec 2
, E 9.2 10 3 eV 10 2 eV
I 2
3
938 10 6 eV / c 2 0.08 10 9 m 2
Q15. The electronic energy levels in a hydrogen atom are given by E n 13.6 / n 2 eV. If a
selective excitation to the n 100 level is to be made using a laser, the maximum
allowed frequency line-width of the laser is
(a) 6.5 MHz (b) 6.5 GHz (c) 6.5 Hz (d) 6.5 kHz
Ans: (b)
2 13.6 2 13.6
Solution: E n 13.6 / n 2 E n 3
eV h 3
1.6 10 19 6.5 GHz .
n n





fiziks

Q16. Consider the laser resonator cavity shown in the figure.
If I1 is the intensity of the radiation at R1 1 R2 R
l
mirror M 1 and is the gain coefficient of the
medium between the mirrors, then the energy
x
density of photons in the plane P at a
P
distance x from M 1 is M1 M2
(a) I 1 / c e x (b) I 1 / c ex
(c) I 1 / c e x e x (d) I 1 / c e 2x
Ans: (c)
NET/JRF (DEC-2013)
Q17. A perturbation V pert aL2 is added to the Hydrogen atom potential. The shift in the
energy level of the 2 P state, when the effects of spin are neglected up to second order in
a , is
3 2 4
(a) 0 (b) 2a 2 a 2 4 (c) 2a 2 (d) a 2 a
2
Ans: (c)
Solution: For 2 P state, L=1
The shift in the energy due to perturbation V pert aL2 is
E aL( L 1) 2 a1(1 1) 2 2a 2
Q18. A gas laser cavity has been designed to operate at 0.5 m with a cavity length of 1 m .
With this set-up, the frequency is found to be larger than the desired frequency by 100
Hz. The change in the effective length of the cavity required to retune the laser is
(a) 0.334 10 12 m (b) 0.334 10 12 m (c) 0.167 10 12 m (d) 0.167 10 12 m
Ans: (d)





fiziks

Q19. The spectroscopic symbol for the ground state of 13 Al is 2 P1/ 2 . Under the action of a
strong magnetic field (when L S coupling can be neglected) the ground state energy
level will split into
(a) 3 levels (b) 4 levels (c) 5 levels (d) 6 levels
Ans: (d)
Solution: In extremely strong magnetic field coupling between L-S breaks down. J is no longer a
valid quantum number.
The ground state energy level will split into (2S+1)(2L+1) = 6
NET/JRF (JUNE-2014)
Q20. A spectral line due to a transition from an electronic state p to an s state splits into three
Zeeman lines in the presence of a strong magnetic field. At intermediate field strengths
the number of spectral lines is
(a) 10 (b) 3 (c) 6 (d) 9
Ans: (a)
Solution: For p state: l 1, s 1/ 2 : j 1/ 2 & 3 / 2 .
This gives two spectral terms 2P3/2 & 2P1/2
For s state: l= 0, s = 1/2: j = 1/2 : This gives spectral terms 2S1/2
The terms 2P3/2 and 2S1/2 corresponding to J = 3/2 & J = 1/2 will break into 2J+1 Zeeman
levels, which is 4 and 2 respectively.
For 2P3/2 Mj = - 3/2 -1/2 +1/2 +3/2
For 2S1/2 Mj = -1/2 +1/2
The selection rule is MJ = 0, 1 (MJ = 0 MJ = 0 If J = 0)
MJ = 0 gives component, MJ = 1 gives component
Number of component = 2, Numbers of + components = 2
Number of - components = 2
The terms 2P1/2 and 2S1/2 corresponding to J = 1/2 & J = 1/2 will break into 2J+1 Zeeman
levels, which is 2 & 2 respectively.





fiziks

2 2
For P1/2 Mj = -1/2 +1/2, For S1/2 Mj = -1/2 +1/2
The selection rule is MJ = 0, 1 (MJ = 0 MJ = 0 If J = 0)
MJ = 0 gives component, MJ = 1 gives component
Number of component = 2, Numbers of + components = 1
Number of - components = 1
Thus, total number of Zeeman component = 10
Q21. A double slit interference experiment uses a laser emitting light of two adjacent
frequencies v1 and v 2 v1 v 2 . The minimum path difference between the interfering
beams for which the interference pattern disappears is
c c c c
(a) (b) (c) (d)
v 2 v1 v 2 v1 2v 2 v1 2v 2 v1
Ans: (c)
Solution: The condition of maximum intensity for interfering laser beam is: d sin n
1
The condition of dark intensity for interfering laser beam is: d sin n
2
For interference pattern to vanish the minimum path difference should be /2
c c 2
The spectral bandwidth of laser is defined as v whereas
2 v
For two closely spaced line of wavelength 1 and 2
c 2 1 c c
1 2
v 1 2 1 1 c c 2 1

21 1 21 1
Since, for interference pattern to vanish for two closely spaced line of wavelength 1 and
c c
2, the minimum path difference should be =
2 2v 2 2 1
Q22. How much does the total angular momentum quantum number J change in the transition
of Cr 3d 6 atom as it ionize to Cr 2 3d 4 ?
(a) Increases by 2 (b) Decreases by 2 (c) Decreases by 4 (d) Does not change





fiziks

Ans: (c)
Solution: In Cr 3d 6 state
M L 2 1 0 1 2
1
In this configuration, S 4 2 and L 2
2
This is the case of more than half filled subshell, thus state with highest J value will
have the lowest energy.
The hight J - value is J L S y
Thus, the ground state spectral term for this configuration is 5 D4 .
Now in Cr 2 3d 4
M L 2 1 0 1 2
1
In this configuration, S 4 2 and L 2
2
Since this is the case of less than half filled subshell, thus, state with lowest J value will
have the lowest energy.
The lowest J - value is J L 5 2 2 0 .
Thus the ground state spectral term for this configuration is the J - value decreases from
J 4 to J 0 .
Thus correct answer is option (c).
NET/JRF (DEC-2014)
Q23. An atomic transition 1 P 1S in a magnetic field 1 Tesla shows Zeeman splitting. Given
that the Bohr magneton B 9.27 10 24 J / T , and the wavelength corresponding to the
transition is 250 nm, the separation in the Zeeman spectral lines is approximately
(a) 0.01 nm (b) 0.1 nm (c) 1.0 nm (d) 10 nm





fiziks

Ans: (a)
Solution: This is the case of Normal Zeeman effect. The Zeeman separation in terms of
frequency is
B B
where B is Bohr magneton
h
2 2 B B
In terms of wavelength it is
c c h
250 10 m 9.27 10 J / T 1T 3 10
2
9 24
12
m 0.003 nm
3 10 m / s 6.625 10 Js
8 34
None of the answer is matching correctly. But best suitable answer is option (a)
Q24. If the leading anharmonic correction to the energy of n -th vibrational level of a diatomic
2
1
molecule is xe n with xe 0.001 , the total number of energy levels possible
2
is approximately
(a) 500 (b) 1000 (c) 250 (d) 750
Ans: (a)
2
1 1
Solution: The energy of anharmonic oscillator is Ev v xe v v vmax
2 2

where v 0, 1, 2, .....vmax is vibrational quantum number
E
dEv 1
Now, 0 2 xe vmax 0
dv v vmax
2
r
1 1
2 xe vmax 1 2 xe vmax
2 2
1 1 1 1
vmax 500
2 xe 2 2 xe 2 0.001





fiziks

Q25. The effective spin-spin interaction between the electron spin S e and the proton spin S p

in the ground state of the Hydrogen atom is given by H aS e S p . As a result of this
interaction, the energy levels split by an amount

1 2 3 2
(a) a (b) 2a 2 (c) a 2 (d) a
2 2
Ans: (c)

Solution: The Hamiltonian is given as H aSe S p where Se and S p are electron
and proton spin. Sp

S
The coupling between Se and S p gives net resultant spin angular
momentum Se

S Se S p
1
S 2 Se2 S p2 2Se S p Se S p S 2 Se2 S p2
2

H
2

a 2
S Se2 S p2
where S 2 S S 1 2 , Se2 Se Se 1 2 , S p2 S p S p 1 2
1 1
Since Se and S p S 0, 1
2 2
For S 0 (singlet state)
a 3 3 2 3 2
H1 0 a F 1
2 4 4 4 1 2
a
4
For S 1 (Triplet state)
12 s1/2 3
a 3 3 1 a 2
H 2 2 2 2 a 2 4
2 4 4 4 F 0
1 2 3 2
H H 2 H1 a a H a 2
4 4





fiziks

NET/JRF (JUNE-2015)
Q26. Of the following term symbols of the np 2 atomic configurations, 1 S0 ,3 P0 ,3 P1 ,3 P2 and
1
D2 which is the ground state?
(a) 3 P0 (b) 1 S0 (c) 3 P2 (d) 3 P1
Ans. (a)
Solution: According to Hunds rules
(i) State with highest multiplicity has lowest energy
(ii) State with same multiplicity, the state with highest L will have lowest energy
(iii) State with same multiplicity and L value. The state with lowest J has lowest energy
(only if subshell is less than half filled) from the given states 1 S0 ,3 P0 ,3 P1 ,3 P21 D2
The 3 P0 will have the lowest energy

1
Q27. A diatomic molecule has vibrational states with energies Ev v and rotational
2
states with energies E j Bj j 1 , where v and j are non-negative integers . consider
the transitions in which both the initial and final states are restricted to v 1 and j 2
and subject to the selection rules v 1 and j 1 . Then the largest allowed energy
of transition is
(a) 3B (b) B (c) 4 B (d) 2 B
Ans. (c)
1
Solution: E v BJ J 1
2
For vibrational transition with v 1 and rotational transition with J we get
E Einitial Efinal 2 B J 1
where J is lowest quantum number

according to question in rotational states two transition is possible one for J 0 J 1
and second for J 1 J 2 but second transition will have photon of higher energy
For J 1 J 2
E 2 B 1 1 4 B





fiziks

NET/JRF (DEC-2015)
12 13
Q28. The LS configurations of the ground state of Mg , Al , 17Cl and 18
Ar are,
respectively,
(a) 3 S1 , 2 P1/ 2 , 2 P1/ 2 and 1 S0 (b) 3 S1 , 2 P3 / 2 , 2 P3 / 2 and 3 S1
(c) 1 S0 , 2 P1/ 2 , 2 P3 / 2 and 1 S0 (d) 1 S0 , 2 P3 / 2 , 2 P1/ 2 and 3 S1

Ans.: (c)
Solution: 12 Mg :1s 2 2s 2 2 p 6 2s 2
Ground state: 1 s0
13
Al :1s 2 2s 2 2 p 6 3s 2 3 p1
the terms are 2 p1/ 2 and 2 p3/ 2 . Since its less than half filled. Thus
Ground state: 2 p1/ 2

17
Cl :1s 2 2s 2 2 p 6 3s 2 3 p 5
The terms are 2 p1/ 2 and 2 p3/ 2 . Since it shell is more than half filled.
Thus Ground state: 2 p3/ 2

18
Ar :1s 2 2s 2 2 p 6 3s 2 3 p 6
Ground state: 1 s0
Q29. For a two level system, the population of atoms in the upper and lower levels are 3 1018
and 0.7 1018 , respectively. If the coefficient of stimulated emission is
3.0 105 m3 / W -s 3 and the energy density is 9.0 J / m3 -Hz , the rate of stimulated
emission will be
(a) 6.3 1016 s 1 (b) 4.1 1016 s 1 (c) 2.7 1016 s 1 (d) 1.8 1016 s 1
Ans.: None of the answer is matching.
Solution: The rate of stimulated emission is
dN 2
N 2 B21 u w
dt





fiziks

3
m m3
where N 2 3 1018 , B21 3 105 3 10 5
W s3 J s2
J s
and u w 9.0 J / n3 Hz 9.0
m3
dN 2 m3 J s
3 10 3 10
18 5
9 3 8.11024 s 1
dt J s 2
m
Q30. The first ionization potential of K is 4.34 eV , the electron affinity of CI is 3.82 eV
and the equilibrium separation of KCI is 0.3 nm . The required to dissociate
a KCI molecule into a K and a CI atom is
(a) 8.62 eV (b) 8.16 eV (c) 4.28 eV (d) 4.14 eV
Ans.: (c)
Solution: Energy required to dissociate kcl is kcl k cl
V
1 q1q2
9 10 9 Nm
2 1.6 1019 c
7.7 1019 J 4.79 eV

2
4 0 r12
9
c 0.3 10 m
The band dissociation energy is the energy required to dissociate a molecule into its
component atom kcl k cl
To find the energy required to dissociate kcl into k and cl , we must add an electron to
the k ion, which releases the atomic potassium ionization energy. Remove one electron
from cl ion which requires the atomic chlorine electron affinity energy
Given ionization energy of k Eie 4.34 eV
Electron affinity of cl Eai 3.82 eV

Thus the energy gained in the transformation from ion to atom is
Eie Eai 4.34 3.82 0.52 eV
Thus dissociation energy 4.79 0.52 4.27 eV





fiziks

NET/JRF (JUNE-2016)
Q31. The ground state electronic configuration of 22 Ti is Ar 3d 2 4s 2 . Which state, in the
standard spectroscopic notations, is not possible in this configuration?

(a) 1 F3 (b) 1 S0 (c) 1 D2 (d) 3 P0
Ans: (a)
Solution: The spectroscopic term for d 2 are obtained as
l1 2, l2 2 L 4,3, 2,1, 0
1 1
s1 , s2 S 0,1
2 2
Now S 0, L 4 J 4, 1G4
S 0, L 2 J 2, 1 D2
S 0, L 0 J 0, 1S0
S 1, L 3 J 4,3, 2, 3
G4 ,3 G3 ,3 G2
S 1, L 1 J 2,1, 0, 3 P2 , 3 P1 ,3 P0
Thus 1 F3 is not possible spectroscopic term of Ar 3d 2 4S 2
Q32. In a normal Zeeman Effect experiment using a magnetic field of strength 0.3 T , the
splitting between the components of a 660 nm spectral line is
(a) 12 pm (b) 10 pm (c) 8 pm (d) 6 pm
Ans: (d)
2 eB 660 10
2
9
1.6 1019 0.3
Solution:
c 4 m 3 108 4 9.11031
6.09 1012 m
6 pm





fiziks

Q33. The separation between the energy levels of a two-level atom is 2 eV . Suppose that
4 1020 atoms are in the ground state and 7 1020 atoms are pumped into the excited state
just before lasing starts. How much energy will be released in a single laser pulse?
(a) 24.6 J (b) 22.4 J (c) 98 J (d) 48 J
Ans: (d)
Solution: N 2 N1 3 1020
Energy of laser pulse
N N1 3 10 20
E 2 h 2 1.6 1019 J E 48 J
2 2
NET/JRF (DEC-2016)
Q34. In the L S coupling scheme, the terms arising from two non-equivalent p -electrons are
(a) 3S , 1P, 3P, 1D, 3D (b) 1S , 3S , 1P, 1D
(c) 1S , 3S , 3P, 3D (d) 1S , 3S , 1P, 3P, 1D, 3D

Ans. : (d)
Solution: For pp configuration
1 1
s1 , s2 S 0,1
2 2
l1 1, l2 1 L 0,1, 2
Thus
S 0, L 0 J 0 ; 1S0 or 1S
S 0, L 1 J 1 ; 1 P1 or 1 P
S 0, L 2 J 2 ; 1 D2 or 1 D
S 1, L 0 J 1 ; 3 S1 or 3 S
S 1, L 1 J 0,1, 2 ; 3 P0,1,2 or 3 P
S 1, L 2 J 1, 2,3 ; 3 D1,2,3 or 3 D
Thus spectroscopic terms are 1 S ,3 S ,1 P,3 P 1 D, 3 D





fiziks

Q35. The total spin of a hydrogen atom is due to the contribution of the spins of the electron
and the proton. In the high temperature limit, the ratio of the number of atoms in the spin-
1 state to the number in the spin- 0 state is
1 1
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) (d)
2 3
Ans. : (b)
F 1 (when spins are parallel)
Solution: 2
S1/ 2
F 0 (when spins are anti-parallel)
The degeneracy of quantum level is 2 F 1 .
Thus
2 F1 1 3
3
2 F0 1 1
Q36. A two level system in a thermal (black body) environment can decay from the excited
state by both spontaneous and thermally stimulated emission. At room temperature
300 K , the frequency below which thermal emission dominates over spontaneous
emission is nearest to
(a) 1013 Hz (b) 108 Hz (c) 105 Hz (d) 1011 Hz
Ans. : (d)
Solution: At thermal equilibrium, the ratio of the number of spontaneous to stimulated emission
is given by

A21 1.054 1034 J .S
e kT 1 ; where 2.551014 sec
B21 u 23
kT 1.38 10 J / K 300 K
Now, for v 1013 Hz 6.3 1011 rad / sec ,

A21
e1.6 1 5 1 4
B21u
For v 1011 Hz 6.3 1011 rad / sec ,
A21 3
e1.610 1 1.03 1 0.03
B21u





fiziks

This ratio is less than one, thus stimulated thermal emission dominates over spontaneous
emission below all frequency of 1011 Hz





fiziks

SOLID STATE PHYSICS SOLUTIONS
GATE-2010
Q1. The valence electrons do not directly determine the following property of a metal
(a) Electrical conductivity (b) Thermal conductivity
(c) Shear modulus (d) Metallic luster
Ans: (c)
Q2. Consider X-ray diffraction from a crystal with a face-centered-cubic (fcc) lattice. The
lattice plane for which there is NO diffraction peak is
(a) (2, 1, 2) (b) (1, 1, 1) (c) (2, 0, 0) (d) (3, 1, 1)
Ans: (a)
Q3. The Hall coefficient, RH, of sodium depends on
(a) The effective charge carrier mass and carrier density
(b) The charge carrier density and relaxation time
(c) The charge carrier density only
(d) The effective charge carrier mass
Ans: (c)
Q4. The Bloch theorem states that within a crystal, the wavefunction, ( r ), of an electron has
the form

(a) r u r e i k .r where u( r ) is an arbitrary function and k is an arbitrary vector
(b) r u r e i G r
where u( r ) is an arbitrary function and G is a reciprocal lattice vector
(c) r u r e i G r

where u r u r , is a lattice vector and G is a reciprocal
lattice vector

(d) r u r e i k .r where u r u r , is a lattice vector and k is an arbitrary
vector
Ans: (d)





fiziks

Q5. In an experiment involving a ferromagnetic medium, the following observations were
made. Which one of the plots does NOT correctly represent the property of the medium?
(TC is the Curie temperature)
(a) (b)
1 / TC 1/ T
(c) (d)
TC T TC T
Ans: (c)
Q6. The thermal conductivity of a given material reduces when it undergoes a transition from
its normal state to the superconducting state. The reason is:
(a) The Cooper pairs cannot transfer energy to the lattice
(b) Upon the formation of Cooper pairs, the lattice becomes less efficient in heat transfer
(c) The electrons in the normal state lose their ability to transfer heat because of their
coupling to the Cooper pairs
(d) The heat capacity increases on transition to the superconducting state leading to a
reduction in thermal conductivity
Ans: (d)





fiziks

Q7. For a two-dimensional free electron gas, the electronic density n, and the Fermi energy
EF, are related by
2mE F 2 mE F 3
3 1 1
mE F mE F 2 3
(a) n (b) n (c) n (d) n
3 2 3 2 2 2
Ans: (b)
Solution: For two dimensional gas, the number of possible k-states between k and k+dk is
2 2
L L
g k dk 2 k dk 2 2 k dk it is multiplied by 2 for electron gas
2 2
2mE 2m 2m
Since k 2 2
2k dk 2 dE 2 k dk 2 dE

2
L 2m
g E dE 2 2 dE
2
The total number of electrons at T 0 0 K is
EF EF 2 EF
2m 1 2m L2
N g E dE F E
0
g E dE 2
0

2 2 dE 2
0

2 4 2
EF
m 2 N
2
mE F
N L2
E E F n n
2
F
2 m L2 m
Q8. Far away from any of the resonance frequencies of a medium, the real part of the
dielectric permittivity is
(a) Always independent of frequency (b) Monotonically decreasing with frequency
(c) Monotonically increasing with frequency (d) A non-monotonic function of frequency
Ans: (a)
dipolar
1 ionic
2
electronics
frequency





fiziks

GATE-2011
Q9. The temperature (T) dependence of magnetic susceptibility () of a ferromagnetic

substance with a Curie temperature (Tc) is given by
C C
(a) , for T Tc (b) , for T Tc
T Tc T Tc
C C
(c) , for T Tc (d) , for all temperatures
T Tc T Tc
where C is constant .
Ans: (b)
Q10. The order of magnitude of the energy gap of a typical superconductor is
(a) 1 MeV (b) 1 KeV (c) 1 eV (d) 1 meV
Ans: (d)
Q11. For a three-dimensional crystal having N primitive unit cells with a basis of p atoms, the
number of optical branches is
(a) 3 (b) 3p (c) 3p 3 (d) 3N 3p
Ans: (c)
Q12. For an intrinsic semiconductor, me* and mh* are respectively the effective masses of
electrons and holes near the corresponding band edges. At a finite temperature the
position of the Fermi level
(a) depends on me* but not on mh* (b) depends on mh* but not on me*
(c) depends on both me* and mh* (d) depends neither on me* nor on mh*
Ans: (c)
Ec Ev 3 mh*
Solution: The Fermi level for intrinsic semicondutor is E F k B T ln *
2 4 me
Q13. A metal with body centered cubic (bcc) structure show the first (i.e. smallest angle)
diffraction peak at a Bragg angle of = 30o. The wavelength of X-ray used is 2.1 . The
volume of the PRIMITIVE unit cell of the metal is
(a) 26.2 ()3 (b) 13.1()3 (c) 9.3 ()3 (d) 4.6 ()3
Ans: (b)





fiziks

a
Solution: According to Braggs law 2d sin where d
h2 k 2 l 2
For BCC structure the first diffraction peak appear for (110) plane.
a 2a
d sin 30 0 2a sin 30 0 2.1A 0
2 2
1
2 a 2.1A 0 a 2 2.1A 0 a 2.97 A 0 .
2
The volume primitive unit cell of BCC is volume

a 3 26.2 0
2

2
A 3
13.1 A 0 3
Common Data for Questions 14 and 15:

The tight binding energy dispersion (E-k) relation for electrons in a one-dimensional
array of atoms having lattice constant a and total length L is
E = E0 2 cos (ka),
where E0, and are constants and k is the wave vector.
Q14. The density of states of electrons (including spin degeneracy) in the band is given by
L L L L
(a) (b) (c) (d)
a sin ka 2 a sin ka 2 a coska a coska
Ans: (b)
L 1 L 1 L
Solution: D E 2 2
2 dE / dk 2 2a sin ka 2a sin ka
Q15. The effective mass of electrons in the band is given by
2 2 2 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
a 2 coska 2 a 2 coska a 2 sin ka 2 a 2 sin ka
Ans: (b)
2 2 2
Solution: Effective mass m *
d 2E 2a 2 coska 2a 2 coska
2
dk





fiziks

GATE-2012
Q16. For an ideal Fermi gas in three dimensions, the electron velocity VF at the Fermi surface
is related to electron concentration n as,
(a) V F n 2 / 3 (b) V F n (c) VF n1 / 2 (d) V F n1 / 3
Ans: (d)
Solution: V F

m

3 2 n
1/ 3

Q17. The total energy, E of an ideal non-relativistic Fermi gas in three dimensions is given by
N 5/3
E where N is the number of particles and V is the volume of the gas. Identify the
V 2/3
CORRECT equation of state (P being the pressure),
1 2 5
(a) PV E (b) PV E (c) PV E (d) PV E
3 3 3
Ans: (b)
Q18. Which one of the following CANNOT be explained by considering a harmonic
approximation for the lattice vibrations in solids?
(a) Debys T3 law (b) Dulong Petits law
(c) Optical branches in lattices (d) Thermal expansion
Ans: (d)
Solution: Thermal expansion in solid can only be explained if solid behave as a anharmonic
oscillator.
Q19. A simple cubic crystal with lattice parameter a c undergoes transition into a tetragonal
structure with lattice parameters at bt 2ac and ct 2a c , below a certain

temperature. The ratio of the interplanar spacing of (1 0 1) planes for the cubic and the
tetragonal structure is
1 1 3 3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6 6 8 8
Ans: (c)





fiziks

a a
Solution: For Cubic Lattice d c c
h2 k 2 l 2 2
a 2a c
For Tetragonal lattice d t
h k
2
l 2 2
3
2
2
a c
dc 3
Therefore the ratio is
dt 8
Q20. Inverse susceptibility (1/) as a function of temperature, T for a material undergoing
paramagnetic to ferromagnetic transition is given in the figure, where O is the origin. The
values of the Curie constant, C, and the Weiss molecular field constant, , in CGS units,
are
1
600 K

(a) C 5 10 5 , 3 10 2
(b) C 3 10 2 , 5 10 5 O T
(c) C 3 10 2 , 2 10 4
2 10 4
(d) C 2 10 , 3 10
4 2
(CGS unit)
Ans: (c)
1 T TC 1
Solution: and TC C . Here TC 600 K and 2 10 4
C
Thus C 3 10 2 and 2 10 4 .
Common Data for Questions 2122

The dispersion relation for a one dimensional monatomic crystal with lattice spacing a,
which interacts nearest neighbour harmonic potential is given by
Ka
A sin
2
where A is a constant of appropriate unit.
Q21. The group velocity at the boundary of the first Brillouin zone is





fiziks

Aa 2 1 Aa 2
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) (d)
2 2 2
Ans: (a)
Solution: At the first Brillouin zone the frequency is maximum and the group velocity which is
the derivative of the angular frequency is zero.
Q22. The force constant between the nearest neighbour of the lattice is (M is the mass of the
atom)
MA 2 MA 2
(a) (b) (c) MA2 (d) 2MA2
4 2
Ans: (a)
4K MA 2
Solution: A K
M 4
GATE-2013
Q23. A phosphorous doped silicon semiconductor (doping density: 1017/cm3) is heated from
100C to 200C. Which one of the following statements is CORRECT?
(a) Position of Fermi level moves towards conduction band
(b) Position of dopant level moves towards conduction band
(c) Position of Fermi level moves towards middle of energy gap
(d) Position of dopant level moves towards middle of energy gap
Ans: (c)
Solution: Phosphorous doped silicon semiconductors behave as a n-type semiconductor. In
n-type semiconductor Fermi level lies near conduction band and moves toward middle of
the band gap upon heating. At a very high temperature the Fermi level is near the middle
of the band gap and semiconductor behaves as intrinsic semiconductor.
Q24. Considering the BCS theory of superconductors, which one of the following statements is
NOT CORRECT? ( h is the Planks constant and e is the electronic charge)
(a) Presence of energy gap at temperature below the critical temperature
(b) Different critical temperature for isotopes





fiziks

h
(c) Quantization of magnetic flux in superconduction ring in the unit of
e
(d) Presence of Meissner effect
Ans: (c)
h
Solution: Quantization of magnetic flux in superconduction ring in the unit of
2e
Q25. Group I contains elementary excitations in solids. Group II gives the associated field with
these exciations. MATCH the excitations with their associated field and select your
answer as per codes given below.
Group I Group II
(P) phonon (i) photon + lattice vibration
(Q) plasmon (ii) electron +elastic deformation
(R) polaron (iii) collective electron oscillations
(S) polariton (iv) elastic wave
Codes
(a) P iv , Q iii , R i , S ii (b) P iv , Q iii , R ii , S i
(c) P i , Q iii , R ii , S iv (d) P iii , Q iv , R ii , S i
Ans: (b)
Solution: Phonon: Quantum of energy of the elastic wave in solid, produced due to the vibration
of atoms in solid.
Plasmon: Quantum of energy of the wave produced due to the oscillation of plasma,
which contains charged particles (positive ions and negative electrons or ions).
Polaron: A charge placed in a polarizable medium will be screened. The induced
polarization will follow the charge carrier when it is moving through the medium. The
carrier together with the induced polarization is considered as one entity, which is called
a polaron.
Polariton: A polariton is a quasiparticle resulting from the mixing of a photon with
phonon.





fiziks

Q26.

A lattice has the following primitive vector in : a 2 j k , b 2 k i , c 2 i j .
The reciprocal lattice corresponding to the above lattice is

(a) BCC lattice with cube edge of -1
2
(b) BCC lattice with cube edge of 2 -1

(c) FCC lattice with cube edge of -1
2
(d) FCC lattice with cube edge of 2 -1
Ans: (a)
Solution: The reciprocal lattice vectors are

b c
a 2 - i j k -1
a b c 2

ca
b 2 i j k -1
a b c 2

a b
c 2 i j k -1
a b c 2
e2 B
Q27. The total energy of an ionic solid is given by an expression E 9 where
4 0 r r
is Madelung constant, r is the distance between the nearest neighbours in the crystal and
B is a constant. If r0 is the equilibrium separation between the nearest neighbours then
the value of B is
e 2 r08 e 2 r08 2 e 2 r010 e 2 r010
(a) (b) (c) (d)
36 0 4 0 9 0 36 0
Ans: (a)
dE e2 9B e 2 r08
Solution: At r r0 , 0 10 B
dr r r0 4 0 r0 r0
2
36 0





fiziks

GATE-2014
Q28. The Miller indices of a plane passing through the three points having coordinates (0, 0, 1)
1, 0, 0 1 , 1 , 1 are
2 2 4
(a) (212) (b) (111) (c) (121) (d) (211)
Ans: (a)
Q29. The plot of specifies heat versus temperature across the superconducting transition
temperature Tc is most appropriately represented by
(a) (b)
Cp Cp
TC T TC T
(c) (d)
Cp Cp
TC T TC T
Ans: (a)

Solution: CV e 2kT





fiziks

Q30. The energy k for band electrons as a function of the wave vector k in the first Brillouin

zone k of a one dimensional monatomic lattice is shown as ( a is lattice
a a
k
constant)
k
/a O /a
The variation of the group velocity vg is most appropriately represented by
(a) vg (b) vg
/a k /a k
O /a O /a
(c) (d)
vg vg
/a k /a k
O /a O /a
Ans: (b)
ka
Solution: E E0 cos

1 dE ka
Vg sin
dk





fiziks

Q31. For Nickel the number density is 8 10 atoms / cm 3 and electronic configuration is
23
1s 2 2 s 2 2 p 6 3s 2 3 p 6 3d 8 4s 2 . The value of the saturation magnetization of Nickel in its
ferromagnetic state is _____________ 10 9 A / m .
(Given the value of Bohr magneton B 9.21 10 21 Am 2 )

Ans: 4.42
Solution: Component of magnetic dipoles in a solid material are in the direction of external field.
M S (Magnetic dipole moment) B N ,
0.6 9.21 1021 Am 2 N (For N i :magnetic dipole moment 0.6
Fe :2.22, For Cu :1.2 )

NA
N 8 1029 / m3 B 9.211021 A / m
AN
M S 0.6 9.211021 8 1029 4.42 109 A / m
GATE-2015
Q31. The energy dependence of the density of states for a two dimensional non-relativistic
electron gas is given by, g E CE n , where C is constant. The value of n
is____________
Ans.: 0
Solution: We know that
g E E1/ 2 for 3 D , g E E 0 for 2 D , g E E 1/ 2 for 1 D
n 0 for 2 D
Q32. The lattice parameters a, b, c of an orthorhombic crystal are related by a 2b 3c . In
units of a the interplanar separation between the 110 planes is ____________. (Upto
three decimal places)
Ans.: 0.447





fiziks

1 1 a
Solution: d hkl d110 0.447 a 2b 3c
2
h k 2
l 2
1 1 5
0
a 2 b2 c2 a 2 a 2

2
Q33. The dispersion relation for phonons in a one dimensional monatomic Bravais lattice with
lattice spacing a and consisting of ions of masses M is given by
2c
k 1 coska , where is the frequency of oscillation, k is the wavevector
M
and C is the spring constant. For the long wavelength modes a , the ratio of the
phase velocity to the group velocity is_________
Ans.: 1
2C
Solution: k 1 cos ka
M
For long wavelength modes a
ka 2C ka
2 2
C
cos ka 1 k 1 1 a k
2 M 2 M
C d C
Phase velocity vP a and Group velocity vg a
k M dk M
vP
1
vg
Q34. In a Hall effect experiment, the hall voltage for an intrinsic semiconductor is negative.
This is because (symbols carry usual meaning)
(a) n p (b) n p (c) * h (d) m* mn*
Ans.: (c)
Solution: The Hall voltage is V H RH JB
where J : current density, B : magnetic field and R H : Hall constant





fiziks

1 p p n n p n n p B
2 2 2 2 2
RH
e n p 2 p n 2 2 2 B 2
n p n p
1 p n
For intrinsic semiconductor n p ni RH
eni p n
In Intrinsic semiconductor n p , therefore Hall voltage is negative.
Q35. Which one of the following represents the electron occupancy for a superconductor in its
normal and superconducting states?
Normal Superconducting Normal Superconducting

state state state state
(a) (b)
f E f E f E f E
E E E E
Normal Superconducting Normal Superconducting

(c) state state (d) state state
f E f E f E f E
Ans. : (d) E E E E
Solution: In normal slide, some states below Fermi levels are empty and equal number of states
above Fermi levels are filled. If material converts into a superconductor, electrons above
the Fermi Level makes cooper pair and they fall back below level Fermi level as same
energy released during cooper pair formation. Therefore, correct option is (d).
Q36. Given that the Fermi energy of gold is 5.54 eV , the number density of electrons is
__________ 1028 m3 (upto one decimal place)

(Mass of electron 9.11 10 31 kg ; h 6.626 10 34 j s; 1 eV 1.6 10 19 j )
Ans.: 5.9
Solution: Relation between electron density (n) and Fermi energy E F is





fiziks

2m
3/ 2
2
EF 3 2 n 2/3
n
1
3 2 3
EF3/ 2
2m
2 9.110 kg
31 3/ 2
1
5.54 1.6 109 J
3/ 2
n
3 3.14 1.0546 10 J s
2 34
1 2.45 1045 8.35 1028 3

n m 0.59 10 29 m 3
29.61 1.17 10102
n 5.9 1028 m 3
GATE-2016
Q37. Consider a metal which obeys the Sommerfeld model exactly. If E F is the Fermi energy
of the metal at T 0 K and R H is its Hall coefficient, which of the following statements
is correct?
3 2
(a) R H E 2
F (b) R H E 3
F
(c) RH E F2 (d) R H is independent of EF .

Ans.: (c)
1
Solution: RH
ne
3/ 2 3/ 2
2
2m EF
2/3
where EF 3 2 n n 2 2
RH EF3 / 2
2m 3
Q38. A one-dimensional linear chain of atoms contains two types of atoms of masses m1 and
m2 (where m2 m1 ), arranged alternately. The distance between successive atoms is the
same. Assume that the harmonic approximation is valid. At the first Brillouin zone
boundary, which of the following statements is correct?
(a) The atoms of mass m 2 are at rest in the optical mode, while they vibrate in the
acoustical mode.
(b The atoms of mass m1 are at rest in the optical mode, while they vibrate in the
acoustical mode.





fiziks

(c) Both types of atoms vibrate with equal amplitudes in the optical as well as in the
acoustical modes.
(d) Both types of atoms vibrate, but with unequal, non-zero amplitudes in the optical as
well as in the acoustical modes.
Ans.: (a)
Solution: In optical mode, at Brillouin zone boundary atom of heavier mass m2 is at rest,
whereas in Acoustic mode, atoms of lighter mass m1 is at rest.
1 1
2
optical mode m
1 m2
2 2 / m1
Acoustic 1 2 / m2
mode

2a k 2a
Q39. A solid material is found to have a temperature independent magnetic susceptibility,
C . Which of the following statements is correct?
(a) If C is positive, the material is a diamagnet.
(b) If C is positive, the material is a ferromagnet.
(c) If C is negative, the material could be a type I superconductor.
(d) If C is positive, the material could be a type I superconductor.
Ans.: (b)

Solution: Susceptibility is defined as 1 , where 0 is permeability of medium and
0
vacuum respectively.
(i) For Diamagnet; 0 , thus 0 i.e. is negative
(ii) For Ferromagnet, 0 , thus 0 i.e. is positive
(iii) For superconductor, 0 , thus 1

Thus best answer is (b)





fiziks

Q40. Atoms, which can be assumed to be hard spheres of radius R , are arranged in an fcc
lattice with lattice constant a , such that each atom touches its nearest neighbours. Take
the center of one of the atoms as the origin. Another atom of radius r (assumed to be
a
hard sphere) is to be accommodated at a position 0, ,0 without distorting the lattice.
2
r
The maximum value of is ________. (Give your answer upto two decimal places)
R
Ans.: 0.41
a
Solution: The new atom location is 0, , 0 i.e. it is on the middle of y - axis.
2
z
a
2a
Position of new r
x
a a
atom 0, , 0 a new atom at 0, ,0
figure (i) 2 2
2
figure (ii)
If new atom of radius r fit without distorting the original lattice, then from figure (ii) we get
a
Rr (i)
2
4
whereas for FCC 2a 4 R a R 2 2R (ii)
2
Thus from (i) and (ii)
2 2
2
R Rr
2 1 R r
r
R
2 1 1.414 1 0.414





fiziks

Q41. The energy vs. wave vector E k relationship near the bottom of a band for a solid can
be approximated as E Aka Bka , where the lattice constant a 2.1 A . The

2 4 0
values of A and B are 6.3 10 19 J and 3.2 10 20 J , respectively. At the bottom of

the conduction band, the ratio of the effective mass of the electron to the mass of free
electron is _______. (Give your answer upto two decimal places)
(Take 1.05 10 34 J s , mass of free electron 9.110 31 kg )
Ans.: 0.22
Solution: E A ka B ka
2 4
E 2 E
2 Aa 2 k 4 Ba 4 k 3 and 2 Aa 2 12 Ba 4 k 2
k k 2
At the bottom of the band k 0

2 2
Thus effective mass m* 2
E / k 2 2 Aa 2
1.05 10
34 2
J s 1.1025 1068
m *
0.01984 1029

2 39
2 6.3 1019 J 2.1 1010 m 55.57 10
m* 19.84 1032 kg
19.84 1032 kg 31
2.18 101 0.218 0.22
m 9.1 10 kg
Q42. The Fermi energies of two metals X and Y are 5 eV and 7 eV and their Debye
temperatures are 170 K and 340 K , respectively. The molar specific heats of these
metals at constant volume at low temperatures can be written as
CV X X T AX T 3 and CV Y Y T AY T 3 where and A are constants. Assuming
that the thermal effective mass of the electrons in the two metals are same, which of the
following is correct?
X 7 AX X 7 AX 1
(a) , 8 (b) ,
Y 5 AY Y 5 AY 8
X 5 AX 1 X 5 AX
(c) , (d) , 8
Y 7 AY 8 Y 7 AY





fiziks

Ans.: (a)
Solution: Heat capacity is defined as CV T AT 3
3 2 1 12 4 1 1
where Nk B and A Nk B 3 234 Nk B 3
2 EF 5 D D
3 2 1
Nk B
x 2 EFx EF y 7eV 7
Thus,
y 3 Nk 2 1 EFx 5eV 5
B
2 EFy
1
234 Nk B 3
Ax D3 x Dy 340 3
2 8
3
and
Ay 234 Nk 1 D 170
B 3 x
Dy
x 7 A
Thus, and x 8
y 5 Ay
GATE-2017
Q43. The atomic mass and mass density of Sodium are 23 and 0.968 g cm 3 , respectively. The
number density of valence electrons is 1022 cm 3 . (Up to two decimal
places) (Avogadro number, N A 6.022 1023 )
Ans. : 2.54
neff M neff NA
Solution: n
NA a 3
a 3
M
where 0.968gcm 3 , N A 6.022 1023 , M 23g
0.968 6.022 1023

n 2.54 1022 cm 3
23





fiziks

2 x
Q44. Consider a one dimensional lattice with a weak periodic potential U x U 0 cos .
a

The gap at the edge of the Brillouin zone k is:
a
U0 U0
(a) U 0 (b) (c) 2U 0 (d)
2 4
Ans. : (c)
2
Solution: U U 0 cos x
a
2 a
Energy at the edge of Brillouin Zone is U t U 0 cos .
a
Energy at the k 0 is U b U 0
Band gap U U t U b 2U 0
Thus correct option is (c)
Q45. Consider a 2 - dimensional electron gas with a density of 1019 m2 . The Fermi energy of
the system is eV (up to two decimal places).
( me 9.311031 kg , h 6.626 1034 Js, e 1.602 1019 C )
A EF 2 AmEF
N f E g E dE 2
1 2m 2 E 0 dE
0 h 0 h2

2
nh 2 1019 6.6 1034
EF 0.37 1018 J 2.32eV
4 m 4 3.14 9.311031
Ans. : 2.34
1.055 1034 J s
2
2

Solution: EF 2 n 31
2 3.142 1019
2 m 2 9.31 10
0.3756 1018 J 0.2345 10 eV 2.34 eV





fiziks

Q46.
a
The real space primitive lattice vectors are a1 ax and a2 x 3 y . The reciprocal
2

space unit vectors b1 and b2 for this lattice are, respectively
2 y 4 2 y 4
(a)
a x and y (b)
a x and y
3 a 3 3 a 3
2 4 x 2 4 x
(c) x and y (d) x and y
a 3 a 3 a 3 a 3
Ans. (a)
Solution:

a1 ax ,
a
a2 x 3 y
2

assume, a3 z
a
Now, a1 a2 a3 ax. x 3 y z
2

a 2 x
2
a2

y 3x 0 3
2
3a 2
2

a2 a3 3 x y a2
b 2 2
a1 a2 a3 3 2
a
3
2 y
b1 x
a 3

a3 a1 4
Similarly, b2 2 y
a1 a2 a3 3a
Thus correct option is (a)





fiziks

CONDENSED MATTER PHYSICS
NET/JRF (JUNE-2011)
Q1. A narrow beam of X-rays with wavelength 1.5 is reflected from an ionic crystal with an
fcc lattice structure with a density of 3.32 gcm-3. The molecular weight is 108 AMU
(1AMU = 1.66 10-24 g)
A. The lattice constant is
(a) 6.00 (b) 4.56 (c) 4.00 (d) 2.56
Ans: (b)
Solution: Given ne f f 4 , M = 108 kg, 3.32gm cm -3 = 3320 kgm-3,
N A 6.023 10 26 atoms kmd
ne f f M 4 108
a3 6.00 10 30 m 3 6.00 10 10 6.00 A 0
NA 6.023 10 3320
26
B. The sine of the angle corresponding to (111) reflection is

3 3 1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4 8 4 8
Ans: (b)
Solution: According to Braggs law
a a
2d sin , sin where d for (111) plane
2d h k l
2 2 2
3
3 3 1 .5 A 0 3 3 3
sin .
2a 2 6A 0
2 62 8





fiziks

Q2. A flux quantum (fluxoid) is approximately equal to 210-7 gauss-cm2. A type II
superconductor is placed in a small magnetic field, which is then slowly increased till the
field starts penetrating the superconductor. The strength of the field at this point is
2
105 gausss.

A. The penetrating depth of this superconductor is
(a) 100 (b) 10 (c) 1000 (d) 314
Ans: (a)
Solution: Given Fluxoid 0 2 10 7 gauss cm2
2
First Critical field H c1 10 5 gauss

The relation between first critical field and penetration depth is
0 0 2.10 7
H c1 2
10 12 cm 2 10 6 cm 100 A 0
2 H c1 2 10 5

B. The applied field is further increased till superconductivity is completely destroyed.
8
The strength of the field is now 105 gauss. The correlation length of the

superconductor is
(a) 20 (b) 200 (c) 628 (d) 2000
Ans:
8
Solution: Given second critical field H c 2 10 5 gauss. The relation between second critical

0
field and correlation length is H c 2 .
2
0 2 10 7 1
2
10 12 cm 2
H c 2 8
10 5 4

1 1 100
10 6 cm 10 6 cm 10 10 m 50 A 0
2 2 2





fiziks

Q3. The two dimensional lattice of graphene is an arrangement of Carbon atoms forming a
honeycomb lattice of lattice spacing a, as shown below. The Carbon atoms occupy the
vertices.
1
c1
1
(A). The Wigner-Seitz cell has an area of d2
1
c2
1
3 2
1
a1
1 1
(a) 2a 2 (b) a d1 b1
2
1
a2 b2
a
2 3 3 2
(c) 6 3a (d) a
2
Ans:
Area of normal cell
Solution: Area of Wigner-Seitz cell
Ne f f
1
Where Neff = effective number of lattice paints 6 2
3
3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 2
Area of normal cell a Area of wigner-Seitz cell a /2 a
2 2 4
(B). The Bravais lattice for this array is a

(a) rectangular lattice with basis vectors d1 and d 2

(b) rectangular lattice with basis vectors c1 and c2

(c) hexagonal lattice with basis vectors a1 and a2

(d) hexagonal lattice with basis vectors b1 and b2
Ans: (c)

Solution: The Bravaiss lattice for this array is the Hexagonal lattice with basis vectors a1 and a 2
NET/JRF (DEC-2011)
Q4. The potential of a diatomic molecule as a function of the distance r between the atoms is
a b
given by V r 6
12 . The value of the potential at equilibrium separation between
r r
the atoms is:
(a) 4a 2 / b (b) 2a 2 / b (c) a 2 / 2b (d) a 2 / 4b





fiziks

Ans: (d)
a b dV r
Solution: Given V r 6
12 . At equilibrium radius, 0
r r dr r r0
dV r 6a 12b r 13 12b 2b 2b
7 13 0 07 r06
dr r0 r0 r0 6a a a
a b a2 a2 a2
The value of potential at equilibrium is V r0 .
r06 r012 2b 4b 4b
Q5. If the number density of a free electron gas in three dimensions is increased eight times,
its Fermi temperature will
(a) increase by a factor of 4 (b) decrease by a factor of 4
(c) increase by a factor of 8 (d) decrease by a factor of 8
Ans: (a)
Solution: The relation between Fermi energy and electron density is E F

2
2m
3 2 n 2/3
.
E
2
'
F
2m
3 2 8n
2/3
4EF .
Q6. The excitations of a three-dimensional solid are bosonic in nature with their frequency
and wave-number k are related by k2 in the large wavelength limit. If the chemical
potential is zero, the behaviour of the specific heat of the system at low temperature is
proportional to
(a) T1/2 (b) T (c) T3/2 (d) T3
Ans: (c)
Solution: If the dispersion relation is k s in large wavelength. Than the specific heat is
C v T 3 / s . Given k 2 C v T 3 / 2





fiziks

NET/JRF (JUNE-2012)
Q7. Consider a system of non-interacting particles in d dimensional obeying the dispersion

relation Ak s , where is the energy k is the wavevector, s is an integer and A
constant. The density of states, N(), is proportional to
s d d s
1 1 1 1
(a) d (b) s
(c) s
(d) d
Ans: (b)
Q8. The experimentally measured transmission spectra of metal, insulator and semiconductor
thin films are shown in the figure. It can be inferred that I, II and III correspond,
respectively, to
Transmission (%)
(a) insulator, semiconductor and metal
(b) semiconductor, metal and insulator
(c) metal, semiconductor and insulator
(d) insulator, metal and semiconductor
Ans: (a) 300 1000

Wavelength (nm)
Q9. The energy required to create a lattice vacancy in a crystal is equal to 1 eV. The ratio of the
number densities of vacancies n(1200 K)/n(300 K) when the crystal is at equilibrium at
1200 K and 300 K, respectively, is approximately
(a) exp 30 (b) exp 15 (c) exp15 (d) exp30
Ans: (d)
Solution: The equation for number density of vacancies n Ne E / 2 k BT where E: Energy required
to form vacancies, N: density of lattice sites
E 1 1
n1200 K
E 1 1 E 1
n1 e E / 2 k BT1 2k T T
E / 2 k BT2 e B 2 1 e 2 k B 300 1200 e 2 k B 400 e 30
n2 e n300 K





fiziks

Q10. The dispersion relation of phonons in a solid is given by
2 k 02 3 cos k x a cos k y a cos k z a
The velocity of the phonons at large wavelength is
(a) 0 a / 3 (b) 0 a (c) 3 0 a (d) 0 a / 2
Ans: (d)
Solution: For large , k x a, k y a, k z a are small.
k 2a2 kya
2 2
k z2 a 2 02 a 2 2
k 3 1 x
2 2
0
2
1
2
1
2

2

k x k y2 k z2

02 a 2 0 a d 0 a
2 k k2 k vg .
2 2 dk 2
NET/JRF (DEC-2012)
Q11. The free energy difference between the superconducting and the normal states of a
2 4
material is given by F FS FN , where is an order parameter and
2
and are constants such that 0 in the normal and 0 in the superconducting state,
while 0 always. The minimum value of F is
(a) 2 / (b) 2 / 2
(c) 3 2 / 2 (d) 5 2 / 2
Ans: (b)
2 4
Solution: F x 2 x 4 where x .
2 2

F 2x 2x 3 0 2x 2x 3 0 x 2 since x 0 is trivial.
x
2
Thus F min x 2 x 4 .
2 x2 2





fiziks

Q12. Consider a one-dimensional Ising model with N spins, at very low temperatures when
almost all spins are aligned parallel to each other. There will be a few spin flips with each
flip costing an energy 2J. In a configuration with r spin flips, the energy of the system is
N
E = - NJ + 2rJ and the number of configuration is C r ; r varies from 0 to N. The
partition function is
N
J
(a) (b) e NJ / k BT
k BT
N N
J J
(c) sinh (d) cosh
k B T k B T
Ans: (d)
Solution: Let us consider only three energy levels, E r 2 J 2rJ i.e. E 0 2 J , E1 0 and
E2 2J .
Q2
Ce
2
0
E0
2C1e E1 2C 2 e E2 e 2J
2e 0 e 2 J

e J e J 2
2
4 4
r 0
2
Cr
2
e J e J
Q2 cosh J 2 cosh J 2 Q N cosh J N .
2
Q13. A magnetic field sensor based on the Hall Effect is to be fabricated by implanting As into
a Si film of thickness 1 m. The specifications require a magnetic field sensitivity of
500 mV/Tesla at an excitation current of 1 mA. The implantation dose is to be adjusted
such that the average carrier density, after activation, is
(a) 1.25 1026 m-3 (b) 1.25 1022 m-3
(c) 4.1 1021 m-3 (d) 4.1 1020 m-3
Ans: (b)
IB 10 3 1 V
Solution: n 6 19
3
1.25 10 22 m 3 where H 500 10 3 V / T .
teVH 10 1.6 10 500 10 B





fiziks

Q14. In a band structure calculation, the dispersion relation for electrons is found to be
k cos k x a cos k y a cos k z a ,
where is a constant and a is the lattice constant. The effective mass at the boundary of
the first Brillouin zone is
2 2 4 2 2 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
5 a 2 5 a 2 2 a 2 3 a 2
Ans: (d)
2
Solution: k cos k x a cos k y a cos k z a , Effective mass m
d 2 k
2
d k

Brilliouin zone boundary is at k x ,ky , kz .
a a a
d 2 k 2
Hence 2 3 a 2 m .
d k , , 3 a 2
a a a
Q15. The radius of the Fermi sphere of free electrons in a monovalent metal with an fcc
structure, in which the volume of the unit cell is a3, is
1/ 3 1/ 3 1/ 3
12 2 3 2 2 1
(a) 3 (b) 3 (c) 3 (d)
a a a a
Ans: (a)
1/ 3
3 2 N
Solution: Radius of Fermi sphere is k F .
V
1/ 3
N 4 12 2
For fcc solid 3 k F 3 .
V a a





fiziks

NET/JRF (JUNE-2013)
Q16. Using the frequency-dependent Drude formula, what is the effective kinetic inductance of
a metallic wire that is to be used as a transmission line? [In the following, the electron
mass is m , density of electrons is n , and the length and cross-sectional area of the wire
and A respectively.]
(a) mA / ne 2 (b) zero
(c) m / ne 2 A (d) m A / ne 2 2
Ans: (c)
Q17. The phonon dispersion for the following one-dimensional diatomic lattice with masses
M 1 and M 2 (as shown in the figure)
K
M1 M2 M1 M2
is given by
1 1 4M 1 M 2 2 qa

2 q K 1 1 sin
M 1 M 2 M 1 M 2 2 2
where a is the lattice parameter and K is the spring constant. The velocity of sound is
K M 1 M 2 K
(a) a (b) a
2M 1 M 2 2M 1 M 2
K M 1 M 2 KM 1 M 2
(c) a (d) a
2M 1 M 2
3
M 1M 2
Ans: (b)
Solution: For small value of q (i.e. long wavelength approximation limit), we have
qa qa
sin
2 2





fiziks

1 1 4M 1 M 2 2 qa

2 q 1 1 sin
M 1 M 2 M 1 M 2 2 2
1 4M 1 M 2 qa
2
1
q
2
1 1
M 1 M 2 M 1 M 2 2 2
1 1 1 4 M 1 M 2 q 2 a 2
q
2
1 1
2 M M 2 4

M
1 M 2 1 2
1 1 M 1 M 2 q 2 a 2
2 q 1 1
M M 2 2

M
1 M 2 1 2
1 1 M 1 M 2 q 2 a 2
For Acoustical branch: 2 q 1 1

M 1 M 2 M 1 M 2 2
2
M M2 M 1 M 2 q 2 a 2 a 2
2 q 1
M M 2 2 2M M q
2
M 1M 2 1 2 1 2

q aq
2M 1 M 2

Velocity of sound is v g a
q 2M 1 M 2
Q18. The electron dispersion relation for a one-dimensional metal is given by

ka 1 2
k 2 0 sin 2 sin ka
2 6
where k is the momentum, a is the lattice constant, 0 is a constant having dimensions of
energy and ka . If the average number of electrons per atom in the conduction band
is 1/3, then the Fermi energy is

(a) 0 / 4 (b) 0 (c) 2 0 / 3 (d) 5 0 / 3
Ans: (a)





fiziks

Q19. If the energy dispersion of a two-dimensional electron system is E uk where u is the
velocity and k is the momentum, then the density of states DE depends on the energy
as
(a) 1 / E (b) E (c) E (d) constant
Ans: (c)
Solution: In two dimensional system, the number of allowed k-states in range k and k dk is
2
L
g k dk 2kdk .
2
E dE
Given dispersion relation is E uk k dk
u u
2 2
L E dE L 2
g E dE 2 EdE
2 2 u
2
u u
g E dE 1 L2
E E.
dE u 2 2
NET/JRF (DEC-2013)
Q20. The physical phenomenon that cannot be used for memory storage applications is
(a) large variation in magnetoresistance as a function of applied magnetic field
(b) variation in magnetization of a ferromagnet as a function of applied magnetic field
(c) variation in polarization of a ferroelectric as a function of applied electric field
(d) variation in resistance of a metal as a function of applied electric field
Ans: (d)
Q21. The energy of an electron in a band as a function of its wave vector k is given
by E k E 0 B cos k x a cos k y a cos k z a , where E 0 B and a are constants. The
effective mass of the electron near the bottom of the band is

2 2 2 2 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3Ba 2 3Ba 2 2Ba 2 Ba 2





fiziks

Ans: (d)
Solution: Near the bottom of the band the k 0
cos k x a 1
1
k x a 2 , cos k y a 1
1
k y a 2 , 1
k z a 2
cos k z a 1
2 2 2
1 1 1 2
E k E0 B cos k x a cos k y a cos k z a E0 B 1 k x a 1 k y a 1 k z a
2 2
2 2 2
1 2 1
E0 B 3 a 2 k x k x k x E0 3B Ba 2 k 2
2 2
2 2
Effective mass of the electron is m *
d 2 E / dk 2 Ba 2
Q22. A DC voltage V is applied across a Josephson junction between two superconductors

with a phase difference 0 . If I 0 and k are constants that depend on the properties of the
junction, the current flowing through it has the form
2eVt 2eVt
(a) I 0 sin 0 (b) kV sin 0

(c) kV sin 0 (d) I 0 sin 0 kV
Ans: (a)
Q23. A uniform linear monoatomic chain is modeled by a spring-mass system of masses m
separated by nearest neighbour distance a and spring constant m 02 . The dispersion
relation for this system is
ka ka
(a) k 2 0 1 cos (b) k 2 0 sin 2
2 2
ka ka
(c) k 2 0 sin (d) k 2 0 tan
2 2
Ans: (c)
Solution: The dispersion relation for uniform linear mono-atomic chain of atoms is
ka
k 2 0 sin
2





fiziks

NET/JRF (JUNE-2014)
Q24. The pressure of a nonrelativistic free Fermi gas in three-dimensions depends, at T 0 ,
on the density of fermions n as
(a) n 5 / 3 (b) n1 / 3 (c) n 2 / 3 (d) n 4 / 3
Ans: (a)
Solution: The Fermi energy in three dimension is defined as
2/3
2 3 2 N
EF
2m V

2
2m

3 2 n 2/3
Where, n is the electron concentration or density of free Fermi gas.

The total energy of free Fermi gas in 3D is
2/3
3 3 2 3 2 N
E NE F N
5 5 2m V
The pressure of a nonrelativistic free Fermi gas is defined as

E
p F
3
N
2
3 2 N V 5 / 3
2/3 2
V N 5 2m 3
2
5
2
nEF n
5
2
2m
3 n
2 2/3 2 2
5 2m
3 2 n 5 / 3
2/3
Q25. Consider an electron in b.c.c. lattice with lattice constant a . A single particle

wavefunction that satisfies the Bloch theorem will have the form f r exp ik .r , with

f r being
2 2 2
(a) 1 cos x y z cos x y z cos x y z
a a a
2 2 2
(b) 1 cos x y cos y z cos z x
a a a

(c) 1 cos x y cos y z cos z x
a a a

(d) 1 cos x y z cos x y z cos x y z
a a a





fiziks

Ans: (b)
Solution: The primitive translational vector for BCC is
a
a
a

a ' i j k , b ' i j k , b ' i j k
2 2 2

Bloch function defined as

k r u k r e ik .r f r e ik .r

Here f r is atomic wavefunction, which has the periodicity of the lattice i.e.

u k r a u k r
Given Bloch function
2 2 2
f (r ) 1 cos x y cos y z cos x z
a a a
2 a a 2 a a 2 a a
f (r a ' ) 1 cos x y cos y z cos z x
a 2 2 a 2 2 a 2 2
2 2 2
f (r a ' ) 1 cos x y cos y z 2 cos z x
a a a
2 2 2
f (r a ' ) 1 cos x y cos y z cos z x f (r )
a a a

f (r a ' ) f (r )
Similarly

f (r b ' ) f (r ) and f ( r c ' ) f ( r )
Other functions do not satisfy the periodicity





fiziks

Q26. The dispersion relation for electrons in an f.c.c. crystal is given, in the tight binding
approximation, by
kxa kya kya k a k a k a
k 4 0 cos cos cos cos z cos z cos x
2 2 2 2 2 2
where a is the lattice constant and 0 is a constant with the dimension of energy. The x -

component of the velocity of the electron at , 0, 0 is
a
(a) 2 0 a / (b) 2 0 a / (c) 4 0 a / (d) 4 0 a /
Ans: (d)
Solution: Group velocity of electron in dispersive medium is expressed as
1 d 1 d d d
v i j k v x i v y j v z k
dk dk x dk y dk z
k x a kya k a k a k a kya kya k a

sin cos cos z sin x i cos x sin sin cos z j
2a 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
v
kza kya kxa kza

sin cos cos sin
2 2 2 2 k

At , 0, 0
a
2 a
v sin cos 0 cos 0 sin i cos sin 0 sin 0 cos 0 j cos 0 sin 0 sin 0 cos k
2 2 2 2
4a
v

i 0 j 0k 0i 0 j 0k v x i v y j v z k
4a
vx , v y 0, vz 0

4a
The x - component of velocity is v x





fiziks

NET/JRF (JUNE-2014)
Q27. When laser light of wavelength falls on a metal scale with 1 mm engravings at a
grazing angle of incidence, it is diffracted to form a vertical chain of diffraction spots on
a screen kept perpendicular to the scale. If the wavelength of the laser is increased by 200
nm, the angle of the first-order diffraction spot changes from 5 0 to
(a) 6.60 0 (b) 5.14 0 (c) 5.018 0 (d) 5.210
Ans: (c)
Solution: The condition of maxima peak in grating is
b sin m ; m 0,1, 2,3,....
where b is the width of slit or width of engraving, whereas m is the order of
diffraction and is the angle of diffraction
For 1st order diffraction: b sin (i)
When wavelength of incident light increased to 200 nm , lets assume the 1st order
peak appears at b sin 200 (ii)

Subtracting equation (i) from equation (ii), we get
b sin b sin 200
200 200 109
sin sin sin sin
b 10 3
sin 2 10 4 sin 2 10 4 sin 50 2 10 4 0.087196 0.08736
sin 1 0.08736 5.010
Q28. Consider the crystal structure of sodium chloride which is modeled as a set of touching
spheres. Each sodium atom has a radius r1 and each chlorine atom has a radius r2 . The
centres of the spheres from a simple cubic lattice. The packing fraction of this system is
r 3
r2
3
2 r13 r23
(a) 1 (b)
r1 r2 r1 r2 3 r1 r2 3
r13 r23 r13 r23

(c) (d)
r1 r2 3 2r1 r2
3





fiziks

Ans: (b)
Solution: This question can only be solved by solving each option by assuming r1 r2 and

comparing result with the packing fraction of simple cubic which is .
6
r 3 r 3 1 3 1 3
Option (a): 1

2

r1 r2 r1 r2 2 2 4
2 r13 r23 2 2r 3 2 1
Option (b):
3 r1 r2 3 3 8r 3 3 4 6
r13 r23 2r 3 1
Option (c):
r1 r2
3
8r 3 4
r13 r23 2r 3
Option (d):
2 r1 r2 3 2 8r 3
8
Thus, correct option is (b)

Q29. Consider two crystalline solids, one of which has a simple cubic structure, and the other
has a tetragonal structure. The effective spring constant between atoms in the c -direction
is half the effective spring constant between atoms in the a and b directions. At low
temperatures, the behaviour of the lattice contribution to the specific heat will depend as
a function of temperature T as
(a) T 2 for the tetragonal solid, but as T 3 for the simple cubic solid
(b) T for the tetragonal solid, and as T 3 for the simple cubic solid
(c) T for both solids
(d) T 3 for both solids
Ans: (d)
Solution: The specific heat of solid in three dimensions is proportional to T 3 and it is
independent of crystal structure.
In 3D : CV T 3
In 2D : CV T 2
In 1D : CV T





fiziks

Q30. A superconducting ring carries a steady current in the presence of a magnetic field B
normal to the plane of the ring. Identify the incorrect statement.
(a) The flux passing through the superconductor is quantized in units of hc / e
(b) The current and the magnetic field in the superconductor are time independent.

(c) The current density j and B are related by the equation j 2 B 0 , where
is a constant
(d) The superconductor shows an energy gap which is proportional to the transition
temperature of the superconductor
Ans: (a)
Solution: The flux quantization in superconducting ring is no
hc h
where o in CGS units and o in MKS units.
2e 2e





fiziks

NET/JRF (DEC-2014)
Q31. The Miller indices of a plane passing through the three points having coordinates (0, 0, 1)
1, 0, 0 1 , 1 , 1 are
2 2 4
(a) (212) (b) (111) (c) (121) (d) (211)
Ans: (a)
Q32. The plot of specifies heat versus temperature across the superconducting transition
temperature Tc is most appropriately represented by
(a) (b)
Cp Cp
TC T TC T
(c) (d)
Cp Cp
TC T TC T
Ans: (a)

Solution: CV e 2kT





fiziks

Q33. The energy k for band electrons as a function of the wave vector k in the first Brillouin

zone k of a one dimensional monatomic lattice is shown as ( a is lattice
a a
k
constant)
k
/a O /a
The variation of the group velocity vg is most appropriately represented by
(a) vg (b) vg
/a k /a k
O /a O /a
(c) (d)
vg vg
/a k /a k
O /a O /a
Ans: (b)
ka
Solution: E E0 cos

1 dE ka
Vg sin
dk





fiziks

Q34. For Nickel the number density is 8 10 atoms / cm 3 and electronic configuration is
23
1s 2 2 s 2 2 p 6 3s 2 3 p 6 3d 8 4s 2 . The value of the saturation magnetization of Nickel in its
ferromagnetic state is _____________ 10 9 A / m .
(Given the value of Bohr magneton B 9.21 10 21 Am 2 )

Ans: 4.42
Solution: Saturation magnetization: All magnetic dipoles in a solid material are mutually aligned
to the external field.
M S (Magnetic dipole moment) B N ,
0.6 9.21 1021 Am 2 N (For N i :magnetic dipole moment 0.6
Fe :2.22, For Cu :1.2 )

NA
N 8 1029 / m3 B 9.211021 A / m (given)
AN
M S 0.6 9.211021 8 1029 4.42 109 A / m
NET/JRF (JUNE-2015)
Q35. X -ray of wavelength a is reflected from the 111 plane of a simple cubic lattice. If
the lattice constant is a , the corresponding Bragg angle (in radian) is

(a) (b) (c) (d)
6 4 3 8
Ans. (c)
Solution: According to Braggs Law 2d sin
a a a
Where d for (iii) plane
h k l
2 2 2
111 3
a 3 3
sin sin 1
2d a 2 2 3
2
3





fiziks

Q36. The critical magnetic fields of a superconductor at temperatures 4 K and 8 K are
11 mA / m and 5.5 mA / m respectively. The transition temperature is approximately
(a) 8.4 K (b) 10.6 K (c) 12.9 K (d) 15.0 K
Ans. (b)
Solution: The relation between critical field and critical temperature is
T 2
H C T H 0 1
TC
Let at T T1 , H C T1 T T2 , TC T H C T2
T 2 T 2
Thus we get H C T1 H 0 1 , H C T2 H 0 1 2
1
TC TC
H C T1 2
2
T
1 1 T2 T12
H C T1 T H C T2
C T
H C T2 T
2 C
H C T1
1 2 1
H C T2
TC
2 8 4
2 2
TC 10.6 where T1 4 k , T2 8 k
2 1
H C T1 11 mA / m
H C T2 5.5 mA / m
Q37. The low-energy electronic excitations in a two-dimensional sheet of grapheme is given

by E k vk , where v is the velocity of the excitations. The density of states is
proportional to
3 1
(a) E (b) E 2
(c) E 2
(d) E 2
Ans. (a)
Solution: The number of k - states in range k and k dk in two dimension is





fiziks

2
L
g k dk 2 kdk
2
E vk dE vdk
2 2
L E dE L 2
g E dE 2 EdE
2 v v 2 v
2
The density of state is

g E dE
2
L 2
E E
dE 2
v 2
E E
Q38. A He Ne laser operates by using two energy levels of Ne separated by 2.26 eV .
Under steady state conditions of optical pumping, the equivalent temperature of the
system at which the ratio of the number of atoms in the upper state to that in the lower
1
state will be , is approximately (the Boltzmann constant k B 8.6 105 eV / K )
20
(a) 1010 K (b) 108 K (c) 106 K (d) 104 K
Ans. (d)
Solution: According to Boltzmann relation
N2 E
exp
N1 kT E2 N2
E
N1 kT E E1 N1
exp T
N2 E N
k ln 1
N2
N1
E 2.26 eV , K 8.6 105 eV / k , 20
N2
T 8772k 104 k





fiziks

NET/JRF (DEC-2015)
Q39. The first order diffraction peak of a crystalline solid occurs at a scattering angle of 300
when the diffraction pattern is recorded using an x-ray beam of wavelength 0.15 nm . If
the error in measurements of the wavelength and the angle are 0.01nm and 10
respectively, then the error in calculating the inter-planar spacing will approximately be
(a) 1.1 102 nm (b) 1.3 104 nm (c) 2.5 102 nm (d) 2.0 103 nm
Ans.: (a)
d 1 d cos
Solution: Braggs Law for n 1, 2d sin d ,
2sin 2sin 2sin 2
Error in d can be calculated as
2 2
d d 2 1 2 cos 2
2
2

2sin 2sin
d 2

2 2
d2
1 2sin 2 cos 2sin 2
2
d 4sin
2

2sin sin
1
2
2
2 2 2 2
d
2 d d
d 2
2
tan tan
where 30o , 1.5 1010 m, 0.11010 m, 1o
1.5 1010
d 1.5 1010 m
2sin 2sin 30o
1

2 2
0.11010 2

Thus d 1.5 1010 180
10
1.5 10 tan 30

1
3
2 2 1
1.5 10 0.067 1.5 10 0.067 0.03

10
10 2 2 2 2
180

1
1.5 1010 0.005389 2 1.5 1010 0.0734 0.111010
d 1.11011 m 1.1102 nm





fiziks

Q40. The dispersion relation of electrons in a 3-dimensional lattice in the tight binding
approximation is given by,
k cos k x a cos k y a cos k z a
where a is the lattice constant and , , are constants with dimension of energy. The

effective mass tensor at the corner of the first Brillouin zone , , is
a a a
1 1
0 0 0 0

2
1
2
1
(a) 2 0 0 (b) 2 0 0
a a
1 1
0 0 0 0

1 1
0 0 0 0

2
1
2
1
(c) 2 0 0 (d) 2 0 0
a a
1 1
0 0 0 0

Ans.: (c)
Solution: The effective mass as a tensor quantity can be written as
m*xx m*xy m*xz
* 2
mij* m*yx m*yy m yz where mij
*
2E
m*zx m*zy m*zz

ki k j
since k cos k x a cos k y a cos k z a
2 2 2 2
m*xx m*

2 a 2 cos k x a xx
2 a 2 cos k y a
2
k x k x k y





fiziks

2
2
m*zz 2 2 other terms are zero
a cos k z a
2
k z
1
0 0

2 2 2 2
1
now at , , ; m*xx , m*yy , m*zz 2 mij* 2 0 0
a a a a 2
a 2
a a
1
0 0

Q41. A thin metal film of dimension 2 mm 2 mm contains 4 1012 electrons. The magnitude
of the Fermi wavevector of the system, in the free electron approximation, is
(a) 2 107 cm 1 (b) 2 107 cm 1 (c) 107 cm 1 (d) 2 107 cm 1
Ans.: (b)
Solution: This is the case of two dimensional metal box. The Fermi wave vector of electron in
2 D is
1
1
N 2
k F 2 n 2 2 2
L
1
4 1012 2 2
k F 2 2 2
; L 2mm 2mm 4 102 cm 2
4 10 cm
1

k F 2 1014 cm 2 2 k F 2 107 cm 1
Q42. For an electron moving through a one-dimensional periodic lattice of periodicity a ,

which of the following corresponds to an energy eigenfunction consistent with Blochs
theorem?
x x x 2 x
(a) x A exp i cos (b) x A exp i cos
a 2a a a
2 x 2 x x x
(c) x A exp i i cosh (d) x A exp i i
a a a 2a





fiziks

Ans.: (d)
2 2
Solution: H E where H V0
2m x 2
x x
Let x A exp i i
2a 2a
x
Put X
2a
x A exp i X i X x Ae
i X i X
i X i X X
Ae Xi X i X for x 0, X X
x X

XX i 1
i X i X
Ae
x
x x
2 2 i i
i X i X
i X i X
2
Ae XX 2
i 1 2 X 2
Ae Ae 2a 2a
where X
x 2
2a 2
2a
x x
2 2 i 2 a i 2 a 22
H 2 V0 Ae H 2
V0 E
2m 2a 4ma
For other case H E





fiziks

NET/JRF (JUNE-2016)
Q43. Consider electrons in graphene, which is a planar monatomic layer of carbon atoms. If
the dispersion relation of the electrons is taken to be k ck (where c is constant)
over the entire k -space, then the Fermi energy F depends on the number density of
electrons as
1 2 1
(a) F 2 (b) F (c) F 3 (d) F 3
Ans: (a)
Solution: In 2 D , density of state is
L
g k dk 2 kdk
2
d
where ck k and dk
c c
2
L d L2
g d 2 . d
2 c c 2 c 2
Now, number electrons at T 0 K is
F L2 F L2 2 N
N g d d F2 4 c 2 2 4 c 2
0 2 c 2 0 4 c 2 F
L
F 4 c 2 1/ 2 F 1/ 2
Q44. Suppose the frequency of phonons in a one-dimensional chain of atoms is proportional to
the wave vector. If n is the number density of atoms and c is the speed of the phonons,
then the Debye frequency is
cn
(a) 2 cn (b) 2 cn (c) 3 cn (d)
2
Ans: (d)
Solution: Given k ck ( c is velocity of phonon)
L d L
Now g d d
d / dk c





fiziks

D L D L
Also N g d d N D
0 c 0 c
N N cn
D c c n, n f D . Best answer is (d).
L L 2
Q45. The band energy of an electron in a crystal for a particular k -direction has the form
k A B cos 2ka , where A and B are positive constants and 0 ka . The
electron has a hole-like behaviour over the following range of k :
3
(a) ka (b) ka
4 4 2
3
(c) 0 ka (d) ka
4 2 4
Ans: (a)
Solution: k A B cos 2ka
d
2 Ba sin 2ka
dk
d 2
2
4 Ba 2 cos 2ka
dk
2 2
Effective mass m*
d 2 / dk 2 4 Ba 2 cos 2ka

Effective mass of electron me* and effective mass holes mh* are opposite in sign i.e.,
m *
h me* .

Now, in the range 0 ka , m* is positive
4
3
While in the range ka , m* is negative
4 4
3
Thus, electron has hole like behaviour in the region ka
4 4





fiziks

NET/JRF (DEC-2016)
Q46. Consider a hexagonal lattice with basis vectors as shown in the figure below.
y
x

a2 a
1
a
If the lattice spacing is a 1 , the reciprocal lattice vectors are
4 2 2 4 2 2
(a) ,0, , (b) ,0, ,
3 3 3 3 3 3
4 2 2 2 2
(c) 0, , , (d) , , 2 ,
3 3 3 3 3
Ans. : (a)
Solution: From the figure, we can write

a1
3a
2

3 x y , a2 3a y , a3 az (let us assume)

now V a1. a2 a3
3a
2
3 x y . 3ay az

3a
2
3 x y .
3a 2 x
3 3 3
2
a

Also , a3 a1 az
3a
2
3 x y 3a 2
2

3 y x
Reciprocal lattice vectors are

* a2 a3 3a 2 x 4 4
a1 2 2 x 0 y x 0 y
V 3 3 3 3a 3
a
2





fiziks

a3 a1 3a 2 3 y x 2 2 2
*
a2 2
V
2
3 3 3

3a
x 3 y
3
x y
3

a
2
for a 1
4
a1* x 0 y
3
2 2
a2* x y
3 3
Q47. Consider a one-dimensional chain of atoms with lattice constant a . The energy of an
electron with wave-vector k is k cos ka , where and are constants. If
an electric field E is applied in the positive x -direction, the time dependent velocity of
an electron is
(In the following B is the constant)
eE
(a) Proportional to cos B at (b) proportional to E

eE
(c) independent of E (d) proportional to sin B at

Ans. : (d)
Solution: In the presence of electric field E , we can write

dp dk
F eE eE eE
dt dt
Integration gives
eE
k t k 0 t

d 1 k
The graph velocity v
dk dk
since k r cos ka
k
ra sin ka
k





fiziks

ra
Thus v sin ka

Time dependent velocity of electron is
ra ra eE
v t sin k t a sin k 0 ta

ra eE ra eE
sin k 0 a at v t sin B at

Q48. A thin rectangular conducting plate of length a and width b is placed in the xy -plane in
two different orientations as shown in the figures below. In both cases a magnetic field B
is applied in the z -direction and a current flows in the x direction due to the applied
voltage V . b
y B
B
x a
V1 a
V1 b

V V
If the Hall voltage across the y -direction in the two cases satisfy V2 2V1 the ratio a : b
must be
(a) 1: 2 (b) 1: 2 (c) 2 :1 (d) 2 :1
Ans. : (d)
Solution: Hall voltage is defined as
IB
V

where w is the width of the sample parallel to magnetic field
In Case I: w b





fiziks

IB
V1
b
Case II: a
IB
V2
b
Give V2 2V1
IB IB b
2 a
b b 2
1
a : b 1: or a : b 2 :1
2





fiziks

NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS SOLUTIONS
GATE-2010
Q1. The basic process underlying the neutron -decay is
(a) d u e e (b) d u e
(c) s u e e (d) u d e e
Ans: (a)
Q2. In the nuclear shell model the spin parity of 15N is given by
1 1 3 3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 2 2 2
Ans: (a)
Solution: Z 7 ; s1 / 2 p3 / 2 4 p1 / 2 1
2
and N 8

1 1
parity 1 1,
1
l 1, J spin - parity
2 2
Q3. Match the reactions on the left with the associated interactions on the right.
(1) + + + (i) Strong
(2) 0 + (ii) Electromagnetic

(3) 0 + n - + p (iii) Weak
(a) (1, iii), (2, ii), (3, i) (b) (1, i), (2, ii), (3, iii)
(c) (1, ii), (2, i), (3, iii) (d) (1, iii), (2, i), (3, ii)
Ans: (a)
Q4. The ground state wavefunction of deuteron is in a superposition of s and d states. Which
of the following is NOT true as a consequence?
(a) It has a non-zero quadruple moment
(b) The neutron-proton potential is non-central
(c) The orbital wavefunction is not spherically symmetric
(d) The Hamiltonian does not conserve the total angular momentum
Ans: (d)





fiziks

228
Q5. The first three energy levels of Th90 are shown below
4 187 keV
2 57.5keV
0 0keV
The expected spin-parity and energy of the next level are given by
(a) (6+; 400 keV) (b) (6+; 300 keV) (c) (2+; 400 keV) (d) (4+; 300 keV)
Ans: (a)
E 2 J 2 J 2 1 E 66 1
Solution: 6 E 6 393keV
E1 J 1 J 1 1 E 4 44 1
GATE-2011
Q6. The semi-empirical mass formula for the binding energy of nucleus contains a surface
correction term. This term depends on the mass number A of the nucleus as
(a) A-1/3 (b) A1/3 (c) A2/3 (d) A
Ans: (c)
Q7. According to the single particles nuclear shell model, the spin-parity of the ground state
of 178 O is

1 3 3 5
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 2 2 2
Ans: (d)
Solution: Z 8 and N 9; s1 / 2 p3 / 2 4 p1 / 2 2 d 5 / 2 1
2

5 5
l 2, J parity 1 1, spin - parity
2
2 2





fiziks

Q8. In the -decay of neutron n p + e + e , the anti-neutrino e , escapes detection. Its
-
existence is inferred from the measurement of

(a) energy distribution of electrons (b) angular distribution of electrons
(c) helicity distribution of electrons (d) forward-backward asymmetry of electrons
Ans: (a)
Q9. The isospin and the strangeness of baryon are
(a) 1, -3 (b) 0, -3 (c) 1, 3 (d) 0, 3
Ans: (b)
GATE-2012
Q10. Deuteron has only one bound state with spin parity 1+, isospin 0 and electric quadrupole
moment 0.286 efm2. These data suggest that the nuclear forces are having
(a) only spin and isospin dependence
(b) no spin dependence and no tensor components
(c) spin dependence but no tensor components
(d) spin dependence along with tensor components
Ans: (d)
Q11. The quark content of , K , and p is indicated:
uus ; K su ; u d ; p uud .
In the process, p K , considering strong interactions only, which of the

following statements is true?
(a) The process, is allowed because S = 0
(b) The process is allowed because I3 =0
(c) The process is not allowed because S 0 and I3 0
(d) The process is not allowed because the baryon number is violated





fiziks

Ans: (c)
Solution: p k
S: 0 0 1 1 (not conserved)
1 1
I3 : 1 1 (not conserved)
2 2
For strong interaction S and I3 must conserve. Therefore this process is not allowed under
strong interaction
Q12. Which one of the following sets corresponds to fundamental particles?
(a) proton, electron and neutron
(b) proton, electron and photon
(c) electron, photon and neutrino
(d) quark, electron and meson
Ans: (a)
Q13. In case of a Geiger-Muller (GM) counter, which one of the following statement is
CORRECT?
(a) Multiplication factor of the detector is of the order of 1010
(b) Type of the particles detected can be identified
(c) Energy of the particles detected can be distinguished
(d) Operating voltage of the detector is few tens of Volts
Ans: (c)
Q14. Choose the CORRECT statement from the following
(a) Neutron interacts through electromagnetic interaction
(b) Electron does not interact through weak interaction
(c) Neutrino interacts through weak and electromagnetic interaction
(d) Quark interacts through strong interaction but not through weak interaction
Ans: (d)





fiziks

GATE-2013
Q15. The decay process n p e v e violates
(a) Baryon number (b) lepton number (c) isospin (d) strangeness
Ans: (c)
Q16. The isospin I and baryon number B of the up quark is
(a) I 1, B 1 (b) I 1, B 1 / 3
(c) I 1 / 2, B 1 (d) I 1 / 2, B 1 / 3
Ans: (d)
Q17. In the decay process, the transition 2 3 , is
(a) allowed both by Fermi and Gamow-Teller selection rule
(b) allowed by Fermi and but not by Gamow-Teller selection rule
(c) not allowed by Fermi but allowed by Gamow-Teller selection rule
(d) not allowed both by Fermi and Gamow-Teller selection rule
Ans: (c)
Solution: According to Fermi Selection Rule:
I 0, Parity No Change
According to Gammow-Teller Selection Rule:
I 0,1, Parity No Change
In the decay process, the transition 2 3 ,

I 1, Parity No Change .
GATE-2014
Q18. Which one of the following is a fermions?

(a) -particle (b) 4 Be7 nucleus
(c) Hydrogen atom (d) deuteron





fiziks

Ans: (b)
If a nucleus contains odd number of nucleons, it is fermions. If a nucleus contains even number
of nucleons, it is a boson.
Q19. Which one of the following three-quark states qqq denoted by X CANNOT be a
possible baryon? The corresponding electric charge is indicated in the superscript.

(a) X (b) X (c) X (d) X
Ans: (d)
Solution: X qqq
2 2 2 6
X uuu 2 two unit positive charge
3 3 3 3
2 2 1 4 1
X uud 1 single unit positive charge
3 3 3 3 3
1 1 1
X ddd 1 single unit negative charge
3 3 3
X Not possible with qqq . So the correct option is (d)
Q20. Consider the process . The minimum kinetic energy of the muons
in the centre of mass frame required to produce the pion pairs at rest is
______ MeV .
Ans: 81.7
Solution: Use conservation of energy and momentum in relativistic form.
m 105 MeV / c 2 and m 140 MeV / c 2
m c
2 2
m c 2 m m 2
280
2
MeV 210 MeV
2
E E 163.3 MeV
2m 2 105
163.3
For pair it will be MeV 81.7 MeV
2





fiziks

Q21. A nucleus X undergoes a first forbidden -decay to nucleus Y . If the angular
7
momentum I and parity P , denoted by I P as for X , which of the following is a
2
possible I P value for Y ?
1 1 3 3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 2 2 2
Ans: (c)
For first forbidden -decay; I 0,1 or 2 and Parity does change.
GATE-2015
Q22. The decay e is forbidden, because it violates
(a) momentum and lepton number conservations
(b) baryon and lepton number conservations
(c) angular momentum conservation
(d) lepton number conservation
Ans.: (d)
Solution: e . In this decay lepton number is not conserved.
Q23. A beam of X - ray of intensity I 0 is incident normally on a metal sheet of thickness
2 mm . The intensity of the transmitted beam is 0.025 I 0 . The linear absorption

coefficient of the metal sheet in m 1 is _______________ (upto one decimal place)
Ans.: 1844.4
x 1 0 1 1
Solution: I I 0 e ln 3
ln 3
ln 40
x 2 10 0.025 I 0 2 10
2.303
3
log10 40 1.151 103 2 0.3010 1 1844.4 m 1
2 10
Q24. The mean kinetic energy of a nucleon in a nucleus of atomic weight A varies as An ,
where n is____________(upto two decimal places)





fiziks

Ans.: -0.67
R 2 d 2 2 d 2 2
2 4 r dr
2 R
0 2m dr r dr 4 2 2 dr 4 4 R
Solution: T 2m 0
2 m
R R
4 R 3 / 3
4 r 2 dr 2
4 r dr
0 0
2
R 1 1 1 2
T 3
2
2
2
A 3
n 0.667 0.67
R R 1
3
R A
0
3 A3

152 152
Q25. The atomic masses of 63 Eu, 62 Sm, 11 H and neutron are 151.921749, 151.919756,
1.007825 and 1.008665 in atomic mass units (amu), respectively. Using the above
3
information, the Q - value of the reaction 152
63 Eu n 152
62 Sm p is ___________ 10
amu (upto three decimal places)

Ans.: 2.833
Solution: Q 152.930414 152.927581 2.833 103 a.m.u.
1
Q26. In the nuclear shell model, the potential is modeled as V r m 2 r 2 L S , 0 .
2
The correct spin-parity and isospin assignments for the ground state of 13 C is
1 1 1 1 3 1 3 1
(a) ; (b) ; (c) ; (d) ;
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Ans.: (a)
Solution: 13C6 , N 7, Z 6
2 4 1
1
For N 7 ; 1S 1 1P3 P1 j and l 1
2 2 2 2

1
Thus spin- parity is .
2





fiziks

GATE-2016
Q27. In the SU 3 quark model, the triplet of mesons , 0 , has
(a) Isospin 0 , Strangeness 0 (b) Isospin 1 , Strangeness 0
1 1
(c) Isospin , Strangeness 1 (d) Isospin , Strangeness 1
2 2
Ans.: (b)
Solution: , 0 , are not strange particle thus strangness 0
Since meson group contain 3 particles, thus I 1

25 Mn e 24 Cr X . The particle X is
Consider the reaction 54 54
Q28.
(a) (b) e (c) n (d) 0

Ans.: (b)
Q29. Which of the following statements is NOT correct?
(a) A deuteron can be disintegrated by irradiating it with gamma rays of energy 4 MeV .
(b) A deuteron has no excited states.
(c) A deuteron has no electric quadrupole moment.
(d) The 1 S 0 state of deuteron cannot be formed.
Ans.: (c)
Q30. According to the nuclear shell model, the respective ground state spin-parity values of
15 17
8 O and 8 O nuclei are

1 1 1 5 3 5 3 1
(a) , (b) , (c) , (d) ,
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Ans.: (d)
N 7 : s1/ 2 p3/ 2 p1/ 2
2 4 1
8 O ; Z 8 and N 7 ;
Solution: 15

1 1
j and l 1 . Thus spin and parity
2 2
N 9 : s1/ 2 p3/ 2 p1/ 2 d5/ 2

2 4 2 1
17
8 O ; Z 8 and N 9 ;

5 5
2 2





fiziks

GATE-2017
Q31. Which one of the following conservation laws is violated in the decay
(a) Angular momentum (b) Total Lepton number
(c) Electric charge (d) Tau number
Ans. : (d)
Solution:
q 1 1 1 1 conserved
L 1 1 1 1 conserved
L 1 0 0 0 Not conserved
1 1 1
spin = 1 conserved
2 2 2 2
Tau number is not conserved
Q32. Electromagnetic interactions are:
(a) C conserving
(b) C non-conserving but CP conserving
(c) CP non-conserving but CPT conserving
(d) CPT non-conserving
Ans. : (a)
Solution: In electromagnetic interaction C is conserved
CPT: Conserved in all interaction
CP: Conserved in EM and Strong interactions
13.6
En eV
n2
For n 1 E1 13.6ev Ground state
For n E 0 Highest state

Thus correct option is (a)





fiziks

Q33. In the nuclear reaction C6 e N 7 X , the particle X is
13 13
(a) an electron (b) an anti-electron

(c) a muon (d) a pion
Ans. : (a)
Solution: 13C6 e 13N 7 X
13C6 13N 7 X e
Le 0 0 1 1
To conserve the Lepton number Le , x should be e
Q34. J P for the ground state of the 13 C6 nucleus is
3 3 1
(a) 1 (b) (c) (d)
2 2 2
Ans. : (d)
Solution: 13 C6 : Z 6, N 7
s1/ 2 p3/ 2 p1/ 2

2 4 1
N 7:

1 1
2 2
Q35. The decays at rest to and v . Assuming the neutrino to be massless, the
momentum of the neutrino is.. MeV / c . (up to two decimal places)

( m 139 MeV / c 2 , m 105 MeV / c 2 )
Ans. : 29.84
Solution: E
m
2

m2 c 2
pc
2m
So p
m 2
m2 c
19321 11025
29.84
2m 2 139





fiziks

NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS
NET/JRF (JUNE-2011)
Q1. The radius of a 64
29 Cu nucleus is measured to be 4.8 10-13 cm.
27
(A). The radius of a 12 Mg nucleus can be estimated to be
(a) 2.86 10-13 cm (b) 5.2 10-13 cm (c) 3.6 10-13 cm (d) 8.6 10-13 cm
Ans: (c)
1/ 3 1/ 3
RMg AMg 27
Solution: Since R R0 A
1/ 3

RCu ACu 64
RMg3 3
RMg 4.8 10 13 3.6 10 13 cm.

RCu 4 4
(B). The root-mean-square (r.m.s) energy of a nucleon in a nucleus of atomic number A
in its ground state varies as:
(a) A4 / 3 (b) A1 / 3 (c) A1/ 3 (d) A2 / 3
Ans: (c)
Q2. A beam of pions (+) is incident on a proton target, giving rise to the process
+p n + + + +
(A). Assuming that the decay proceeds through strong interactions, the total isospin I and
its third component I3 for the decay products, are
3 3 5 5
(a) I , I 3 (b) I , I 3
2 2 2 2
5 3 1 1
(c) I , I 3 (d) I , I 3
2 2 2 2
Ans: (c)
1 5 1 3
Solution: p n ; I : 1 1 , I3 : 11
2 2 2 2
(B). Using isospin symmetry, the cross-section for the above process can be related to
that of the process
(a) n p (b) p n

(c) n p (d) p n

Ans: (c)





fiziks

NET/JRF (DEC-2011)
Q3. According to the shell model the spin and parity of the two nuclei 125 89
51 Sb and 38 Sr are,
respectively,

5 5 5 7
(a) and (b) and
2 2 2 2

7 5 7 7
(c) and (d) and
2 2 2 2
Ans: (d)
125
51 Sb ; Z 51 and N 74
Z 51:
s1/ 2 p3/ 2 p1/ 2 d5 / 2 s1/ 2 d3/ 2 f 7 / 2 p3/ 2 f5 / 2 p1/ 2 g9 / 2 g7 / 2
2 4 2 6 2 4 8 4 6 2 10 1

7 7
2 2
89
38 Sr ; Z 38 and N 51
N 51:
s1/ 2 p3/ 2 p1/ 2 d5 / 2 s1/ 2 d3/ 2 f 7 / 2 p3/ 2 f5 / 2 p1/ 2 g9 / 2 g 7 / 2
2 4 2 6 2 4 8 4 6 2 10 1

7 7
2 2
49 49
Q4. The difference in the Coulomb energy between the mirror nuclei 24 Cr and 25 Mn is
6.0 MeV . Assuming that the nuclei have a spherically symmetric charge distribution and
that e2 is approximately 1.0 MeV-fm, the radius of the 49

25 Mn nucleus is
(a) 4.9 10-13 m (b) 4.9 10-15 m

(c) 5.1 10-13 m (d) 5.1 10-15 m
3 1 10 15
Ans: (b) R
3e 2
5 W
Z1 Z 2
2 2
5 6
25 2 24 2 4.9 10 15 m .





fiziks

NET/JRF (JUNE-2012)
1
Q5. The ground state of 12 Pb nucleus has spin-parity J , while the first excited state
207 p
2
5
has J p
.The electromagnetic radiation emitted when the nucleus makes a transition
2
from the first excited state to ground state are
(a) E2 and E3 (b) M2 or E3 (c) E2 or M3 (d) M2 or M3
Ans: (c)
Solution: No parity change; J 2,3
For El type, 1 , (for no parity change l 2 )

l
For M l type, 1 , (for no parity change l 3 )

l 1
J 2 , No parity change E 2 ; J 3 , No parity change M 3
Q6. The dominant interactions underlying the following processes

A. K p , B. K K , C. p 0 are
(a) A: strong, B: electromagnetic and; C: weak

(b) A: strong, B: weak and; C: weak
(c) A: weak, B: electromagnetic and; C: strong
(d) A: weak, B: electromagnetic and; C: weak
Ans: (a)
(A) K p (Strong interaction)
1 1
I 3 : 1 1 (Conserved)
2 2
(B) K K (Electromagnetic interaction)
(C) p 0 (Weak interaction)

1
I3 :1 0 (Not conserved)
2





fiziks

NET/JRF (JUNE-2013)
Q7. The binding energy of a light nucleus Z , A in MeV is given by the approximate formula
B A, Z 16 A 20 A 2/3 3
Z 2 A 1 / 3 30
N Z 2
4 A
where N A Z is the neutron number. The value of Z of the most stable isobar for a
given A is
1
A A2 / 3 A
(a) 1 (b)
2 160 2
1 1
A A2 / 3 A A4 / 3
(c) 1 (d) 1
2 120 2 64
Ans: (a)
1
B A A2 / 3
Solution: 0 Z 1
Z Z Z 2 160
Q8. A spin-1/2 particle A undergoes the delay

A BC D
where it is known that B and C are also spin-1/2 particles. The complete set of allowed
values of the spin of the particle D is
1 3 5
(a) ,1, , 2, , 3, ... (b) 0, 1
2 2 2
1 1 3 5 7
(c) only (d) , , , ,....
2 2 2 2 2
Ans: (c)
Solution: Spin of the left side and combined spin of the products must be same to conserve the
spin angular momentum conservation law.





fiziks

Q9. Muons are produced through the annihilation of particle a and its antiplarticle, namely
the process
a a
A muon has a rest mass of 105 MeV/c2 and its proper life time is 2 s . If the center of
mass energy of the collision is 2.1 GeV in the laboratory frame that coincides with the
center-of-mass frame, then the fraction of muons that will decay before they reach a
detector placed 6 km away from the interaction point is
(a) e 1 (b) 1 e 1
(c) 1 e 2 (d) e 10
Ans: (b)
t
t N
Solution: N N 0 e e t e
N0
2.1 6 10 3
where 2 10 6 s , 10 3 20 and t 2 10 5 sec .
105 3 10 8
1
1 N
t
Thus e 2 1 e 1 .
2 N0





fiziks

JRF/NET-(DEC-2013)
A
Q10. The intrinsic electric dipole moment of a nucleus Z X
(a) increases with Z , but independent of A
(b) decreases with Z , but independent of A
(c) is always zero
(d) increases with Z and A
Ans: (d)
Q11. According to the shell model, the total angular momentum (in units of ) and the parity
of the ground state of the 37 Li nucleus is
3 3
(a) with negative parity (b) with positive parity
2 2
1 7
(c) with positive parity (d) with negative parity
2 2
Ans: (a)
Solution: Z 3, N 4

For odd Z 3; s12/ 2 p31 / 2 j 3 / 2, l 1 and parity 11 1 .
NET/JRF (JUNE-2014)
Q12. The recently-discovered Higgs boson at the LHC experiment has a decay mode into a
photon and a Z boson. If the rest masses of the Higgs and Z boson are 125 GeV/c 2 and
90 GeV/c 2 respectively, and the decaying Higgs particle is at rest, the energy of the
photon will approximately be
(a) 35 3 GeV (b) 35 GeV (c) 30 GeV (d) 15 GeV
Ans: (c)
Solution: Assume H is symbol of Higgs boson, H Z
E H2 E Z2 1252 902
E 30GeV
2EH 2 125





fiziks

Q13. In a classical model, a scalar (spin-0) meson consists of a quark and an antiquark bound
by a potential
b
V r ar
r
where a 200 MeV fm -1 and b 100 MeV fm . If the masses of the quark and antiquark
are negligible, the mass of the meson can be estimated as approximately
(a) 141 MeV/c 2 (b) 283 MeV/c 2 (c) 353 MeV/c 2 (d) 425 MeV/c 2
Ans: (b)
Solution: At equilibrium separation the potential is minimum, thus the equilibrium separation
can be determined as
DV r b
a 2 0
dr r r0 r0
b 100 MeVfm 1 1
r0 1
fm
a 200 MeVfm 2
The equilibrium separation between particles is also estimated by uncertainty principle

r0 ct r0 c ( where, Et )
E
Where, c is the velocity of the virtual meson
200 MeV . fm
r0 c
E E MeV
200MeV . fm 1
Using above two relation fm
E MeV 2
E 200 2 283MeV E m c 2
E
the mass of the meson m 2
283MeV / c 2
c





fiziks

NET/JRF (DEC-2014)
Q14. Consider the four processes
(i) p n e ve (ii) 0 p e v e
(iii) e ve (iv) 0
which of the above is/are forbidden for free particles?
(a) only (ii) (b) (ii) and (iv) (c) (i) and (iv) (d) (i) and (ii)
Ans: (d)
Solution: (i) p n e e [Not allowed]
It violate energy conservation. The mass of proton is less than mass of neutron. Free
proton is stable and can not decay to neutron. Proton can decay to neutron only inside the
nucleus, where energy violation is taken care by Heisenberg uncertainty principle.
(ii) 0 p e e [Not allowed]. In this decay charge is not conserved
(iii) e e [allowed through Weak interaction]
(iv) 0 [allowed through Electromagnetic interaction]

Q15. In deep inelastic scattering electrons are scattered off protons to determine if a proton has
any internal structure. The energy of the electron for this must be at least
(a) 1.25 10 9 eV (b) 1.25 1012 eV (c) 1.25 10 6 eV (d) 1.25 10 8 eV
Ans: (b)
Solution: The internal structure of proton can only be determined if the wavelength of the
incoming electron is nearly equal to the size of the proton
i.e. R 1.2 A1/ 3 fm 1.2 fm 1.2 1015 m
h h
According to de-Broglie relation,
p 2mE
0 150
This can be also written as
E eV





fiziks

150 150
E eV 1.04 1012 E 1.04 1012 eV

2 2
0 1.2 10 5

The bet suitable answer is option (b).
Q16. If the binding energy B of a nucleus (mass number A and charge Z ) is given by
B aV A a S A 2/3
a sym
2Z A2 aC Z 2
1/ 3
A A
where aV 16 MeV , a S 16 MeV , a sym 24 MeV and aC 0.75 MeV , then for the most
stable isobar for a nucleus with A 216 is

(a) 68 (b) 72 (c) 84 (d) 92
Ans: (c)
dB 2 2Z A 2 2aC Z
Solution: For the most stable isobar for a nucleus 0 asym 1/ 3 0
dZ A A
2 2Z 216 2 2Z 4 2Z 216 3 2Z
24 0.75 0 0
216
1/ 3
216 9 4 6
4 2Z 216 Z
0 16 2 Z 216 9 Z 0 41Z 216 16 Z 82.3
9 4
NET/JRF (JUNE-2015)
Q17. The reaction 2
1 D 12 D 42 He 0 cannot proceed via strong interactions because it
violates the conservation of
(a) angular momentum (b) electric charge
(c) baryon number (d) isospin
Ans. (d)
Solution: 1 D 2 1 D 2 2 He 4 0 (Not conserved)
I: 0 0 0 1
This isopin is not conserved in above reaction.





fiziks

Q18. Let us approximate the nuclear potential in the shell model by a three dimensional
isotropic harmonic oscillator. Since the lowest two energy levels have angular momenta
l 0 and l 1 respectively, which of the following two nuclei have magic numbers of
protons and neutrons?
(a) 42 He and 16
8 O (b) 12 D and 84 Be (c) 42 He and 84 Be (d) 42 He and 12
6 C
Ans. (a)
Solution: 2 He 4 has Z 2, N 2
and 8 O16 has Z 8, N 8 magic numbers 2,8, 20, 28,50,82,126
Q19. The charm quark s assigned a charm quantum number C 1 . How should the Gellmann-
Nishijima formula for electric charge be modified for four flavors of quarks?
1 1
(a) I 3 B S C (b) I 3 B S C
2 2
1 1
(c) I 3 B S C (d) I 3 B S C
2 2
Ans. (d)
1
Solution: From Gell-Mann-Nishijima formula Q I 3 B S
2
1
For Quark it is generalized as Q I 3 B S C
2
NET/JRF (DEC-2015)
Q20. Consider the following processes involving free particles
(i) n p e ve (ii) p n
(iii) p n 0 0 (iv) p ve n e
Which of the following statements is true?
(a) Process (i) obeys all conservation laws
(b) Process (ii) conserves baryon number, but violates energy-momentum conservation
(c) process (iii) is not allowed by strong interaction but is allowed by weak interactions
(d) Process (iv) conserves baryon number, but violates lepton number conservation





fiziks

Ans.: (b)
Solution: (i) n p e ve
q 0 1 1 0 (conserved)
1 1 1 1
spin (not conserved)
2 2 2 2
Le 0 0 1 1 (not conserved)
(ii) Baryon number is conserved but energy and momentum conservation violated.
(iii) spin is not conserved
(iv) obeys all conservation laws.
Q21. Of the nuclei of mass number A 125 , the binding energy calculated from the liquid
drop model (given that the coefficients for the Coulomb and the asymmetry energy are
ac 0.7 MeV and asym 22.5 MeV respectively) is a maximum for
125 124 125 125
(a) 54 Xe (b) 53 I (c) 52 Te (d) 51 Sb
Ans.: (c)
4aa ac A1/ 3 4a0 A ac A2 / 3
Solution: Z 0
2ac A1/ 3 8aa A1 8aa 2ac A2 / 3

2/3
4 22.5 125 0.7 53 11250 17.5 11267.5
Z0 Z0 52.4
8 22.5 2 0.7 5 180 35
2/3
3 215
Z 0 52





fiziks

NET/JRF (JUNE-2016)
Q22. A radioactive element X decays toY , which in turn decays to a stable element Z . The
decay constant from X to Y is 1 , and that from Y to Z is 2 . If, to begin with, there are
1 1
only N 0 atoms of X , at short times ( t as well as ) the number of atoms of Z
1 2
will be
1 12
(a) 12 N 0t 2 (b) N 0t
2 2 1 2
(c) 1 2 N 0t 2 (d) 1 2 N 0t
2
Ans: (a)
1 2
X Y Z
Solution: t 0 N0 0 0
t N1 N2 N3
dN 2 dN
Rate equations N1 N 0 e 1t , 1 N1 2 N 2 , 3 2 N 2
dt dt
1e 2t 2 e 1 t
N 3 N 0 1
2 1 2 1
1 22t 2 2 12t 2
N 0 1 1 t 1 t
2 1 2 2 1
2 1
2
1 t 1 22t 2 2 2 1t 2 12t 2
N 0 1 1 2
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
1 22t 2 2 12t 2 12t 2 1
N0 N0 2
2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 1
1
N3 12 N 0t 2
2





fiziks

Q23. In the large hadron collider LHC , two equal energy proton beams traverse in opposite
directions along a circular path of length 27 km . If the total centre of mass energy of a
proton-proton pair is 14 TeV , which of the following is the best approximation for the
proper time taken by a proton to traverse the entire path?
(a) 12 ns (b) 1.2 s (c) 1.2 ns (d) 0.12 s
Ans: (a)
Solution: The proton travel at nearly speed of light in LHC , therefore
d 27 103
t 9 105 sec
c 3 108
since proton is relativistic
v2 t
t0 t 1 2
c
1 m0 c 2 938 MeV 938 106 eV 1
E m0 c 2 1.34 104
E 7 TeV 7 10 eV
12

t
Thus t0 9 105 1.34 104 1.2 108 sec t0 12 ns

Q24. Let ES denotes the contribution of the surface energy per nucleon in the liquid drop
model. The ratio ES 27

13
Al : ES 64
30
Zn is
(a) 2 : 3 (b) 4 : 3 (c) 5 : 3 (d) 3 : 2

Ans: (b)
2
1
B A 3
Solution: ES A3
A A
1 1
ES Al 27 64 3

3 4

ES Z n 1 1
3
64 27

3 3





fiziks

Q25. According to the shell model, the nuclear magnetic moment of the 13 27 Al nucleus is
(Given that for a proton gl 1, g s 5.586 , and for a neutron gl 0, g s 3.826 )
(a) 1.913 N (b) 14.414 N (c) 4.793 N (d) 0

Ans: (c)
Solution: As per shell model
13 Al 27 : Z 13, N 14
5
for Z 13, S1/2 2 , P3/4 2 , P1/22 , d5/5 2 j , l 2
2
Magnetic moment
2 j 1 g S N 2 1 5.586 N 4.793 N
1 1 5

2 2 2
NET/JRF (DEC-2016)
Q26. What should be the minimum energy of a photon for it to split an -particle at rest into a
tritium and a proton?
(The masses of 42 He, 13 H and 11 H are 4.0026 amu,3.0161 amu and 1.0073 amu
respectively, and 1 amu 938 MeV )
(a) 32.2 MeV (b) 3MeV (c) 19.3 MeV (d) 931.5 MeV
Ans. : (c)
Solution: From conservation of energy
E m c 2 m1H 3 c 2 m1H 1 c 2
or E m1H 3 m1H 1 m 938 MeV 19.5 MeV
Q27. Which of the following reaction(s) is/are allowed by the conservation laws?
(i) n 0 K 0
(ii) p 0 K 0
(a) both (i) and (ii) (b) only (i)
(c) only (ii) (d) neither (i) nor (ii)
Ans. : (a)





fiziks

Solution: (i) n k
0
q :1 0 0 1
B : 0 1 1 0
S : 0 0 1 1
Reaction is allowed
(ii) p 0 k 0
q : 1 1 0 0
B : 0 1 1 0
S : 0 0 1 1
Reaction is allowed
Q28. A particle, which is a composite state of three quarks u, d and s , has electric charge,
spin and strangeness respectively, equal to
1 1 1
(a) 1, , 1 (b) 0, 0, 1 (c) 0, , 1 (d) 1, 1
2 2 2
Ans. : (c)
Solution: charge, spin and strangers of Quarks u , d & s are gives as
U D S Total
Charge 2 1 1 0
3 3 3
Spin 1 1 1 1 3
or
2 2 2 2 2
Strangeness 0 0 1 1
It a particle x is a composite of u, d & s , than net change, spin and strangeness on x is
net charge 0
1 3
net spin or
2 2
net strangeness 1






Csir Gate Previous Quetion Papers

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Csir Gate Previous Quetion Papers

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

fiziks

(a) 5, 2, -2 (b) -5, -1, -1 (c) 5, 1, -1 (d) -5, 1, 1

(a) s 2 e sx (b) s 2 e sx (c) s 2 (d) s 2 e sx

cosh t t sinh t (b) sinh t t cosh t

(a) F 0 (b) F 0 (c) V 0 (d) 2 V 0

surface integral r n ds over the closed surface of the cylinder is

(a) circles with different radii

which is family of circles with different radii.

(b) f z has a zero at z

(c) f z has a pole of order 2 at z

(d) f z has a simple pole at z

Q13. Consider a counterclockwise circular contour z 1 about the origin. Let

Solution: At z 1 pole is of order 2 so residue is =3

Q22. The matrix

(a) 2 i (b) 2 2 i (c) 4 3i (d) 4 2 i

Applying boundary condition

lim z a f z finite and 0

(a) f and g are differentiable everywhere

Solution: f ( x) e x is differentiable but g ( x) x e x is not differentiable.

Q28. Consider w f z u x, y iv x, y to be an analytic function in a domain D . Which

(c) f z dz is dependent on the choice of the contour between z and z

(d) f z can be Taylor expended in D

independent on the choice of the contour between z1 and z2 in D .

given by 2i / . The Fourier transform of

P: z m and z m are linearly independent solutions for all values of m

R is correct. c1em log z c2 e m log z

y c1 cosh m log z ic2 sinh m log x m0

The value of y at x 2 is given by y 2e2

The appropriate Fourier series expansion for f x !is

Cauchy Riemann condition

From the second Cauchy Riemann condition

Thus the value of real part when z 1 i , that is x 1 and y 1 is 1 3 1 1 3 .

entry in the i th row and i th column equal to a 2 .

nonzero eigenvalues of the matrix XX T is 1 .

Thus integrating factor e

I F eln sec x sec x

It is given that y 0 0 . Hence

dzz e dzz e 0 dzz e dzz e z e 2 ze 2e 1

Q2. Which of the following matrices is an element of the group SU 2 ?

(a) 5 / 2 (b) 3 / 2 (c) 1 (d) 1

xyx yzi zxj kxy 8i 4 j 2k

We want a plane perpendicular to this so: r r0 8i64 4 16j 2k4 0 .

(a) i j (b) j k (c) i j k (d) 2i 3 j 5k

(a) y xy (b) xy (c) y (d) y 2 x 2

where n1 , n 2 and n3 are the components of a unit vector, are

1 0 2 n12 n22 n32 3 n12 n22 n32

but n12 n22 n32 1

A AT (Antisymmetric). Eigenvalues are either zero or purely imaginary.

Fourier spectrum peaks at a frequency f and an amplitude A , them

(a) f 2 f 0 and A 1V (b) f 2 f 0 and 0 A 1 A

bci caj abk ai bj ck

Q25. Given a 2 2 unitary matrix U satisfying U U UU 1 with det U e i , one can

At x 0, f ' ' x 1, f ' ' ' x 2

equation 2 z 5 0, traversed in the anti-clockwise direction, is

(a) 16 i (b) 16 i (c) 8 i (d) 2 i

2 z 5 z 2.5 , only 2 will be inside.

(a) b 3a / 2 (b) b 2a / 3 (c) b a / 2 (d) b a

a b 2ab cos 60 a b 2ab a b a 2 b 2 2ab

(a) sin x / L cos t / L sin 2x / L cos2 t / L

(c) sin x / L cos2 t / L sin 2x / L sin t / L

(d) sin x / L cos t / L sin 2x / L sin 2 t / L

(take 180 o / 57.29 o )

rectangular area bounded by x 0, x a and y 0, y b ) is

(a) x 2 y (b) x 2 y 2 (c) x 3 3 xy 2 (d) 3x 2 y y y 3